Shashi Bhushan Tiwari Main PDF

IIT-JEE ADVANCED
VOLUME I
Shashi Bhushan Tiwari

PREFACE
In the past decade and a half, the entrance exam for IITs has seen many changes – in structure as well as in design of the
question paper. No doubt, it has become more challenging. It requires high level of conceptual clarity and analytical skill,
besides promptness and comprehension ability to excel in this exam. There are frequent surprises in terms of problems
which require mathematical rigor or in depth understanding of physical conditions.
This book is being presented with a very simple objective – it will test you and nurture you on all parameters which
are required to excel in JEE exam.
Every chapter in the book has been divided into three sections –
y LEVEL 1 – This section will test you on all basic fundamentals of the chapter. Problems are not very rigorous though
they may be very conceptual.
y LEVEL 2 – This section will develop all necessary skills required to score a high rank in JEE exam. Few problems
in this section may appear lengthy but they are the ones which test your confidence and patience. Don’t be scared of
them.
y LEVEL 3 – This section contains problems that may require exceptional reasoning skill or mathematical ability.
Since difficulty level is quite subjective and may vary from person to person — few problems may appear to you as
misplaced in three sections described above. I have judged them to the best of my ability besides taking help from some
very bright minds.
I have not tried to include every other problem that is available in this universe. Most of the books available in market
have this issue – in the name of being exhaustive, they have become repetitive. Believe me, while solving problems from
this book you will not feel like wasting your time in doing similar problems again and again..
Most of the solutions are quite descriptive so that a serious student can understand on his/her own. Diagrams have
been included wherever possible to make things lucid.
JEE exam being objective, one may challenge the sanctity of a subjective book. Have no doubts in your mind —
pattern of a question paper or type of question will never deter you if you have sound grasp of the subject and have
developed right kind of temperament. Physics as a subject is notorious and can be learned only by subjecting yourself to
the true rigor and complexity. While doing a subjective problem you cannot make a guess and bluff yourself!
This collection of problems will appear to you as fresh and challenging. Start and enjoy learning physics!
Suggestions are welcome.
CONTENTS
Prefacev
Chapter 1 Basic Maths 1.1 – 1.12
Chapter 2 Kinematics 2.1 – 2.101
Chapter 3 Newton's Laws 3.1 – 3.134
Chapter 4 Work - Power - Energy 4.1 – 4.69
Chapter 5 Momentum and Center Of Mass 5.1 – 5.87
Chapter 6 Rotational Motion 6.1 – 6.133
Chapter 7 Gravitation 7.1 – 7.40
Chapter 8 Fluids 8.1 – 8.52
Chapter 9 Surface Tension 9.1 – 9.19
Chapter 10 Viscosity 10.1 – 10.8
Chapter 11 Elasticity 11.1 – 11.9
Chapter 12 Simple Harmonic Motion 12.1 – 12.48
Chapter 13 Wave Motion 13.1 – 13.47

01 BASIC MATHS
Initially, the height of liquid in the bowl is H0.

Level 1 H0
It becomes in time t0. How much more
Q.1 In an experiment mileage of a car was measured 2
to be 24 kmpl (Kilometer per liter of fuel time will be needed for the height of liquid to
consumed). After the experiment it was found that H
become 0 .
4 % of the fuel used during the experiment was 4
leaked through a small hole in the tank. Calculate Q.7 Show that the volume of a segment of height h of
the actual mileage of the car after the tank was a sphere of radius R is
repaired. 1
V = π h 2 ( 3R – h )
Q.2 A man is standing at a distance of 500m from a 3
building. He notes that angle of elevation of the
top of the building is 3.6°. Find the height of
the building. Neglect the height of the man and
take = 3.14.
Q.3 A Smuggler in a hindi film is running with a bag R
0.3 m × 0.2 m × 0.2 m in dimension. The bag is
supposed to be completely filled with gold. Do
you think than the director of the film made a
technical mistake there? Density of gold is 19.6
g/cc.
Q.4 A particle moves along the curve 6y = x3+2. h
Find the points on the curve at which the
y-coordinate is changing 8 times as fast as the Q.8 The amount of energy a car expends against air
x-coordinate. resistance is approximately given by
Q.5 The area of a regular octagon of side length a is E = K ADv2
A.
where E is measured in Joules. K is a constant, A
(a) Find the time rate of change of area of the
is the cross-sectional area of the car viewed from
octagon if its side length is being increased the front (in m2), D is the distance traveled (in m),
at a constant rate of b m/s. Is the time rate and v is the speed of the car (in m/s). Julie wants
of change of area of the octagon constant to drive from Mumbai to Delhi and get good fuel
with time? mileage. For the following questions, assume that
(b) Find the approximate change in area of the
the energy loss is due solely to air resistance.
octagon as the side length is increased from (a) Julie usually drives at a speed of 54 Km/hr.
2.0 m to 2.001 m. How much more energy will she use if she
drives 20% faster?
Level 2 (b) Harshit drives a very large SUV car, and Julie
drives a small car. Every linear dimension of
Q.6 Spirit in a bowl evaporates at a rate that is
Harshit’s car is double that of Julie’s car. Find
proportional to the surface area of the liquid.
the ratio of energy spent by Harshit’s car to
1.2 Problems in Physics for JEE Advanced
Julie’s car when they cover same distance. your formula tell you how ‘t’ depends on
Speed of Harshit was 10% faster compared initial speed V0? What can you predict about
to Julie’s car. the constant obtained in the formula?
(c) Write the dimensional formula for K. Will
Q.14 Assume that maximum mass m1 of a boulder
you believe that K depends on density of air? swept along by a river, depends on the speed V of
Q.9 The volume flow rate Q (in m3 s–1) of a liquid the river, the acceleration due to gravity g, and the
through pipe having diameter d is related to density d of the boulder. Calculate the percentage
viscosity of water ‘h’ (unit Pascal. s) and the change in maximum mass of the boulder that can
be swept by the river, when speed of the river
pressure gradient along the pipe dP [pressure increases by 1%.
dx
dP
gradient is rate of change of pressure per unit Q.15 A massive object in space causes gravitational
dx
length along the pipe], by a formula of the form lensing. Light from a distant source gets
 dP 
c deflected by a massive lensing object. This was
Q = kη a d b   first observed in 1919 and supported Einstein’s
 dx  general theory of relativity.
Where K is a dimensionless constant. Find a,b
and c. The angle by which light gets deflected due
to a massive body depends on the mass (M)
Q.10. The potential energy (U) of a particle can be
of the body, universal gravitational constant
A2 BMm
expressed in certain case as U = 2
– (G), speed of light (c) and the least distance (r)
2mr r between the lensing object and the apparent path
Where m and M are mass and r is distance. Find of light. Derive a formula for using method of
the dimensional formulae for constants. dimensions. Make suitable assumptions.
Q.11. In the following expression V and g are speed and Q.16 The Casimir effect describes the attraction
acceleration respectively. Find the dimensional between two unchanged conducting plates placed
formulae of a and b parallel to each other in vacuum. The astonishing
VdV force ( predicted in 1948 by Hendrik Casimir) per
∫ g – bV 2 = a unit area of each plate depends on the planck’s
Q.12 The maximum height of a mountain on earth is constant (h), speed of light (c) and separation
limited by the rock flowing under the enormous between the plates (r).
weight above it. Studies show that maximum (a) Using dimensional analysis prove that the
height depends on young’s modulus (Y) of the formula for the Casimir force per unit area on
rod, acceleration due to gravity (g) and the density the plates is given by
of the rock (d). hc
F = k 4 where k is a dimensionless constant
(a) Write an equation showing the dependence r
of maximum height (h) of mountain on Y, g (b) If the force acting on 1x1 cm plates separated
and d. It is given that unit of Y is Nm–2. by 1 m is 0.013 dyne, calculate the value of
(b) Take d = 3 × 103 kg m–3, Y = 1 × 1010 Nm–2 constant k.
and g = 10 ms–2 and assume that maximum Q.17. Scattering of light is a process of absorption
height of a mountain on the surface of earth and prompt re-emission of light by atoms
is limited to 10 km [height of mount Everest and molecules. Scattering involving particles
is nearly 8 km]. Write the formula for h. smaller than wavelength (l) of light is known
Q.13 A particle of mass m is given an initial speed V0. It as Rayleigh scattering. Let ai be amplitude of
experiences a retarding force that is proportional incident light on a scatterer of volume V. The
to the speed of the particle (F = aV). a is a scattered amplitude at a distance r from the
constant. 1
scatterer is as. Assume and as a ai , as and
a aV. r
(a) Write the dimensional formula of constant a. s
(b) Using dimensional analysis, derive a formula (i) Find the dimensions of the proportionality
for stopping time (t) of the particle. Does constant occurring in the expression of as
Basic Mathematics And Dimensional Analysis 1.3
(ii) Assuming that this constant depends on l, Sirius has a maximum parallax angle of d = 0.74
as ± 0.02 arc second when observed at six month
find the dependence of ratio on l. interval. The distance between two positions
ai
of earth (at six – month interval) is r = 3.000 ×
(iii) Knowing that intensify of light I a a2 find
I 1011m
the dependence of s on l. Earth
Ii
dx
Q.18 It is given that ∫ 2
= tan −1 x + c . Using
1+ x Sun
dx
methods of dimensions find ∫ 2 r
a + x2
Star
Q.19
Earth
Calculate the distance of Sirius from the Sun with
B uncertainty, in unit of light year. Given 1 ly =
A 9.460x1015 m. ; p = 3.14
A B
C Level 3
Q.22 You inhale about 0.5 liter of air in each breath
and breath once in every five seconds. Air has
Two point sources of light are fixed at the centre about 1% argon. Mass of each air particle can be
(A) and circumference (point B) of a rotating assumed to be nearly 5 × 10–26 kg. Atmosphere
turn table. A photograph of the rotating table is can be assumed to be around 20 km thick having a
taken. On the photograph a point A and an arc uniform density of 1.2 kg m–3. Radius of the earth
BC appear. The angle q was measured to be q = is R = 6.4 × 106 m. Assume that when a person
10.8° ± 0.1° and the angular speed of the turntable breathes, half of the argon atoms in each breath
was measured to be w = (33.3 ± 0.1) revolution have never been in that person’s lungs before.
per minute. Calculate the exposure time of the Argon atoms remain in atmosphere for long-long
camera. time without reacting with any other substance.
Q.20 The speed (V) of wave on surface of water is Given : one year = 3.2 × 107s
given by (a) Estimate the number of argon atoms that
al 2p b passed through Newton’s lungs in his 84
V= + years of life.
2p rl
(b) Estimate the total number of argon atoms in
where l is the wavelength of the wave and r is the Earth’s atmosphere.
density of water. a is a constant and b is a quantity
that changes with liquid temperature. (c) Assume that the argon atoms breathed by
Newton is now mixed uniformly through the
(a) Find the dimensional formulae for a and b. atmosphere, estimate the number of argon
(b) Surface wave of wavelength 30 mm have a atoms in each of your breath that were once
speed of 0.240 ms–1. If the temperature of in Newton’s lungs.
water changes by 50°C, the speed of waves Q.23 A rope is tightly wound along the equator of a
for same wavelength changes to 0.230 ms–1. large sphere of radius R. The length of the rope
Assuming that the density of water remains is increased by a small amount  (<< R) and it is
constant at 1 × 103 kg m–3, estimate the pulled away from the surface at a point to make it
change in value of ‘b’ for temperature change taut. To what height (h) from the surface will the
of 50ºC. point rise ?
Q.21 The line of sight of the brightest star in the sky, If the radius of the earth is R=6400 km and  =
10 mm, find the value of h. Does the value surprise h

you.
q3
[For small q take tanq = q + and
3
q2 2
secq = 1 + Also take (2.3) 3 = 1.74 ]
2
R
ANSWERS
1. 25 kmpl 14. 6%
2. 31.40 m GM
15. q=k
3. Yes. cr 2
16. (b) k = 6.5 × 10–3
31
4. (– 4, - ), (4, 11) 17. (i) [k] = [L–2]
3
5. (a) 4 ( 2 + 1) a b. No, it is not a constant as
(ii) µ l -2
(b) 0.0019 m2 ai
t0 Is a2
6. (iii) µ s2 µ l -4
2 Ii ai
8. (a) 44% higher (b) 4.84 (c) [ML–3]; Yes Ê xˆ
18. a tan -1 Á ˜ + c
9. a = – 1; b = 4; c = 1 Ë a¯
10. [A] = [M1L2T–1] [B] = [M–1L3T–2] 19. (0.054 0.003)s
11. [a] = L; [b] = L–1 20. (a) [a] = [MºL1T–2]; [b] = [M1LºT–2]
Y  (b) b = – 0.022 kg s–2
12. (a) h = k   ; k = a const
 gd  21. 8.84 ± 0.24 ly
22. (a) 3.2 × 1028 (b) 2.5 × 1042
Y 
(b) h = 0.03   (c) 1.5 × 106
 gd 
23. 5.6 m
m
13. (a) [a] = [M1T–1] (b) t = k t
a
SOLUTIONS
2. p 3.14 ¥ 3.6
q = 3.6∞ = ¥ 3.6 rad = = 0.0628 radian
180 180
q = 3.6°
500
02 KINEMATICS
(i) negative velocity but acceleration in positive

Level 1 X direction.
Q. 1. A particle is travelling on a curved path. In (ii) positive velocity but acceleration in negative
an interval t its speed changed from v to 2v. X direction.
However, the change in magnitude of its velocity (iii) received a sharp blow (a large force for
 negligible interval of time)?
was found to be ∆V = v . What can you say X
about the direction of velocity at the beginning
and at the end of the interval ( t)?
G
Q. 2. Two tourist A and B who are at a distance of H
A D E
40 km from their camp must reach it together in F
t
O
the shortest possible time. They have one bicycle
and they decide to use it in turn. ‘A’ started B C
walking at a speed of 5 km hr–1 and B moved on
the bicycle at a speed of 15 km hr–1. After moving
Q. 5. A particle is moving along positive X direction
certain distance B left the bicycle and walked
and is retarding uniformly. The particle crosses
the remaining distance. A, on reaching near the
the origin at time t = 0 and crosses the point
bicycle, picks it up and covers the remaining
x = 4.0 m at t = 2 s.
distance riding it. Both reached the camp together.
(a) Find the average speed of each tourist. (a) Find the maximum speed that the particle can
possess at x = 0.
(b) How long was the bicycle left unused?
(b) Find the maximum value of retardation that
Q. 3. The position time graph for a particle travelling
the particle can have.
along x axis has been shown in the figure. State
whether following statements are true of false. Q. 6. The velocity time graph for two particles (1 and
2) moving along X axis is shown in fig. At time
(a) Particle starts from rest at t = 0.
t = 0, both were at origin.
X
(a) During first 4 second of motion what is
maximum separation between the particles?
At what time the separation is maximum?
t1
O t
t2 t3 (b) Draw position (x) vs time (t) graph for the
particles for the given interval.
v (m/s)

(b) Particle is retarding in the interval 0 to t1 and
accelerating in the interval t1 to t2. 4
(c) The direction of acceleration has changed 1
once during the interval 0 to t3
Q. 4. The position time graph for a particle moving 2
along X axis has been shown in the fig. At which t (s)
O 4
of the indicated points the particle has
Q. 7. A ball travelling in positive X direction with speed v (m/s)

V0 hits a wall perpendicularly and rebounds with
speed V0. During the short interaction time ( t)
10
the force applied by the wall on the ball varies as
shown in figure.
A
Fx
B
O t (s)
2 4
t
O t Q. 10. A particle starts from rest (at x = 0) when an
acceleration is applied to it. The acceleration
of the particle changes with its co-ordinate as
shown in the fig. Find the speed of the particle at
x = 10m.
ax (m/s2)
Draw the velocity-time graph for the ball during
the interval 0 to t 8
Q. 8. For a particle moving along a straight line consider
following graphs A, B, C and D. Here x, v and t
are position, velocity and time respectively. X (in m)
O 8 10
(i) In which of the graphs the magnitude of
acceleration is decreasing with time? Q. 11. Acceleration vs time graph for a particle moving
along a straight line is as shown. If the initial
(ii) In which of the graphs the magnitude of
velocity of the particle is u = 10 m/s, draw a plot
acceleration is increasing with time?
of its velocity vs time for 0 < t < 8.
(iii) If the body is definitely going away from the a (m/s )
2
starting point with time, which of the given

graphs represent this condition. 10
X v
8
t (in s)
parabola 4
O t O t
(a) (b)
Q. 12. The velocity (V) – time (t) graphs for two particles
v v
A and B moving rectilinearly have been shown in
the figure for an interval of 2 second.
(a) At t = 1 s, which of the two particles (A or B)
has received a severe blow?
(b) Draw displacement (X) – time (t) graph for
O t O t both of them.
(c) (d)
V (m/s) V (m/s)
Q. 9. Two particles A and B start from same point and 4 4
move along a straight line. Velocity-time graph o 1 2 t(s)
o t(s)
for both of them has been shown in the fig. Find 1 2
the maximum separation between the particles in –4 –4
the interval 0 < t < 5 sec. (a) (b)
Kinematics 2.3
Q. 13. A particle starts moving rectilinearly at time t = 0 interval of time it takes the chain to pass a point
such that its velocity(v) changes with time (t) as 2L below the point of support, if all of the chain is
per equation – a freely falling body.
v = (t2 – 2t) m/s for 0 < t < 2 s
Q. 19. Two nearly identical balls are released
2
= (–t + 6t – 8) m/s for 2 < t < 4 s simultaneously from the top of a tower. One
of the balls fall with a constant acceleration of
(a) Find the interval of time between t = 0 and g1 = 9.80 ms –2 while the other falls with a
t = 4 s when particle is retarding. constant acceleration that is 0.1% greater than g1.
(b) Find the maximum speed of the particle in [This difference may be attributed to variety of
the interval 0 < t < 4 s. reasons. You may point out few of them]. What
Q. 14. Our universe is always expanding. The rate at is the displacement of the first ball by the time
which galaxies are receding from each other is the second one has fallen 1.0 mm farther than the
given by Hubble’s law (discovered in 1929 by E. first ball?
Hubble). The law states that the rate of separation Q. 20. Two projectiles are projected from same point
of two galaxies is directly proportional to their on the ground in x-y plane with y direction as
separation. It means relative speed of separation vertical. The initial velocity of projectiles are
of two galaxies, presently at separation r is given 
by v = Hr V1 = Vx1 iˆ + Vy1 ˆj

H is a constant known as Hubble’s parameter. V2 = Vx 2 iˆ + Vy 2 ˆj
Currently accepted value of H is 2.32 × 10 –18 s–1 It is given that Vx1 > Vx2 and Vy1 < Vy2. Check
(a) Express the value of H in unit of whether all of the following statement/s are True.
Km. s −1 (a) Time of flight of the second projectile is

Mega light year greater than that of the other.
(b) Range of first projectile may be equal to the
(b) Find time required for separation between
range of the second.
two galaxies to change from r to 2r.
(c) Range of the two projectiles are equal if
Q. 15. A stone is projected vertically up from a point Vx1 Vy1 = Vx2 Vy2
on the ground, with a speed of 20 m/s. Plot the
(d) The projectile having greater time of flight
variation of followings with time during the entire
can have smaller range.
course of flight –
(a) Velocity Q. 21. (a) A particle starts moving at t = 0 in x-y plane
such that its coordinates (in cm) with time (in
(b) Speed
sec) change as x = 3t and y = 4 sin (3t). Draw
(c) Height above the ground the path of the particle.
(d) distance travelled

(b) If position vector of a particle is given by
Q. 16. A ball is dropped from a height H above the ground.
It hits the ground and bounces up vertically to a

( ) ( )
r = 4t 2 - 16t iˆ + 3t 2 - 12t ˆj , then find
distance travelled in first 4 sec.
height where it is caught. Taking origin at the
Q. 22. Two particles projected at angles q1 and q2 (<q1)
point from where the ball was dropped, plot the to the horizontal attain same maximum height.
variation of its displacement vs velocity. Take Which of the two particles has larger range? Find
vertically downward direction as positive. the ratio of their range.
Q. 17. A helicopter is rising vertically up with a velocity Q. 23. A ball is projected from the floor of a long hall
of 5 ms –1. A ball is projected vertically up from having a roof height of H = 10 m. The ball is
the helicopter with a velocity V (relative to the projected with a velocity of u = 25 ms–1 making an
ground). The ball crosses the helicopter 3 second angle of q = 37° to the horizontal. On hitting the
after its projection. Find V. roof the ball loses its entire vertical component of
Q. 18. A chain of length L supported at the upper end is velocity but there is no change in the horizontal
hanging vertically. It is released. Determine the component of its velocity. The ball was projected
from point A and it hits the floor at B. Find 2 : 1. Find the ratio of this range R to the maximum
distance AB. possible range for the projectile assuming the
projection speed to be same in all cases.
Q. 28. A boy ‘A’ is running on a circular track of
u H
radius R. His friend, standing at a point O on the
circumference of the track is throwing balls at
A B speed u = gR. Balls are being thrown randomly
Q. 24. In a tennis match Maria Sharapova returns an in all possible directions. Find the length of the
incoming ball at an angle that is 4° below the circumference of the circle on which the boy is
horizontal at a speed of 15 m/s. The ball was completely safe from being hit by a ball.
hit at a height of 1.6 m above the ground. The
opponent, Sania Mirza, reacts 0.2 s after the ball oA
is hit and runs to the ball and manages to return it R
just before it hits the ground. Sania runs at a speed C
of 7.5 m/s and she had to reach 0.8 m forward,
from where she stands, to hit the ball.
(a) At what distance Sania was standing from
O
Maria at the time the ball was returned by
Maria? Assume that Maria returned the ball Q. 29. A rectangular cardboard ABCD has dimensions
directly towards Sania. of 40 cm × 30 cm. It is moving in a direction
(b) With what speed did the ball hit the racket of perpendicular to its shorter side at a constant
Sania? speed of 2 cm/s. A small insect starts at corner A
and moves to diagonally opposite corner C. On
[g = 9.8 m/s2]
reaching C it immediately turns back and moves
Q.25. A player initially at rest throws a ball with an to A. Throughout the motion the insect maintains
a constant speed relative to the board. It takes

initial speed u = 19.5 m/s at an angle
10 s for the insect to reach C starting from A.
 12  Find displacement and distance travelled by the
θ = sin −1   to the horizontal. Immediately
 13  insect in reference frame attached to the ground
after throwing the ball he starts running to catch in the interval the insect starts from A and comes
it. He runs with constant acceleration (a) for first back to A.
C
2 s and thereafter runs with constant velocity. He D
just manages to catch the ball at exactly the same
height at which he threw the ball. Find ‘a’. Take 30 cm
g = 10 m/s2. Do you think anybody can run at a 2 cm/s
speed at which the player ran?
A
Q. 26. In a cricket match, a batsman hits the ball in air. 40 cm B
A fielder, originally standing at a distance of
Q. 30. Two particles A and B separated by 10 m at time
12 m due east of the batsman, starts running 0.6
t = 0 are moving uniformly. A is moving along
s after the ball is hits. He runs towards north at a
line AB at a constant velocity of 4 m/s and B is
constant speed of 5 m/s and just manages to catch
moving perpendicular to the velocity of A at a
the ball 2.4 s after he starts running.
constant velocity of 5 m/s. After what time the
Assume that the ball was hit and caught at the two particles will be nearest to each other?
same height and take g = 10 m/s2 g = 10 m/s2 5 m/s
Find the speed at which the ball left the bat and
the angle that its velocity made with the vertical.
Q. 27. The time of flight, for a projectile, along two A 4 m/s B
different paths to get a given range R, are in ratio 10 m
Kinematics 2.5
Q. 31. Four cars are moving along a straight road in A train(T) is running uniformly on a straight
the same direction. Velocity of car 1 is 10 m/s. track. A car is travelling with constant speed
It was found that distance between car 1 and 2 is along section AB of the road which is parallel
decreasing at a rate of 2 m/s, whereas driver in car to the rails. The driver of the car notices that the
4 observed that he was nearing car 2 at a speed of train is having a speed of 7 m/s with respect to
8 m/s. The gap between car 2 and 3 is decreasing him. The car maintains the speed but takes a right
at a rate of 3 m/s. turn at B and travels along BC. Now the driver of
20 m 20 m 20 m the car finds that the speed of train relative of him
4 3 2 1 is 13 m/s. Find the possible speeds of the car.
10 m/s
B V2 A
V1
(a) If cars were at equal separations of 20 m at time
t = 0, after how much time t0 will the driver
of car 2 see for the first time, that another car A police car B is chasing a culprit’s car A.
overtakes him? Car A and B are moving at constant speed V1 =
(b) Which car will be first to overtake car 1? 108 km/hr and V2 = 90 km/hr respectively along
Q. 32. Acceleration of a particle as seen from two a straight line. The police decides to open fire and
reference frames 1 and 2 has magnitude 3 m/s2 a policeman starts firing with his machine gun
and 4 m/s2 respectively. What can be magnitude directly aiming at car A. The bullets have a velocity
of acceleration of frame 2 with respect to u = 305 m/s relative to the gun. The policeman
frame 1? keeps firing for an interval of T0 = 20 s. The Culprit
experiences that the time gap between the first and
Q. 33. A physics professor was driving a Maruti car the last bullet hitting his car is Dt. Find Dt.
which has its rear wind screen inclined at
Q. 36. A chain of length L is supported at one end and
q = 37° to the horizontal. Suddenly it started
is hanging vertically when it is released. All of
raining with rain drops falling vertically. After
the chain falls freely with acceleration g. The
some time the rain stopped and the professor found
moment, the chain is released a ball is projected
that the rear wind shield was absolutely dry. He
up with speed u from a point 2 L below the point
knew that, during the period it was raining, his car
of support. Find the interval of time in which the
was moving at a constant speed of Vc = 20 km/hr.
ball will cross through the entire chain.
[tan 37° = 0.75] Q. 37. Jet plane A is moving towards east at a speed of
(a) The professor calculated the maximum speed 900 km/hr. Another plane B has its nose pointed
of vertically falling raindrops as Vmax. What towards 45° N of E but appears to be moving in
is value of Vmax that he obtained. direction 60° N of W to the pilot in A. Find the
(b) Plot the minimum driving speed of the car vs. true velocity of B. [sin 60° = 0.866 ; sin 75° =
angle of rear wind screen with horizontal (q) 0.966]
so as to keep rain off the rear glass. Assume
that rain drops fall at constant speed Vr
N
Q. 34. T
45°
60°
E
C B
A B E
A
Q. 38. A small cart A starts moving on a horizontal

surface, assumed to be x-y plane along a straight
line parallel to x-axis (see figure) with a constant
acceleration of 4 m/s2. Initially it is located on the
C
positive y-axis at a distance 9 m from origin. At
the instant the cart starts moving, a ball is rolled B

along the surface from the origin in a direction
making an angle 45° with the x-axis. The ball 10 cm 2 cm/s
moves without friction at a constant velocity and
hits the cart. Y A
(a) Describe the path of the A
Q. 41. Two particles A and B are moving uniformly in a
ball in a reference frame plane in two concentric circles. The time period
attached to the cart. of rotation is TA = 8 minute and TB = 11 minute
(b) Find the speed of the 45° respectively for the two particles. At time t = 0,
ball. O X the two particles are on a straight line passing
Q. 39. (a) A boy on a skateboard is sliding down on a through the centre of the circles. The particles are
smooth incline having inclination angle q. rotating in same sense. Find the minimum time
He throws a ball such that he catches it back when the two particles will again fall on a straight
after time T. With what velocity was the ball line passing through the centre.
thrown by the boy relative to himself ? Q. 42. A particle moves in xy plane with its position
vector changing with time (t) as

r = ( sin t ) iˆ + ( cos t ) ˆj (in meter)

Find the tangential acceleration of the particle as a
function of time. Describe the path of the particle.
q
Q. 43. Two paper discs are mounted on a rotating vertical
shaft. The shaft rotates with a constant angular
(b) Barrel of an anti aircraft gun is rotating speed w and the separation between the discs is
in vertical plane (it is rotating up from H. A bullet is fired vertically up so that it pierces
the horizontal position towards vertical through the two discs. It creates holes H1 and
orientation in the plane of the fig). The length H2 in the lower and the upper discs. The angular
of the barrel is L = 2 m and barrel is rotating separation between the two holes (measured with
with angular velocity w = 2 rad/s. At the respect to the shaft axis) is q. Find the speed (v)
instant angle q is 45° a shell is fired with a of the bullet. Assume that the speed of the bullet
velocity 2 2 m/s with respect to the exit point does not change while travelling through distance
of the barrel. The tank recoils with speed 4 H and that the discs do not complete even one
m/s. What is the launch speed of the shell as revolution in the interval the bullet pierces
seen from the ground? through them.
V
q
H2

Q. 40. long piece of paper is10 cm wide and is moving

uniformly along its length with a velocity of
H1
2 cm/s. An ant starts moving on the paper from

point A and moves uniformly with respect to the
paper. A spider was located exactly opposite to the
ant just outside the paper at point B at the instant
the ant started to move on the paper. The spider, Q. 44. (a) A car moves around a circular arc subtending
without moving itself, was able to grab the ant 5 an angle of 60° at the centre. The car moves
second after it (the ant) started to move. Find the at a constant speed u0 and magnitude of its
speed of ant relative to the paper.
Kinematics 2.7
instantaneous acceleration is a0. Find the Q. 47. (a) A point moving in a circle of radius R has
average acceleration of the car over the a tangential component of acceleration that
60° arc. is always n times the normal component of
(b) The speed of an object undergoing uniform acceleration (radial acceleration). At a certain
circular motion is 4 m/s. The magnitude of the instant speed of particle is v0. What is its
change in the velocity during 0.5 sec is also speed after completing one revolution?
4 m/s. Find the minimum possible centripetal (b) The tangential acceleration of a particle
acceleration (in m/s2) of the object. moving in xy plane is given by at = a0 cos q.
Q. 45. A particle is fixed to the edge of a disk that is Where a0 is a positive constant and q is the
rotating uniformly in anticlockwise direction angle that the velocity vector makes with
about its central axis. At time t = 0 the particle is the positive direction of X axis. Assuming
on the X axis at the position shown in figure and it the speed of the particle to be zero at
has velocity v x = 0, find the dependence of its speed on its
y x co-ordinate.
Q. 48. A particle is rotating in a circle. When it is at point
A its speed is V. The speed increases to 2 V by the
v at t = 0
time the particle moves to B. Find the magnitude
of change in velocity of the particle as it travels
  
x
from A to B. Also, find VA DV ; where VA is its

velocity at point A and DV is change in velocity
as it moves from A to B.
Q. 49. A particle starts from rest moves on a circle with
(a) Draw a graph representing the variation of the its speed increasing at a constant rate of . Find
x component of the velocity of the particle as the angle through which it 0.8 ms–2 would have
a function of time. turned by the time its acceleration becomes 1 ms2.
(b) Draw the y-component of the acceleration of Q. 50. In the arrangement shown in the fig, end A of the
the particle as a function of time. string is being pulled with a constant horizontal
velocity of 6 m/s. The block is free to slide on
Q. 46. A disc is rotating with constant angular velocity w
the horizontal surface and all string segments are
in anticlockwise direction. An insect sitting at the
horizontal. Find the velocity of point P on the
centre (which is origin of our co-ordinate system)
thread.
begins to crawl along a radius at time t = 0 with a
constant speed V relative to the disc. At time t = 0 A
6 m/s
the velocity of the insect is along the X direction.

(a) Write the position vector ()of the insect at P
time ‘t’. 
(b) Write the velocity vector ()of the insect at Q. 51. In the arrangement shown in the fig, block A is
time ‘t’. pulled so that it moves horizontally along the line
(c) Show that the X component of the velocity AX with constant velocity u. Block B moves along
of the insect become zero when the disc has the incline. Find the time taken by B to reach the
rotated through an angle q given by pulley P if u = 1m/s. The string is inextensible.
1
tanq = . P
q y w
m
12
O A
X X
v u
2m
B q=30
0
(c) Find Akanksha’s average speed for covering

Level 2 distance L.
Q. 52. Two friends A and B are running on a circular track (d) How long does it take Harshit to cover the
of perimeter equal to 40 m. At time t = 0 they are distance?
at same location running in the same direction. Q. 56. There are two cars on a straight road, marked as
A is running slowly at a uniform speed of 4.5 x axis. Car A is travelling at a constant speed of
km/hr whereas B is running swiftly at a speed of VA = 9 m/s. Let the position of the Car A, at time
18 km/hr. .
t = 0, be the origin. Another car B is L = 40 m ahead
(a) At what time t0 the two friends will meet of car A at t = 0 and starts moving at a constant
again? acceleration of a = 1 m/s2 (at t = 0). Consider the
(b) What is average velocity of A and B for the length of the two cars to be negligible and treat
interval t = 0 to t = t0? them as point objects.
A $ VA = 9 m/s B $ a = 1m/s2
Q. 53. A particle is moving along x axis. Its position as a
function of time is given by x = x(t). Say whether x
following statements are true or false. x=0
(a) The particle is definitely slowing down if L = 40 m
(a) Plot the position–time (x–t) graph for the

d2x dx
2 > 0 and <0 two cars on the same graph. The two graphs
dt dt intersect at two points. Draw conclusion from
(b) The particle is definitely moving towards the this.
d ( x2 ) (b) Determine the maximum lead that car A can
origin if <0 have.
dt
  Q. 57. Particle A is moving with a constant velocity of
Q. 54. Graph of position (x) vs inverse of velocity   VA = 50 ms–1 in positive x direction. It crossed the
 
for a particle moving on a straight line is as shown. origin at time t = 10 s. Another particle B started
Find the time taken by the particle to move from at t = 0 from the origin and moved with a uniform
x = 3 m to x = 15 m. acceleration of aB = 2 ms –2 in positive x direction.
(a) For how long was A ahead of B during the
x(m) subsequent journey?
(b) Draw the position (x) time (t) graph for the
15 two particles and mark the interval for which
A was ahead of B.
Q. 58. (a) A particle is moving along the x axis and its
velocity vs position graph is as shown. Is
the acceleration of the particle increasing,
3 decreasing or remains constant?
1 v
O (sm–1)
2 8 v
Q. 55. Harshit and Akanksha both can run at speed v

and walk at speed u(u < v). They together start on
a journey to a place that is at a distance equal to L.
Akanksha walks half of the distance and runs the x
second half. Harshit walks for half of his travel (b) A particle is moving along x axis and its
time and runs in the other half. velocity (v) vs position (x) graph is a curve
(a) Who wins? as shown in the figure. Line APB is normal to
(b) Draw a graph showing the positions of both the curve at point P. Find the instantaneous
Harshit and Akanksha versus time. acceleration of the particle at x = 3.0 m.
Kinematics 2.9
v (m/s) been shown in the figure. Find the time when the
two particles collide. Also find the position (x)
A where they collide. It is given that x0 = ut0, and
that the particle 2 was at origin at t = 0.
P
Q. 62. Two stations A and B are 100km apart. A passenger
train crosses station A travelling at a speed of
x (in m)
50 km/hr. The train maintains constant speed for
O C B 1 hour 48 minute and then the driven applies
(3,0) (4,0)
brakes to stop the train at station B in next 6 minute.
Q. 59. A particle has co-ordinates (x, y). Its position Another express train starts from station B at the
vector makes on angle q with positive x direction. time the passenger train was crossing station A.
In an infinitesimally small interval of time the The driver of the express train runs the train with
particle moves such that length of its position uniform acceleration to attain a peak speed v0.
vector does not change but angle q increases by Immediately after the train attains the peak speed
dq. Express the change in position vector of the v0, he applies breaks which cause the train to stop
particle in terms of x, y, dq and unit vectors î at station A at the same time the passenger train
and ĵ . stops at B. Brakes in both the trains cause uniform
y retardation of same magnitude. Find the travel
time of two trains and v0.
P(x,y)
Q. 63. Particle A starts from rest and moves along a
straight line. Acceleration of the particle varies
r with time as shown in the graph. In 10 s the
velocity of the particle becomes 60 m/s and the
q acceleration drops to zero. Another particle B
O
x starts from the same location at time t = 1.1 s and
has acceleration – time relationship identical to A
Q. 60. A rope is lying on a table with one of its end at
with a delay of 1.1 s. Find distance between the
point O on the table. This end of the rope is pulled
particles at time t = 15 s.
to the right with a constant acceleration starting
a
from rest. It was observed that last 2 m length of
the rope took 5 s in crossing the point O and the
last 1m took 2 s in crossing the point O. B
A
O
(a) Find the time required by the complete rope
O t(s)
to travel past point O. 1.1 10
(b) Find length of the rope. Q. 64.

Q. 61. ax
x v ay
x0 u a0 a0
O t O t
t0 2t0 3t0 4t0 t0 2t0 3t0 4t0
t t
O t0 O t0 A particle is moving in x–y plane. The x and y
components of its acceleration change with time
Two particles 1 and 2 move along the x axis. The according to the graphs given in figure. At time
position (x) - time (t) graph for particle 1 and t = 0, its velocity is v0 directed along positive
velocity (v) - time (t) graph for particle 2 has
v0
y direction. If a0 , find the angle that the bodies 1 and 2 value of b is 2.5 kg/s and 3.0 kg/s
t0 respectively. Neglect all other forces apart from
velocity of the particle makes with x axis at time gravity and the resistive force, while answering
t = 4t0. following questions : [Hint : acceleration =
Q. 65. A particle is moving along positive x direction force/mass]
and experiences a constant acceleration of (i) With what speed v10 and v20 will the two
4 m/s2 in negative x direction. At time t = 3 second bodies hit the bed of the pond.
its velocity was observed to be 10 m/s in positive [Take g = 10 m/s2]
x direction.
(ii) Which body will acquire speed equal to half
(a) Find the distance travelled by the particle in the terminal speed in less time.
the interval t = 0 to t = 3 s. Also find distance
travelled in the interval t = 0 to t = 7.5 s.. Q. 69. A prototype of a rocket is fired from the ground.
The rocket rises vertically up with a uniform
(b) Plot the displacement – time graph for the 5
interval t = 0 to 7.5 s. acceleration of m/s2. 8 second after the start
4
Q. 66. A bead moves along a straight horizontal wire of a small nut gets detached from the rocket. Assume
length L, starting from the left end with velocity that the rocket keeps rising with the constant
v0. Its retardation is proportional to the distance acceleration.
that remains to the right end of the wire. Find (a) What is the height of the rocket at the instant
the initial retardation (at left end of the wire) if the nut lands on the ground
the bead reaches the right end of the wire with a
(b) Plot the velocity – time graph for the motion
v0
velocity . of the nut after it separates from the rocket
2 till it hits the ground. Plot the same velocity–
Q. 67. A ball is projected vertically up from the ground time graph in the reference frame of the
surface with an initial velocity of u = 20 m/s. O rocket. Take vertically upward direction as
is a fixed point on the line of motion of the ball positive and g = 10 m/s2
at a height of H = 15 m from the ground. Plot a Q. 70. An elevator starts moving upward with constant
graph showing variation of distance (s) of the ball acceleration. The position time graph for the
from the fixed point O, with time (t). [Take g = 10 floor of the elevator is as shown in the figure. The
m/s2]. Plot the graph for the entire time of flight ceiling to floor distance of the elevator is 1.5 m.
of the ball. At t = 2.0 s, a bolt breaks loose and drops from the
ceiling.
(a) At what time t0 does the bolt hit the floor?
O
(b) Draw the position time graph for the bolt
starting from time t = 0.
[take g = 10 m/s2]
H y (In meter)
4.0
Q. 68. Two bodies 1 and 2 of different shapes are

released on the surface of a deep pond. The mass O t (In second)
2.0
of the two bodies are m1 = 1 kg and m2 = 1.2 kg
respectively. While moving through water, the Q. 71. At t = 0 a projectile is projected vertically up with
bodies experience resistive force given as R = bv, a speed u from the surface of a peculiar planet.
where v is speed of the body and b is a positive The acceleration due to gravity on the planet
constant dependent on shape of the body. For changes linearly with time as per equation g = at
where a is a constant.
Kinematics 2.11
(a) Find the time required by the projectile to y(m) vy

attain maximum height. v0
(b) Find maximum height attained.
38.4
x
(c) Find the total time of flight. 19.2
Q. 72. A wet ball is projected horizontally at a speed of –v0

u = 10 m/s from the top of a tower h = 31.25 m
t(s)
high. Water drops detach from the ball at regular O 2.4
intervals of Dt = 1.0 s after the throw. (a) Find the angle of projection a
(a) How many drops will detach from the ball (b) Find the inclination (q) of the incline.
before it hits the ground.
(c) If the ball is projected with same speed but
(b) How far away the drops strike the ground
at an angle q (= inclination of incline) to the
from the point where the ball hits the ground?
horizontal, will it hit the incline above or
Q. 73. Two stones of mass m and M (M > m) are dropped below the point where it struck the incline
Dt time apart from the top of a tower. Take time earlier?
t = 0 at the instant the second stone is released.
Q. 76. (i) A canon can fire shells at speed u. Inclination
Let Dv and Ds be the difference in their speed
of its barrel to the horizontal can be changed
and their mutual separation respectively. Plot the
in steps of q = 1° ranging from q1 = 15° to
variation of Dv and Ds with time for the interval
q2 = 85°. Let Rn be the horizontal range for
both the stones are in flight. [g = 10 m/s2]
projection angle q = n°.
Q. 74. A particle is moving in the xy plane on a sinusoidal
∆Rn = Rn − Rn +1
course determined by y = A sin kx, where k and A
are constants. The X component of the velocity For what value of n the value of Rn is
of the particle is constant and is equal to v0 and maximum? Neglect air resistance.
the particle was at origin at time t = 0. Find the (ii) A small water sprinkler is in the shape of a
magnitude of the acceleration of the particle when hemisphere with large number of uniformly
p spread holes on its surface. It is placed on
it is at point having x co ordinate x = . ground and water comes out of each hole
2k
with speed u. Assume that we mentally divide
Q. 75. A ball is projected from a cliff of height h = 19.2 the ground into many small identical patches
m at an angle a to the horizontal. It hits an incline – each having area S. What is the distance
passing through the foot of the cliff, inclined at of a patch from the sprinkler which receives
an angle q to the horizontal. Time of flight of the maximum amount of water ?
ball is T = 2.4 s. Foot of the cliff is the origin of
the co-ordinate system, horizontal is x direction A gun fires a large number of bullets upward.
and vertical is y direction (see figure). Plot of y Due to shaking of hands some bullets deviate as
co-ordinate vs time and y component of velocity much as 1° from the vertical. The muzzle speed
of the ball (vy) vs its x co-ordinate (x) is as shown. of the gun is 150 m/s and the height of gun above
x and y are in m and time is in s in the graph. the ground is negligible. The radius of the head of
[g = 10 m/s2] the person firing the gun is 10cm. You can assume
y that acceleration due to gravity is nearly constant
for heights involved and its value is g = 10 m/s2.
The gun fires 1000 bullets and they fall uniformly
over a circle of radius r. Neglect air resistance.
A a
You can use the fact sin q ~ q when q is small.
(a) Find the approximate value of r.
(b) What is the probability that a bullet will fall
h
on the person’s head who is firing?
q
Three stones are projected simultaneously with
x
O same speed u from the top of a tower. Stone 1 is
projected horizontally and stone 2 and stone 3 are P

projected making an angle q with the horizontal
as shown in fig. Before stone 3 hits the ground, the
distance between 1 and 2 was found to increase at
a constant rate u. u u
2
A q a q B
O
q
1 x0
q
(b) Calculate the inclination of the wall to the
3 horizontal (a) [g = 10 m/s2]
Q. 81. AB is a pipe fixed to the ground at an inclination of
37°. A ball is projected from point O at a speed of
u = 20m/s at an angle of 53° to the horizontal and
it smoothly enters into the pipe with its velocity
parallel to the axis of the pipe. [Take g = 10 ms–2]
(a) Find q
(b) Find the rate at which the distance between 2
and 3 increases.
A
u
A horizontal electric wire is stretched at a height
L
h = 10 m above the ground. A boy standing on the
ground can throw a stone at a speed u = 20 ms –1. 53° 37° B
Find the maximum horizontal distance x at which O
a bird sitting on the wire can be hit by the stone.
(a) Find the length L of the pipe
x
(b) Find the distance of end B of the pipe from
point O.
Q. 82. (a) A boy throws several balls out of the
window of his house at different angles to
h u
the horizontal. All balls are thrown at speed
u = 10 m/s and it was found that all of them
hit the ground making an angle of 45° or
q
larger than that with the horizontal. Find the
height of the window above the ground [take
Q. 80. A wall OP is inclined to the horizontal ground g = 10 m/s2]
at an angle a. Two particles are projected from

(b) A gun is mounted on an elevated platform
points A and B on the ground with same speed (u)
AB. The distance of the gun at A from the
in directions making an angle q to the horizontal
edge B is AB = 960 m. Height of platform
(see figure). Distance between points A and B is
is OB = 960 m. The gun can fire shells with
x0 = 24 m. Both particles hit the wall elastically
a velocity of u = 100 m/s at any angle. What
and fall back on the ground. Time of flight (time
is the minimum distance (OP) from the foot
required to hit the wall and then fall back on to the of the platform where the shell of gun can
ground) for particles projected from A and B are reach?
4 s and 2 s respectively. Both the particles strike u
the wall perpendicularly and at the same location.
[In elastic collision, the velocity component of B
the particle that is perpendicular to the wall gets A
reversed without change in magnitude]
(a) Calculate maximum height attained by the O P
particle projected from A. Q. 83 An object A is kept fixed at the point x = 3 m
Kinematics 2.13
and y = 1.25 m on a plank P raised above the Q. 85. A city bus has a horizontal rectangular roof and
ground. At time t = 0 the plank starts moving a rectangular vertical windscreen. One day it was
along the + x direction with an acceleration raining steadily and there was no wind.
1.5 m/s2. At the same instant a stone is projected (a) Will the quantity of water falling on the roof
from the origin with a velocity u as shown. A in unit time be different for the two cases (i)
stationary person on the ground observes the the bus is still (ii) the bus is moving with
stone hitting the object during its downwards speed v on a horizontal road ?
motion at an angle of 45º to the horizontal. All the
motions are in x-y plane. Find u and the time after (b) Draw a graph showing the variation of
which the stone hits the object. Take g = 10 m/s2 quantity of water striking the windscreen in
A
unit time with speed of the bus (v).
y
P Q. 86. A truck is travelling due north descending a hill of
1.25 m slope angle q = tan–1 (0.1) at a constant speed of
90 km/hr. At the base of the hill there is a gentle
curve and beyond that the road is level and heads
u
30° east of north. A south bound police car is
x travelling at 80 km/hr along the level road at the
O 3m
base of the hill approaching the truck. Find the
velocity of the truck relative to police car in terms
Q. 84. (a) A particle is thrown from a height h
horizontally towards a vertical wall with a of unit vectors iˆ, ˆj and k̂ . Take x axis towards
speed v as shown in the figure. If the particle east, y axis towards north and z axis vertically
returns to the point of projection after upwards.
suffering two elastic collisions, one with the Q. 87. Two persons A and B travelling at 60 km/hr–1
wall and another with the ground, find the in their cars moving in opposite directions on a
total time of flight. [Elastic collision means straight road observe an airplane. To the person A,
the velocity component perpendicular to the the airplane appears to be moving perpendicular
surface gets reversed during collision.] to the road while to the observe B the plane
appears to cross the road making an angle of 45°.
v
(a) At what angle does the plane actually cross
h the road (relative to the ground).
(b) Find the speed of the plane relative to the
(b) Touching a hemispherical dome of radius R ground.
there is a vertical tower of height H = 4 R.
A boy projects a ball horizontally at speed Q. 88.
u from the top of the tower. The ball strikes C
R
the dome at a height from ground and
2
rebounds. After rebounding the ball retraces l u
back its path into the hands of the boy. Find u.
u
A B
L
Two friends A and B are standing on a river bank
H L distance apart. They have decided to meet
at a point C on the other bank exactly opposite
to B. Both of them start rowing simultaneously
on boats which can travel with velocity
R
V = 5 km/hr in still water. It was found that both
O reached at C at the same time. Assume that path of
both the boats are straight lines. Width of the river ground at the instant when the particle was
is l = 3.0 km and water is flowing at a uniform projected.
speed of u = 3.0 km/hr. Q. 91. A ball is projected in vertical x–y plane from a
(a) In how much time the two friends crossed the car moving along horizontal x direction. The car
river. is speeding up with constant acceleration. Which
(b) Find L. one of the following trajectory of the ball is not
possible in the reference frame attached to the
Q. 89. On a frictionless horizontal surface, assumed to be car? Give reason for your answer. Explain the
the x-y plane, a small trolley A is moving along a condition in which other trajectories are possible.
straight line parallel to the y-axis (see figure) with Consider origin at the point of projection.
a constant velocity of ( 3 – 1) m/s. At a particular y y
instant, when the line OA makes an angle of 45°
with the x-axis, a ball is thrown along the surface
from the origin O. Its velocity makes an angle f
with the x-axis and it hits the trolley.
y x x
A
(a) (b)
y
y
45°
O x
(a) The motion of the ball is observed from the

x x
frame of the trolley. Calculate the angle q (c) (d)
made by the velocity vector of the ball with
the x-axis in this frame. Q. 92. A boy standing on a cliff 50 m high throws a ball
with speed 40 m/s directly aiming towards a man
(b) Find the speed of the ball with respect to the
standing on ground at B. At the same time the
4θ
surface, if φ = . man at B throws a stone with a speed of 10 m/s
3
directly aiming towards the boy.
Q. 90. A large heavy box is sliding without friction
down a smooth plane having inclination angle q. A
From a point P at the bottom of a box, a particle is
projected inside the box. The initial speed of the
particle with respect to box is u and the direction
of projection makes an angle a with the bottom as
50 m
shown in figure

P Q
C B
50 m
(a) Will the ball and the stone collide? If yes, at

(a) Find the distance along the bottom of the box what time after projection?
between the point of projection P and the (b) At what height above the ground the two
point Q where the particle lands. (Assume objects collide?
that the particle does not hit any other surface (c) Draw the path of ball in the reference frame
of the box. Neglect air resistance) of the stone.
(b) If the horizontal displacement of the particle Q. 93. A man walking downhill with velocity V0 finds
as seen by an observer on the ground is zero, that his umbrella gives him maximum protection
find the speed of the box with respect to the from rain when he holds it such that the stick is
Kinematics 2.15
perpendicular to the hill surface. When the man applied and the train begins to retard at a uniform
turns back and climbs the hill with velocity V0, rate that is equal to its previous acceleration (a)
he finds that it is most appropriate the hold the
(a) Will the ball hit the wall BC or wall CD or the
umbrella stick vertical. Find the actual speed of corner C?
raindrops in terms of V0. The inclination of the
hill is q = 37°.
(b) What is speed of the ball, relative to the
wagon at the instant it hits a wall ?
Q. 96. Five particles are projected simultaneously from
the top of a tower that is h = 32 m high. The initial
velocities of projection are as shown in figure.
V0 Velocity of 2 and 5 are horizontal.
15 m/s
V0
4 3 10 m/s
53° 37°
5
10 m/s
15 m/s 37° 2
q
1
Q. 94. There are two hills A and B and a car is travelling 10 m/s
towards hill A along the line joining the two

hills. Car is travelling at a constant speed u. There
h = 32m
is a wind blowing at speed u in the direction of
motion of the car (i.e., from hill B to A). When
the car is at a distance x1 from A and x2 from B
it sounds horn (for very short interval). Driver
hears the echo of horn from both the hills at the
same time.
(a) Which particle will hit the ground first?
Wind (u)
(b) Separation between which two particles is
x2 x1
maximum at the instant the first particle hits
the ground?
(c) Which two particles are last and last but one
B u A to hit the ground? Calculate the distance
between these two particles (still in air), at
1
a time 0.3s after the third particle lands on
Find the ratio taking speed of sound in still air ground.
to be V. 2
3
[g = 10 m/s2, tan 37° = ]
Q. 95. The figure shows a square train wagon ABCD 4
which has a Q. 97. From the top of a long smooth incline a small
C D body A is projected along the surface with speed
smooth floor and
side length of 2 L. u. Simultaneously, another small object B is
The train is mov- thrown horizontally with velocity v = 10 m/s,
ing with uniform 2L
from the same point. The two bodies travel in the
acceleration (a) in same vertical plane and body B hits body A on the
a direction parallel incline. If the inclination angle of the incline is
to DA. A 'ball is u 4
B A θ = cos −1   find
rolled along the 5
2L
floor with a veloci-
(a) the speed u with which A was projected.
ty u, parallel to AB, with respect to the wagon.
The ball passes through the centre of the wagon (b) the distance from the point of projection,
floor. At the instant it is at the centre, brakes are where the two bodies collide.
B V where q is the angle made by position vector

A of the rocket with respect to the vertical.
y
u
Rocket
r
q
Q. 98. A man is on straight road AC, standing at A. He

wants to get to a point P which is in field at a
distance ‘d’ off the road (see figure). Distance AB x
is l = 50. The man can run on the road at a speed (a) Neglect atmospheric resistance and take
v1 = 5 m/s and his speed in the field is v2 = 3 m/s. g = 9.8 m/s2 at the concerned height. Neglect
l height of radar. Calculate the height of the
A B C
rocket above the ground.
(b) Two points A and B are moving in X - Y plane
(
with constant velocity of VA = 6iˆ - 9 ˆj m/s )
d
( )
and V = iˆ + ˆj m/s respectively. At time
B
t = 0 they are 15 m apart and both of them

lie on y axis with A lying away on positive
P Y axis with respect to B. What is the angular
velocity of A with respect to B at t = 1 s?
(a) Find the minimum value of ‘d’ for which man
can reach point P in least possible time by Q. 101. A stone is projected horizontally with speed u
travelling only in the field along the straight from the top of a tower of height h.
line AP. (a) Calculate the radius of curvature of the path
(b) If value of ‘d’ is half the value found in (a), of the stone at the point where its tangential
what length the man must run on the road and radial accelerations are equal.
before entering the field, in order to reach ‘P’ (b) What shall be the height (h) of the tower so
in least possible time. that radius of curvature of the path is always
Q. 99. Two particles, A and B are moving in concentric less than the value obtained in (a) above.
circles in anticlockwise sense in the same plane Q. 102. A stick of length L = 2.0 m is leaned against a
with radii of the circles being gA = 1.0 m and gB = wall as shown. It is released from a position when
2.0 m respectively. The particles move with same q = 60°. The end A of the stick remains in contact
angular speed of w = 4 rad/s. with the wall and its other end B remains in
Find the angular velocity of B as observed by A if contact with the floor as the stick slides down.
Find the distance travelled by the centre of the
(a) Particles lie on a line passing through the
stick by the time it hits the floor.
centre of the circle.
A
(b) Particles lie on two perpendicular lines
passing through the centre.
Q. 100. (a) An unpowered rocket is in flight in air. At a
moment the tracking radar gives following
data regarding the rocket.
r = distance of the rocket from the radar =
q
dr dθ
4000 m, = 0, = 1.8 deg/sec; B
dt dt
Kinematics 2.17
Q. 103. (a) A line PQ is moving on a fixed circle of ball is 10 m/s parallel to the incline XO.
radius R. The line has a constant velocity v x
perpendicular to itself. Find the speed of B
point of intersection (A) of the line with the
y
circle at the moment the line is at a distance 10
d = R/2 from the centre of the circle. m/
s
V
A 60° 30°
P Q
d O
Q. 106. A meter stick AB is lying on a horizontal table. Its

end A is pulled up so as to move it with a constant
velocity VA = 4ms–1 along a vertical line. End B
slides along the floor.
(b) In the figure shown a pin P is confined to VA
move in a fixed circular slot of radius R. The

pin is also constrained to remains inside the A
slot in a straight arm O'A. The arm moves

with a constant angular speed w about the
hinge O'. What is the acceleration of point
P?
B
A B
P
(a) After how much time (t0) speed (VB) of end B
becomes equal to the speed (VA) of end A ?
O' O (b) Find distance travelled by the end B in
R R time t0.
Q. 107. One end of a rope is fixed at a point on the ceiling
the other end is held close to the first end so that
the rope is folded. The second end is released
C from this position. Find the speed at which the
Q. 104. A flexible inextensible cord supports a mass M fold at F is descending at the instant the free end
as shown in figure. A1, A2 and B are small pulleys of the rope is going down at speed V.
in contact with the cord. At time t = 0 cord PQ
is horizontal and A1, A2 start moving vertically
down at a constant speed of v1, whereas B moves
up at a constant speed of v2. Find the velocity of
mass M as a function of time. V
L L L L
P Q
A1 A2
B
Q. 108. Block A rests on inclined surface of wedge B

M which rests on a horizontal surface. The block A is
connected to a string, which passes over a pulley
Q. 105. In the arrangement shown in the figure A is an P (fixed rigidly to the wedge B) and its other end
equilateral wedge and the ball B is rolling down is securely fixed to a wall at Q. Segment PQ of
the incline XO. Find the velocity of the wedge (of the string is horizontal and Q is at a large distance
course, along OY) at the moment velocity of the
from P. The system is let go from rest and the Q. 111. While starting from a station, a train driver was
wedge slides to right as A moves on its inclined instructed to stop his train after time T and to
face. Find the distance travelled by A by the time cover maximum possible distance in that time.
it reaches the bottom of the inclined surface. (a) If the maximum acceleration and retardation
P Q for the train are both equal to ‘a’, find the
A
maximum distance it can cover.
5m
(b) Will the train travel more distance if
maximum acceleration is ‘a’ but the
C q = 30° B
maximum retardation caused by the brakes is
‘2a’? Find this distance.
Q. 109. Two frictionless ropes connect points A & B in Q. 112. Two particles 1 and 2 start simultaneously from
vertical plane. Bead 1 is allowed to slide along origin and move along the positive X direction.
the straight rope AB and bead 2 slides along the Initial velocity of both particles is zero. The
curved rope ACB. Which bead will reach B in less acceleration of the two particles depends on their
time? displacement (x) as shown in fig.
a1 a2
A
1
2a0 2a0
a0 a0
2
O X0 X O X0 X
C B
(a) Particles 1 and 2 take t1 and t2 time respectively

Level 3 for their displacement to become x0. Find 2
.
1
Q. 110. A car manufacturer usually tells a optimum speed (b) Which particle will cover 2x0 distance in
(V0) at which the car should be driven to get least time? Which particle will cross the point
maximum mileage. In order to find the optimum x = 2x0 with greater speed?
speed for a new model, an engineer of the car (c) The two particles have same speed at a certain
company experimented a lot and finally plotted time after the start. Calculate this common
a graph between the extreme time t (defined as speed in terms of a0 and x0.
number of hours a tank full of petrol lasts) vs the
Q. 113. A cat is following a rat. The rat is running with a
constant speed V at which car was run.
constant velocity u. The cat moves with constant
t (hour) speed v with her velocity always directed towards
the rat. Consider time to be t = 0 at an instant when
both are moving perpendicular to each other and
20
separation between them is L.
(a) Find acceleration of the cat at t = 0.
(b) Find the time t0 when the rat is caught.
(c) Find the acceleration of the cat immediately
4 before it catches the rat.
3
O 10 150
-1
V(km hr ) (d) Draw the path of the rat as seen by the
cat.
(a) Calculate the optimum speed V0 for this new Q. 114.(a) Prove that bodies starting at the same time t = 0
model. from the same point, and following frictionless
(b) If the fuel tank capacity of this car is 50 litre, slopes in different directions in the same
what maximum mileage can be obtained vertical plane, all lie in a circle at any
from this car? subsequent time.
Kinematics 2.19
(b) Using the above result do the following Q. 118. A valley has two walls inclined at 37° and 53° to
problem. A point P lies above an inclined the horizontal. A particle is projected from point
plane of inclination angle a. P is joined to the P with a velocity of u = 20 m/s along a direction
plane at number of points by smooth wires, perpendicular to the incline wall OA. The Particle
running in all possible directions. Small hits the incline surface RB perpendicularly at Q.
bodies (in shape of beads) are released from Take g = 10 m/s2 and find:
P along all the wires simultaneously. Which (a) The time of flight of the particle.
body will take least time to reach the plane.
P
(b) Vertical height h of the point P from
horizontal surface OR.
 3
 tan 37° = 4 
 
B
A u
a Q
Q. 115. The acceleration due to gravity near the surface of

 
the earth is g . A ball is projected with velocity u h
from the ground. 37° 53°
O R
(a) Express the time of flight of the ball.
(b) Write the expression of average velocity of Q. 119.
the ball for its entire duration of flight.
 
Express both answers in terms of u and g .
h
Q. 116. A ball is projected from point O on the ground.
It hits a smooth vertical wall AB at a height h
and rebounds elastically. The ball finally lands
at a point C on the ground. During the course of
motion, the maximum height attained by the ball
is H.
B
A ball is released in air above an incline plane

inclined at an angle a to the horizontal. After
falling vertically through a distance h it hits the
incline and rebounds. The ball flies in air and
C
then again makes an impact with the incline. This
O A
way the ball rebounds multiple times. Assume
h OA 1 that collisions are elastic, i.e., the ball rebound
(a) Find the ratio if
H OC 3 without any loss in speed and in accordance to
(b) Find the magnitude of average acceleration the law of reflection.
of the projectile for its entire course of flight (a) Distance between the points on the incline
if it was projected at an angle of 45° to the where the ball makes first and second impact
horizontal. is l1 and distance between points where the
Q. 117. A boy can throw a ball up to a speed of ball makes second and third impact is l2.
u = 30 m/s . He throws the ball many a times, Which is large l1 or l2?
ensuring that maximum height attained by the ball (b) Calculate the distance between the points on
in each throw is h = 20 m. Calculate the maximum the incline where the ball makes second and
horizontal distance at which a ball might have fifth impact.
landed from the point of projection. Neglect the Q. 120. A terrorist ‘A’ is walking at a constant speed of
height of the boy. [g = 10 m/s2] 7.5 km/hr due West. At time t = 0, he was exactly
South of an army camp at a distance of 1 km. At blowing at a speed of . Mark the area on the
this instant a large number of army men scattered
in every possible direction from their camp in ground that the sprinkler will now be able to wet.
search of the terrorist. Each army person walked
in a straight line at a constant speed of 6 km/hr.
(a) What will be the closest distance of an
army person from the terrorist in this search O
operation?
(b) At what time will the terrorist get nearest to
an army person?
Q. 124. A cylinder of radius R has been placed in a corner
Q. 121. A large wedge BCD, having its inclined surface
as shown in the fig. A wedge is pressed against
at an angle q = 45° to the horizontal, is travelling
the cylinder such that its inclined surfaces touches
horizontally leftwards with uniform velocity
2
u = 10 m/s the cylinder at a height of from the ground.
u 5
C Now the wedge is pushed to the left at a constant
speed V = 15 m/s. With what speed will the
cylinder move?
V V
B 45° D
A
At some instant a particle is projected vertically

up with speed V = 20 m/s from point A on ground
lying at some distance right to the lower edge B R
of the wedge. The particle strikes the incline BC
normally, while it was falling. [g = 10 m/s2]
(a) Find the distance AB at the instant the particle 2R/5
was projected from A.
(b) Find the distance of lower edge B of the Q. 125. The entrance to a harbour consists of 50 m gap
wedge from point A at the instant the particle between two points A and B such that B is due
strikes the incline. east of A. Outside the harbour there is a 8 km/hr
(c) Trace the path of the particle in the reference current flowing due east. A motor boat is located
frame attached to the wedge. 300 m due south of A. Neglect size of the boat for
answering following questions-
Q. 122. The speed of river current close to banks is nearly
zero. The current speed increases linearly from (a) Calculate the least speed (Vmin) that the motor
the banks to become maximum (= V0) in the boat must maintain to enter the harbour.
middle of the river. A boat has speed ‘u’ in still (b) Show that the course it must steer when
water. It starts from one bank and crosses the moving at Vmin does not depend on the speed
river. Its velocity relative to water is always kept of the current.
perpendicular to the current. Find the distance
Q. 126. Two small pegs (A and B) are at horizontal and
through which the boat will get carried away by
vertical separation b and h respectively. A small
the current (along the direction of flow) while it
block of mass M is suspended with the help of
crosses the river. Width of the river is l.
two light strings passing over A and B as shown in
Q. 123. A water sprinkler is positioned at O on horizontal fig. The two string are always kept at right angles
ground. It issues water drops in every possible (i.e., <APB = 90°). Find the minimum possible
direction with fixed speed u. This way the gravitation potential energy of the mass assuming
sprinkler is able to completely wet a circular area the reference level at location of peg A. [Hint: the
of the ground (see fig). A horizontal wind starts potential energy is minimum when the block is at
Kinematics 2.21
its lowest position] Q. 130. In the arrangement shown in the figure, the block
b C begins to move down at a constant speed of
7.5 cm/s at time t = 0. At the same instant block
B
A is made to start moving down at constant
h acceleration. It starts at M and its speed is 30 cm/s
A when it reaches N (MN = 20 cm). Assuming that
B started from rest, find its position, velocity and
P acceleration when block A reaches N.
M
Q. 127. (a) A canon fires a shell up on an inclined plane.

Prove that in order to maximize the range
along the incline the shell should be fired in
a direction bisecting the angle between the
incline and the vertical. Assume that the shell
fires at same speed all the time.
(b) A canon is used to hit a target a distance R A
up an inclined plane. Assume that the energy M
used to fire the projectile is proportional to
square of its projection speed. Prove that the C B
angle at which the shell shall be fired to hit 20 cm
the target but use the least amount of energy
is same as the angle found in part (a)
u N
Q. 131. A rocket prototype is fired from ground at time

t = 0 and it goes straight up. Take the launch
point as origin and vertically upward direction as
Q. 128. A ball of mass m is projected from ground making positive x direction. The acceleration of the rocket
an angle q to the horizontal. There is a horizontal is given by
wind blowing in the direction of motion of the
g
ball. Due to wind the ball experiences a constant a = - kt 2 ; 0 < t £ t0

mg 2
horizontal force of in direction of its motion. = - g; t > t0
Find q for which the horizontal range of the ball
will be maximum. 3g
Where t0
Q. 129. A projectile is projected from a level ground 2k
making an angle q with the horizontal (x (a) Find maximum velocity of the rocket during
direction). The vertical (y) component of its the up journey.
velocity changes with its x co-ordinate according (b) Find maximum height attained by the rocket.
to the graph shown in figure. Calculate q. Take (c) Find total time of flight.
g = 10 ms–2.
vy (m/s) Q. 132. A man standing inside a room of length L rolls a
ball along the floor at time t = 0. The ball travels
at constant speed v relative to the floor, hits the
front wall (B) and rebounds back with same
speed v. The man catches the ball back at the wall
45° 10 A at time t0. The ball travelled along a straight
x (In m)
O line relative to the man inside the room. Another
observer standing outside the room found that
the entire room was travelling horizontally at
constant velocity v in a direction parallel to the
two walls A and B. rim of the umbrella has a radius of r = 0.5 m and
B
v
it is at a height of H = 1.8 m from the floor. The
man holding the umbrella gradually increases the
angular speed to make it 2 w. Calculate the area of
the floor that will get wet due to water drops spun
off the rim and hitting the floor. [g = 10 m/s2]
L
(a) Find the average speed of the ball in the time

interval t = 0 to t = t0 as observed by the r = 0.5 m
observer outside the room.
(b) If the room has acceleration in the direction H = 1.8 m
of its velocity draw a sketch of the path of
the ball as observed by the observer standing
outside. Assume that velocity of room was v
at the instant the ball was released.
Q. 133. There is a tall cylindrical building standing in a Q. 135. A ball is projected vertically up from ground. Boy
field. Radius of the cylinder is R = 8 m. A boy A standing at the window of first floor of a nearby
standing at A (at a distance of 10 m from the building observes that the time interval between
centre of the cylindrical base of the building) the ball crossing him while going up and the ball
knows that his friend is standing at B behind the crossing him while going down is t1. Another
building. The line joining A and B passes through boy B standing on the second floor notices that
the centre of the base of the building. Distance time interval between the ball passing him twice
between A and B is 50 m. A wants to throw a ball (during up motion and down motion) is t2.
to B but he realizes that the building is too tall and (a) Calculate the height difference (h) between
he cannot throw the ball over it. He throws the the boy B and A.
ball at a speed of 20 m/s such that his friend at B
(b) Assume that the height of boy A from the
has to move minimum distance to catch it.
point of projection of the ball is also equal to
h and calculate the speed with which the ball
R = 8m was projected.
Q. 136. A stick of length L is dropped from a high tower.
An ant sitting at the lower end of the stick begins
10 m 40 m to crawl up at the instant the stick is released.
Velocity of the ant relative to the stick remains
A O B constant and is equal to u. Assume that the stick
(a) What is the minimum distance that boy at B remains vertical during its fall, and length of the
stick is sufficiently long.
will have to move to catch the ball?
(b) At what angle to the horizontal does the boy
at A throws the ball?
Assume that the ball is released and caught at
same height above the ground. L
2 –1
[Take g = 10 m/s and sin (0.75) ~ 48.6°
Q. 134. A wet umbrella is held upright (see figure). The
man holding it is rotating it about its vertical
shaft at an angular speed of w = 5 rad s–1. The
Kinematics 2.23
(a) Calculate the maximum height attained by the ant an insect jumps from point A on the windshield,
measured from its initial position. with a velocity u = 2.64 m/s (relative to ground)
(b) What time after the start the ant will be at the in vertically upward direction. It falls back at
same height from where it started? point B on the windshield. Calculate distance AB.
Assume that the insect moves freely under gravity
Q. 137. Two balls are projected simultaneously from the and g = 10 m/s2.
top of a tall building. The first ball is projected
horizontally at speed u1 = 10 m/s and the other
4
one is projected at an angle θ = tan −1   to the
B
3
horizontal with a velocity u2. [g = 10 m/s2] A
u2
37°
q
u1
a = 5 m/s2
Q. 140. Two persons are pulling a heavy block with the

help of horizontal inextensible strings. At the
instant shown, the velocities of the two persons
are v1 and v2 directed along the respective strings
(a) Find minimum value of u2 (= u0) so that with the strings making an angle of 60° between
the velocity vector of the two balls can get them.
perpendicular to each other at some point of
(a) Find the speed of the block at the instant
time during their course of flight.
shown.
(b) Find the time after which velocities of the (b) For what ratio of v1 and v2 the instantaneous
two balls become perpendicular if the second velocity of the block will be along the
one was projected with speed u0. direction of v1.
Q. 138. There is a large wedge placed on a horizontal v1
surface with its incline face making an angle of
37° to the horizontal. A particle is projected in
vertically upward direction with a velocity of u
= 6.5 m/s from a point O on the inclined surface. 60°
At the instant the particle is projected, the wedge
begins to move horizontally with a constant
acceleration of a = 4 m/s2. At what distance from
point O will the particle hit the incline surface if v2
(i) direction of a is along BC? Q. 141. A heavy block 'B' is sliding with constant velocity
u on a horizontal table. The width of the block is
(ii) direction of a is along AB?
L. There is an insect A at a distance d from the
block as shown in the figure. The insect wants to
cross to the opposite side of the table. It begins to
A crawl at a constant velocity v at the instant shown
in the figure. Find the least value of v for which
O 37° the insect can cross to the other side without
getting hit by the block.
C B
u
B
Q. 139. The windshield of a truck is inclined at 37° to
the horizontal. The truck is moving horizontally L
with a constant acceleration of a = 5 m/s2. At the
d A
instant the velocity of the truck is v0 = 0.77 m/s,
Q. 142. A projectile is thrown from ground at a speed v0 A projectile is thrown from a point on ground,
at an angle a to the horizontal. Consider point with initial velocity u at some angle to the
of projection as origin, horizontal direction as X horizontal. Show that it can clear a pole of height
axis and vertically upward as Y axis. Let t be the h at a distance d from the point of projection if
time when the velocity vector of the projectile
becomes perpendicular to its position vector. u2 > g [h + h 2 + d 2 ]
A particle rotates in a circle with angular speed
(a) Write a quadratic equation in t.
w0. A retarding force decelerates it such that
(b) What is the maximum angle a for which angular deceleration is always proportional to
the distance of projectile from the point of square root of angular velocity. Find the mean
projection always keeps on increasing? angular velocity of the particle averaged over the
[Hint: Start from the equation you obtained whole time of rotation.
in part (a)]
ANSWERS
The two velocities are perpendicular. (i) B and C

(a) 7.5 km/hr–1 (ii) D
(b) 2 hr 40 min (iii) A, B, C, D
3. (a) F 10 m
(b) T v = 12 m/s
(c) T
4. (a) E, v (m/s)
(b) D,G 30
(c) B,C
5. (a) 4 m/s 10
(b) 2 m/s2 t
O 4 8
(a) Xmax = 4 m ; t = 2 s
12. (a) particle A
(b) x (m)
(b) see solution for graph
(a) l < t < 2 s and 3 < t < 4 s
8 (b) 1 m/s
14. (a) 22 (Km) (s–1) (MLy–1)
1n(2)
(b)
t (s) (a)
4
v V (m / s)
20
v0
2 4
t t (s)
t O
–20
–v0
Kinematics 2.25
(b) V (m / s) 20 (1 + 2) m
20 24. (a) 12.13 m
(b) 16 m/s
O 2 4
t (s) a = 5.19 m/s2
4 2
u = 16 m/s; θ = tan −1  
 15 
(c) h (m) 4
5
20 m 4
pR
3
Displacement = 40 cm
O 2 4
t (s) Distance = (30 5 + 10 13) cm
(d) Distance (m) 40
s
41
40
31. (a) t0 = 5 s
(b) car 4
1 m/s2 to 7 m/s2
(a) Vmax = 12 km/hr
O 4
t (s) (b)
Vcmin
y
Up
m
ot ion
io ot 0°
n m 90°
H/2 wn
Do
5 m/s, 12 m/s
V
V0 O V0
Dt = 23.33 s
2
L
V = 20 ms–1
u
2L  2 − 1 807 kph
∆t =  
g 38. (a) Parabolic path
1m (b) 6 m/s
20. All statements are true 1
(a) Tg cosq Perpendicular to the incline
y 2
(b) 4 2 ms–1
x 2 2 cms–1
88
min
3
40 m at = 0; path is circular
The one that is projected at q2
wH
tan θ 2 n=
1
= q
2 tan θ1
3 2uv
(a) a = a0 (c)
p u v
(b) 8.37 m/s2 2L
45. (a) vx (d)
u v
56. (b) 0.5 m
v
57. (a) 10 5 s
t
(b) x
B
–v A
ay
(b)
O t (s)
10 t1 t2
 t
(a) r = vt [cos (wt) î + sin (wt)] ĵ
(b)

58. (a) Acceleration is increasing
Vp = V [cos(w t ) - w t sin(w t )]
î + V [sin (wt) + wt cos (wt)] ĵ (b) 1 m/s2
(a) v0e2pn
59. (
∆r = − yiˆ + xjˆ dθ )
(b) V = 2a0x 60. (a) 8.5 s
(b) 2.41 m
3 u , zero
61. t = (2 – 2)t0 ; x = ( 2 – 1)x0
3
rad 62. 2.2 hr ; 90.9 km/hr
8
2 m/s 63. 66 m
1.59 s 3
64. θ = tan −1  
52. (a) t0 = 32 s ; 2
3
15 3 65. (a) 48 m, 68.5 m
(b) < VA > = < VB > = m/s
8π
53. Both are true x(m)
(b)
60 s
55. (a) Harshit
x
60.5
(b)
B D 52.5
HA
KS
HIT
AN
RS
AK
HA
C
t(m)
O 5.5 7.5
A
3v02
t 66.
O tH tH tA 4L
2
Kinematics 2.27
67. v
73.
s (m)
10 m/s
t(s)
s (m)
5
t(s)
O 1 2 3 4
68. (i) v10 = v20 = 4m/s 5
(ii) Both will take same time t(s)

O
69. (a) 90 m
(b) V Ak0v02
−1  3 
4
t (s) 75. (a) α = tan  
4
1
−1
(b) θ = tan
–30 2
(c) The ball will hit at a point lower than the earlier
(c) V (m/s) spot.
O 4 76. (i) n = 84°
t
u
(ii)
g
77. (a) 80 m
– 45
(b) 1.6 × 10–3
70. (a) 2.5 s
78. (a) q = 60°
(b) y (In meter)
(b) 3u
79. 20 2 m
6.25
80. (a) 11.25 m
5.5
8
1.5 (b) tan −1  
t
5
O 2.0 2.5
81. (a) L = 14.58 m
2u (b) OB = 41.66 m
71. (a) t0 =
α 82. (a) 5 m
(2 )
3/ 2 (b) 480 m
(b) u = 7.29 m/s, t = 1 s.
3α 1/ 2
h
84. (a)
(c) g
72. (a) 2 (b) u = 21gR

(b) zero
85. (a) No 3
(b) rad / sec
(b) Q 2
2
101. (a) R = 2 2u
g
u2
(b) h
O V 2g
p
86. (40iˆ + 158.9 ˆj - 8.9kˆ ) 102.
3
m
87. (a) q = tan–1 (2) 2v

103. (a)
(b) 60 5 kmhr –1 3
3 (b) 4w2R
88. (a) hr
4 dy 2v12 t 2 ( v1 + v2 ) t
2
(b) 4.5 km 104. v = = +

dt L2 + v12 t 2 L2 + ( v1 + v2 ) t 2
2
89. (a) 45°

(b) 2 m/s 10
105. m/s
3
u sin 2a
2
90. (a) 1
g cos q
106. (a) t0 = s
4 2
u cos(a + q )
(b)
cos q Ê 1 ˆ
91. (b) (b) Á 1 - ˜m
Ë 2¯
92. (a) yes, 2 s 107. V/2
(b) zero 108. 10 sin 15°
(c) straight line 109. Bead 2
73 110. (a) 80 kmhr –1
93. V0
3 (b) 17 kml –1
x1 v + u 1 2
94. = 111. (a) aT
x2 v − u 4
95. (a) Corner C
(b) yes,
1 2
(b) u aT
3
96. (a) particle 1
112. (a) 2
(b) Particle 2 and 5
(b) particle 1 will cover 2x0 in lesser time. Both will
(c) particle 3 and 4 ; 50.94 m cross 2x0 with same speed.
97. (a) u = 8 m/s, (c) v = (2 + 2) a0x0
(b) 18.75 m uv
113. (a)
200 L
98. (a) dmin
3 vL
(b) t0 = 2
(b) 25 m v − u2
99. (a) w = 4 rad/s (c) Zero
(b) w = 4 rad/s (d) The path will be like a spiral
100. (a) 1600 m 114. (b) Body travelling along a line making an angle
Kinematics 2.29
with vertical 3g 2

(b) X 0
2u.g 16 k
115. (a) t = − 2
g 3 3g
(c) T
2 2k

g u . g
(b) Vav = u −
( ) 132. (a) 2v
2 (b) path is as shown
g
16
116. (a)
25
(b) 2g
117. 40 5 m 133. (a) 40 m
118. (a) 2.5 s (b) 24.3° or 65.7°
(b) 4.05 m
134. 21.2 m2
119. (a) l2 > l1
g (t12 − t22 )
(b) 72 h sin a 135. (a) h =
8
3
120. (a) km g
5 (b) u = 2t12 − t22
2
(b) 8 min
121. (a) 15 m u2
136. (a) H max
(b) 15 m 2g
(c) parabolic u
(b)
V0 l g
122. 2u
137. (a) u0 = 37.5 m/s
123. A circle of same size shifted from the original circle
(b) t = 1.5 m/s
u2
by ∆ X = in the direction of wind. 138. (i) 3.38 m
2g
(ii) 2.5 m
124. 20 m/s
139. AB = 0.57 m
48
125. (a) km / hr 2 2 2
37 140. (a) 1 + 2 − 1 2
3
1
126. U min = − Mg  h + b − h 
2 2
2 (b)
1
2
2
128. q = 60°
uL
129. q = 45° 141. vmin =
d 2 + L2
130. Position: 40 cm up from starting position
()
VB = 45 cm/s ≠ 142. (a) t −
2 3v0 sin α 2v2
t + 20 = 0
g g
aB = 22.5 cm/s2 (≠) 1 8
(b) sin
9
g3 w0
131. (a) Vmax 18k
144.
3
03 NEWTON’S LAWS
Level 1 of F = 40 N is applied to the block A (see figure).

Find the contact force between block D and the
  front vertical wall of the cart.
Q. 1. Let u be the initial velocity of a particle and F be
A
the resultant force acting on it. Describe the path B
C
that the particle can take if F D
  
(a) u ¥ F = 0 and F = constant
  
(b) u.F = 0 and F = constant
In which case can the particle retrace its path.
Q. 2. A ball is projected vertically up from the floor of Q. 6. (i) Three blocks A, B and C are placed in an
a room. The ball experiences air resistance that ideal Atwood machine as shown in the
is proportional to speed of the ball. Just before figure. When the system is allowed to move
hitting the ceiling the speed of the ball is 10 m/s freely it was found that tension in the string
and its retardation is 2g. The ball rebounds from connecting A to C was more than thrice the
the ceiling without any loss of speed and falls on tension in the string connecting A and B. The
the floor 2s after making impact with the ceiling. masses of the three blocks A, B and C are m1,
How high is the ceiling? Take g = 10 m/s2. m2 and m3, respectively. State whether the
Q. 3. A small body of super dense material, whose following statements are true or false [All
mass is half the mass of the earth (but whose size masses have finite non zero values and the
is very small compared to the size of the earth), system has a non zero acceleration].
starts from rest at a height H above the earth’s
surface, and reaches the earth’s surface in time
t. Calculate time t assuming that H is very small
compared to the radius of the earth. Acceleration
due to gravity near the surface of the earth is g.
Q. 4. N identical carts are connected to each other using
strings of negligible mass. A pulling force F is m1 A C m3
applied on the first cart and the system moves
without friction along the horizontal ground. The
tension in the string connecting 4th and 5th cart is m2 B
twice the tension in the string connecting 8th and
(a) m3 can have any finite value
9th cart. Find the total number of carts (N) and
tension in the last string. (b) m1 > 2m2
N N–1 2 1 F (ii) In an Atwood machine the sum of two masses
is a constant. If the string can sustain a
Q. 5. A toy cart has mass of 4 kg and is kept on a smooth Ê 24 ˆ
tension equal to Á ˜ of the weight of the
horizontal surface. Four blocks A, B, C and D Ë 30 ¯
of masses 2 kg, 2 kg, 1 kg and 1 kg respectively sum of two masses, find the least acceleration
have been placed on the cart. A horizontal force of the masses. The string and pulley are light.
(iii) A load of w newton is to be raised vertically over the smooth pulley and two masses m and M
through a height h using a light rope. The (> m) are connected to its ends (see figure). Find
greatest tension that the rope can bear is the reading of the scale when the two masses are
hw (h > 1). Calculate the least time of ascent left free to move.
if it is required that the load starts from rest
M0
and must come to rest when it reaches a
height h.
Q. 7. In the arrangement shown in the figure the system
is in equilibrium. Mass of the block A is M and that m M
of the insect clinging to block B is m. Pulley and Stand
string are light. The insect loses contact with the
block B and begins to fall. After how much time
the insect and the block B will have a separation
L between them.
Q. 10. In the given arrangement, all strings and pulleys
are light. When the system was released it was
observed that M and m0 do not move. Find the
masses M and m0 in terms of m1 and m2. Find the
acceleration of all the masses if string is cut just
above m2.
A B
Q. 8. Two blocks of equal mass, M each, are connected

M
to two ends of a massless string passing over a
massless pulley. On one side of the string there is
M m0
a bead of mass .
2
m1
m2
Q.11 The system shown in the fig. is in equilibrium.

Pulleys A and B have mass M each and the block
M C has mass 2M. The strings are light. There is an
2 insect (D) of mass M/2 sitting at the middle or the
right string. Insect does not move.
M
S1
M
(a) When the system is released from rest the A

bead continues to remain at rest while the two
E
blocks accelerate. Find the acceleration of the
blocks.
B
(b) Find the acceleration of the two blocks if it D
was observed that the bead was sliding down S2
with a constant velocity relative to the string.
Q. 9. A pulley is mounted on a stand which is placed
over a weighing scale. The combined mass of the
C
stand and the pulley is M0. A light string passes
Newton’s Laws 3.3
(a) Just by inspection, say if the tension in the Q. 17. A ball of mass M is in equilibrium between a
string S1 is equal to, more than or less than vertical wall and the inclined surface of a wedge.
9/2 Mg. The inclination of the wedge is q = 45° and its
(b) Find tension in the string S2, and S1. mass is very small compared to that of the ball. The
coefficient of friction between the wedge and the
(c) Find tension in S2 if the insect flies and sits at
floor is m and there is no friction elsewhere. Find
point E on the string.
minimum value of m for which this equilibrium is
Q. 12. A block slides down a frictionless plane inclined possible.
at an angle q. For what value of angle q the
horizontal component of acceleration of the block
is maximum? Find this maximum horizontal
acceleration. M
Q. 13. A tall elevator is going up with an acceleration
of a = 4 m/s2. A 4 kg snake is climbing up the
vertical wall of the elevator with an acceleration
of a. A 50 g insect is riding on the back of the
q = 45°
snake and it is moving up relative to the snake
at an acceleration of a. Find the friction force
Q.18 A helicopter of mass M = 15000 kg is lifting a
between the elevator wall and the snake. Assume
cubical box of mass m = 2000 kg. The helicopter
that the snake remains straight.
is going up with an acceleration of a = 1.2 m/s2.
Q. 14. Due to air drag the falling bodies usually acquire The four strings are tied at mid points of the sides
a constant speed when the drag force becomes of the square face PQRS of the box. The strings
equal to weight. Two bodies, of identical shape, are identical and form a knot at K. Another string
experience air drag force proportional to square KH connects the knot to the helicopter. Neglect
of their speed (Fdrag = kv2, k is a constant). mass of all strings and take g = 10 m/s2. Length of
The mass ratio of two bodies is 1 : 4. Both are each string AK, BK, CK and DK is equal to side
simultaneously released from a large height and length of the cube.
very quickly acquire their terminal speeds. If
(a) Find tension T in string AK.
the lighter body reaches the ground in 25 s, find
the approximate time taken by the other body to (b) Find tension T0 in string KH.
reach the ground. (c) Find the force (F) applied by the atmosphere
Q. 15. A cylinder of mass M and radius r is suspended at on the helicopter. Assume that the atmosphere
the corner of a room. Length of the thread is twice exerts a negligible force on the box.
the radius of the cylinder. Find the tension in the (d) If the four strings are tied at P,Q,R and S
thread and normal force applied by each wall on instead of A, B, C & D, how will the quantities
the cylinder assuming the walls to be smooth. T, T0 and F change? Will they increase or
decrease? Assume that length of the four
Thread identical strings remains same.
H
K
Q. 16. A rod of mass M and length L lies on an incline

P
having inclination of q = 37°. The coefficient of A D S
friction between the rod and the incline surface is C
Q R
B
m = 0.90. Find the tension at the mid point of the
rod.
Q. 19. A pendulum has a bob connected to a light wire.

Bob ‘A’ is in equilibrium in the position shown.
The string is horizontal and is connected to a M
block B resting on a rough surface. The block B is m
on verge of sliding when q = 60°.
q = 60° wire
Q. 23. A small body A starts sliding down from the top
of a wedge (see fig) whose base is equal to l .
B The coefficient of friction between the body and
A String
wedge surface is m = 1.0. At what value of angle q
will the time of sliding be least?
(a) Is equilibrium possible if q were 70°? A
(b) With q = 60°, calculate the ratio of tension

in the pendulum wire immediately after the
string is cut to the tension in the wire before
the string is cut.

Q. 20. Two blocks of equal mass have been placed on
two faces of a fixed wedge as shown in figure. The Q. 24. Three blocks A, B and C each of mass m are
blocks are released from position where centre of placed on a smooth horizontal table. There is no
one block is at a height h above the centre of the friction between the contact surfaces of the blocks
other block. Find the time after which the centre as well. Horizontal force F is applied on each of
of the two blocks will be at same horizontal level. A and B as shown. Find the ratio of normal force
There is no friction anywhere. applied by the table on the three blocks (i.e., RA :
mg
RB : RC). Take F =
2 3
h
F A C B F
RA RC RB
30° 30°
60° 30°
Q. 25. A U shaped container has uniform cross sectional
Q. 21. In the system shown in the figure, all surfaces are area S. It is suspended vertically with the help
smooth. Block A and B have mass m each and of a spring and two strings A and B as shown in
mass of block C is 2 m. All pulleys are massless the figure. The spring and strings are light. When
and fixed to block C. Strings are light and the force water (density = d ) is poured slowly into the
F applied at the free end of the string is horizontal. container it was observed that the level of water
Find the acceleration of all three blocks. remained unchanged with respect to the ground.
B Find the force constant of the spring.
A C Spring
F
A q q B
Q. 22. A particle of mass M rests on a rough inclined
Ê 4ˆ
plane at an angle q to the horizontal Á sinq = ˜ . It
Ë 5¯
is connected to another mass m as shown in fig.
The pulley and string are light. The largest value
of m for which equilibrium is possible is M. Find
the smallest value of m for which equilibrium is
possible.
Newton’s Laws 3.5
Q. 26. A uniform light spring has unstretched length of you convince your friend?
3.0 m. One of its end is fixed to a wall. A particle In a typical situation, car without ABS needs
of mass m = 20 g is glued to the spring at a point 20 m as minimum stopping distance. Under
1.0 m away from its fixed end. The free end of the identical conditions, what minimum distance a
spring is pulled away from the wall at a constant car with ABS would need to stop? Coefficient of
speed of 5 cm/s. kinetic friction between tyre and road is 25% less
Assume that the spring remains horizontal (i.e., than the coefficient of static friction.
neglect gravity). Force constant of spring = 0.6 Q. 29. Starting from rest a car takes at least ‘t’ second to
N / cm. travel through a distance s on a flat concrete road.
(a) With what speed does the particle of mass m Find the minimum time that will be needed for
move? it to climb through a distance ‘s’ on an inclined
(b) Find the force applied by the external agent concrete road. Assume that the car starts from rest
pulling the spring at time 2.0 s after he started and inclination of road is q = 5° with horizontal.
pulling. Coefficient of friction between tyres and the
3.0 m concrete road is m = 1.
Q. 30. A table cloth of length L is lying on a table with
1.0 m
one of its end at the edge of the table. A block is
kept at the centre of the table cloth. A man pulls
m the end of the table cloth horizontally so as to take
5 cm / s
it off the table. The cloth is pulled at a constant
Q. 27. It was observed that a small block of mass m
speed V0. What can you say about the coefficient
remains in equilibrium at the centre of a vertical
of friction between the block and the cloth if the
square frame, which was accelerated. The block
block remains on the table (i.e., it does not fall off
is held by two identical light strings as shown.
the edge) as the cloth is pulled out.
[Both strings are along the diagonal]
L L
(a) Which of 1, 2, 3 & 4 is/are possible direction/s — —
2 2
of acceleration of the frame for block to
remain in equilibrium inside it?
(b) Find the acceleration of the frame for your
answers to question (a).
Q. 31. A block rests on a horizontal surface. A horizontal
force F is applied to the block. The acceleration
3
(a) produced in the block as a function of applied
2 1 force (F) has been plotted in a graph (see figure).
Find the mass of the block.
4
a (ms–2)
Q.28 In an emergency situation while driving one 3

has tendency to jam the brakes, trying to stop
in shortest distance. With wheels locked, the car
slides and steering get useless. In ABS system the F (N)
O 6 18
electronic sensors keep varying the brake pressure
so as to keep the wheels rolling (without slipping) Q. 32. Repeat the last problem if the graph is as shown
while ensuring that the friction remains limiting. below.
Your friend has an old car with good brakes. He a (ms–2)
boasts saying that all the four wheels of his car 3
get firmly locked and stop rotation immediately
after the brakes are applied. You know that your
new car which has a computerized anti lock
F (N)
braking system (ABS) is much safer. How will O 6 18
Q. 33. A solid block of mass m = 1 kg is resting on a C

horizontal platform as shown in figure. The z C
direction is vertically up. Coefficient of friction f
between the block and the platform is m = 0.2. The f
platform is moved
 with a time dependent velocity B
( )
given by V = 2tiˆ + tjˆ + 3tkˆ m/s . Calculate the B
magnitude of the force exerted by the block on the f
platform. Take g = 10 m/s2 D D
z
y
f
A
x (b) A particle is moving along an expanding

spiral (shown in fig) such that the normal
Q. 34. In the system shown in the figure, the string is force on the particle [i.e., component of force
light and coefficient of friction between the 10 kg perpendicular to the path of the particle]
block and the incline surface is m = 0.5. Mass of remains constant in magnitude.  The possible
the hanger, H is 0.5 kg. A boy places a block of
mass m on the hanger and finds that the system
direction of acceleration a of the particle ()
has been shown at three points A, B and C on
does not move. What could be values of mass m? its path. At which of these points the direction
3 of acceleration has been represented correctly.
tan 37∞ = and g = 10 m/s2
4 A
VA
a
10 kg a
B a
H VC
37° m VB
C
Q. 35. A disc of mass m lies flat on a smooth horizontal

(c) A particle is moving in XY plane with a
table. A light string runs halfway around it as 
velocity. v = 4iˆ + 2tjˆ ms –1 . Calculate its rate
shown in figure. One end of the string is attached
of change of speed and normal acceleration at
to a particle of mass m and the other end is being
t = 2 s.
pulled with a force F. There is no friction between
the disc and the string. Find acceleration of the end Q. 37. (i) A spinning disk has a hole at its centre. The
of the string to which force is being applied. surface of the disk is horizontal and a small
block A of mass m = 1 kg is placed on it.
F
m w
Q. 36. (a) A car starts moving (at point A) on a horizontal r A

circular track and moves in anticlockwise
sense. The speed of the car is made to increase
uniformly. The car slips just after point D. The
figure shows the friction force (f) acting on
the car at points A, B, C and D. The length
of the arrow indicates the magnitude of the
friction and it is given that D > B > C. At
which point (A, B, C or D) the friction forces
represented is certainly wrong ? B
Newton’s Laws 3.7
Block A is tied to a light inextensible string, with respect to time. Take t = 0 when block 1
other end of which passes through the hole gets detached.
and supports another block B of mass M
= 2 kg. The coefficient of friction between
A and the disk surface is 0.5. It was observed
that the disk is spinning with block A
remaining at rest relative to the disk. Block B
was found to be stationary. It was estimated
that length of horizontal segment of the string
(r) was anywhere between 1.0 m to 1.5 m. With
6
this data what estimate can be made about the 4
2
angular speed (w) of the disk. [g = 10 m/s2] 5
3
(ii) A spring has force constant equal to 1
k = 100 Nm–1. Ends of the spring are joined to Q. 40. Two monkeys A and B are holding on the two
give it a circular shape of radius R = 20 cm. sides of a light string passing over a smooth pulley.
Now the spring is rotated about its symmetry Mass of the two monkeys are mA= 8 kg and mB =
axis (perpendicular to its plane) such that the 10 kg respectively [g = 10 m/s2]
circumference of the circle increases by 1%.
Find the angular speed (w). Mass of one meter (a) Monkey A holds the string tightly and B goes
length of the spring is l = 0.126 gm–1. down with an acceleration ar = 2 m/s2 relative
to the string. Find the weight that A feels of
Q. 38. Two particles of mass m1 and m2 are in space at his own body.

separation r [vector from m1 to m2]. The only (b) What is the weight experienced by two
force that the two particles experience is the monkeys if A holds the string tightly and B
mutual gravitational pull. The force applied by goes down with an acceleration ar = 4 m/s2

 d 2 r  relative to the string.
m1 on m2 is F . Prove that m 2 = F Where
dt
m1m2
m is known as reduced mass for the two
m1 + m2
particle system.
m1
r A B
F m2
Q. 39. Six identical blocks – numbered 1 to 6 – have

been glued in two groups of three each and have Level 2
been suspended over a pulley as shown in fig.
The pulley and string are massless and the system Q. 41. Two strange particles A and B in space, exert no
is in equilibrium. The block 1, 2, 3, and 4 get force on each other when they are at a separation
detached from the system in sequence starting greater than x0 = 1.0 m. When they are at a distance
with block 1. The time gap between separation less than x0, they repel one another along the line
of two consecutive block (i.e., time gap between joining them. The repulsion force is constant
separation of 1 and 2 or gap between separation and does not depend on the distance between
of 2 and 3) is t0. Finally, blocks 5 and 6 remain the particles. This repulsive force produces an
connected to the string. acceleration of 6 ms–2 in A and 2 ms–2 in B when
(a) Find the final speed of blocks 5 and 6. the particles are at separation less than x0. In one
experiment particle B is projected towards A with
(b) Plot the graph of variation of speed of block 5
a velocity of 2 ms–1 from a large distance so as to
hit A head on. The particle A is originally at rest M M M

and the system of two particles do not experience masses M , , , ..................respectively. All
2 4 8
any external force. surfaces are smooth. Find the contact force
(a) Find the ratio of mass of A to that of B. between the block 1 and 2 after the system is
(b) Find the minimum distance between the released from rest. Also find the acceleration of
particles during subsequent motion. the wedge.
(c) Find the final velocity of the two particles.

4
Q. 42. A light string passing over a smooth pulley holds 3
two identical buckets at its ends. Mass of each
2
empty bucket is M and each of them holds M mass
A 1 B
of sand. The system was in equilibrium when a
small leak developed in bucket B (take this time W
as t = 0). The sand leaves the bucket at a constant
rate of m kg/s. Assume that the leaving sand
particles have no relative speed with respect to the
bucket (it means that there is no impulsive force Q. 45. In the system shown in fig, mass of the block
on the bucket like leaving exhaust gases exert on is m1 = 4 kg and that of the hanging particle is
a rocket). Find the speed (V0) of the two bucket m2 = 1 kg. The incline is fixed and surface is
when B is just empty. smooth. Block is initially held at the top of the
incline and the particle hangs a distance d = 2.0
m below it. [Assume that the block and the particle
are on same vertical line in this position]. System
is released from this position. After what time will
the distance between the block and the particle be
minimum ? Find this minimum distance. [g = 10
m/s2.]
A B
Q. 43. A chain is lying on a smooth table with half its

length hanging over the edge of the table [fig(i)]. If 30°
the chain is released it slips off the table in time t1.
Now, two identical small balls are attached to the Q. 46. A uniform chain of mass M = 4.8 kg hangs in
two ends of the chain and the system is released vertical plane as shown in the fig.
[fig(ii)]. This time the chain took t2 time to slip off (a) Show that horizontal component of tension is
the table. Which time is larger, t1 or t2? same throughout the chain.
(b) Find tension in the chain at point P where the
chain makes an angle q = 15° with horizontal.
(c) Find mass of segment AP of the chain.
[Take g = 10 m/s2; cos 15° = 0.96, sin 15° = 0.25]
A
60°
(i) (ii)
Q. 44. A triangular wedge W having mass M is placed

on an incline plane with its face AB horizontal.
Inclination of the incline is q. On the flat horizontal B
surface of the wedge there lies an infinite tower of q P 30°
rectangular blocks. Blocks 1, 2, 3, 4 ………. have
Newton’s Laws 3.9
Q. 47. Block A of mass M is placed on an incline plane, Q. 50. Blocks A and B have dimensions as shown in the
connected to a string, passing over a pulley as fig. and their masses are 8 kg and 1 kg respectively.
shown in the fig. The other end of the string also A small block C of mass 0.5 kg is placed on the top
carries a block B of mass M. The system is held in left corner of block A. All surfaces are smooth. A
the position shown such that triangle APQ lies in a horizontal force F = 18 N is applied to the block B
vertical plane with horizontal line AQ in the plane at time t = 0. At what time will the block C hit the
of the incline surface. ground surface? Take g = 10 m/s2.
C
P
4.0 m
2.0 m F = 18N
A B
a M
MA Q
B 4.0 m 2.75 m
Q. 51. Three identical smooth balls are placed between

q two vertical walls as shown in fig. Mass of each
5R
ball is m and radius is r = where 2R is
Find the minimum coefficient of friction between 9
separation between the walls.
the incline surface and block A such that the
system remains at rest after it is released. Take q = (a) Force between which two contact surface is
a = 45°. maximum? Find its value.
Q. 48. Figure shown a fixed surface inclined at an angle (b) Force between which two contact surface is
q to the horizontal. A smooth groove is cut on the minimum and what is its value?
incline along QR forming an angle f with PR. A
small block is released at point Q and it slides
down to R in time t. Find t.
Q
q

P R
Q. 49. In the system shown in the figure AB and CD 2R

are identical elastic cords having force constant Q. 52. A horizontal wooden block has a fixed rod OA
K. The string connected to the block of mass M standing on it. From top point A of the rod, two
is inextensible and massless. The pulley is also wires have been fixed to points B and C on the
massless. Initially, the cords are just taut. The end block. The plane of triangle OAB is perpendicular
D of the cord CD is gradually moved up. Find the to the plane of the triangle OAC. There are two
vertical displacement of the end D by the time the identical beads on the two wires. One of the wires
block leaves the ground.
A
C
q C
A O
q
a
M
B
B
is perfectly smooth while the other is rough. floor. The monkey remains at height h till the
The wooden block is moved with a horizontal block crosses it. At the instant the block is
acceleration (a) that is perpendicular to the line crossing the monkey it begins climbing up the
OB and it is observed that both the beads do not rope. Find the minimum acceleration of the
slide on the wire. Find the minimum coefficient of monkey relative to the rope, so that the block
friction between the rough wire and the bead. is not able to hit the floor. Do you think that a
Q. 53. In the arrangement shown in the fig. the pulley, monkey can climb with such an acceleration?
the spring and the thread are ideal. The spring is (g = 10 ms –2)
stretched and the two blocks are in contact with
a horizontal platform P. When the platform is
gradually moved up by 2 cm the tension in the
string becomes zero. If the platform is gradually
moved down by 2 cm from its original position
one of the blocks lose contact with the platform.
Given M = 4 kg; m = 2 kg.
(a) Find the force constant (k) of the spring A
(b) If the platform continues to move down after h

one of the blocks loses contact, will the other M
block also lose contact? Assume that that the h
platform moves very slowly.
Q. 55. An ideal spring is in its natural length (L) with two

objects A and B connected to its ends. A point
2L

P on the unstretched spring is at a distance
3
from B. Now the objects A and B are moved by
4 cm to the left and 8 cm to the right respectively.
Find the displacement of point P.
4 cm 2L
3 8 cm
M m P
P
Q. 54. In the arrangement shown in the fig. a monkey of L

mass M keeps itself as well as block A at rest by Q. 56. The fig. shows an infinite tower of identical springs
firmly holding the rope. Rope is massless and the each having force constant k. The connecting
pulley is ideal. Height of the monkey and block A
from the floor is h and 2h respectively [h = 2.5 m] F
A
(a) The monkey loosens its grip on the rope and
slides down to the floor. At what height from
B1
the ground is block A at the instant the money
hits the ground?
(b) Another block of mass equal to that of A is
stuck to the block A and the system is released.
The monkey decides to keep itself at height
h above the ground and it allows the rope to
slide through its hand. With what speed will
the block strike the ground?
(c) In the situation described in (b), the monkey
decides to prevent the block from striking the
Newton’s Laws 3.11
bars and all springs are massless. All springs are Q. 59. In the arrangement shown in the fig. all pulleys are
relaxed and the bottom row of springs is fixed to mass less and the strings are inextensible and light.
horizontal ground. The free end of the top spring is Block A has mass M.
pulled up with a constant force F. In equilibrium, (a) If the system stays at rest after it is released,
find find the mass of the block B.
(a) The displacement of free end A of the top (b) If mass of the block B is twice the value
spring from relaxed position. found in part (a) of the problem, calculate the
(b) The displacement of the top bar B1 from the acceleration of block A.
initial relaxed position.
Q. 57. In the system shown in the fig. there is no friction
and string is light. Mass of movable pulley P2
is M2. If pulley P1 is massless, what should be
value of applied force F to keep the system in
equilibrium?
P3
M A
B
P1
Q. 60. In the fig. shown, the pulley and string are mass
less and the incline is frictionless. The segment
P2
AP of the string is parallel to the incline and the
segment PB is perpendicular to the incline. End of
the string is pulled with a constant force F.
m
(a) If the block is moving up the incline with
Q. 58. In the system shown in the fig., the bead of mass acceleration while being in contact with the
m can slide on the string. There is friction between incline, then angle q must be less then q0.
the bead and the string. Block has mass equal to Find q0
twice that of the bead. The system is released from q0
(b) If q= find the maximum acceleration
rest with length l of the string hanging below the 2
bead. Calculate the distance moved by the block with which the block can move up the plane
before the bead slips out of the thread. Assume the without losing contact with the incline.
string and pulley to be massless. F
A
B
P
m
bead
Q.61. A triangular wedge A is held fixed and a block B

is released on its inclined surface, from the top.
Block B reaches the horizontal ground in time t. In
another experiment, the wedge A was free to slide
P2
on the horizontal surface and it took t’ time for the
block B to reach the ground surface after it was
2m released from the top. Neglect friction and assume
that B remains in contact with A. horizontal, and coefficient of friction between

(a) Which time is larger t or t´? Tell by simple shoes and the platform is 0.6.
observation. Q. 64. A wedge is placed on the smooth surface of a fixed
(b) When wedge A was free to move, it was incline having inclination q with the horizontal.
observed that it moved leftward with an The vertical wall of the wedge has height h and
g there is a small block A on the edge of the horizontal
acceleration and one of the two measured
4 surface of the wedge. Mass of the wedge and the
times (t & t´) was twice the other. Find the small block are M and m respectively.
inclination q of the inclined surface of the
(a) Find the acceleration of the wedge if friction
wedge.
between block A and the wedge is large
B enough to prevent slipping between the two.
(b) Find friction force between the block and the
wedge in the above case. Also find the normal
force between the two.
(c) Assuming there is no friction between the
A
block and the wedge, calculate the time in
which the block will hit the incline.
Q. 62. A block A is made to move up an inclined plane
of inclination q with constant acceleration a0 as
shown in figure. Bob B, hanging from block A A
by a light inextensible string, is held vertical and
q
is moving along with the block. Calculate the
magnitude of acceleration of block A relative to h
the bob immediately after bob is released.
a0 q
A Q. 65. In the system shown in figure, all surfaces are

smooth, pulley and strings are massless. Mass of
both A and B are equal. The system is released
from rest.
B
Q. 63. A 50 kg man is standing at the centre of a 30 kg

platform A. Length of the platform is 10 m and
coefficient of friction between the platform and B
the horizontal ground is 0.2. Man is holding one A
end of a light rope which is connected to a 50 kg
box B. The coefficient of friction between the box  
and the ground is 0.5. The man pulls the rope so (a) Find the a A . a B immediately after the system
as to slowly move the box and ensuring that he  
is released. a A and a B are accelerations of
himself does not move relative to the ground. If
the shoes of the man does not slip on the platform, block A and B respectively.

calculate how much time it will take for the man (b) Find a A immediately after the system is
to fall off the platform. Assume that rope remains released.
B Q.66. A block is placed on an incline having inclination
50 kg
q. There is a rigid L shaped frame fixed to
30 kg
the block. A plumb line (a ball connected to a
A
thread) is attached to the end A of the frame. The
10 m system is released on the inline. Find the angle
that the plumb line will make with vertical in its placed in contact with the wedge B as shown. The
equilibrium position relative to the block when coefficient of friction between the block C and the
3 m
(a) the incline is smooth vertical wedge wall is m = 4 . Find the ratio for
M
(b) there is friction and the acceleration of the which the block C will not slide with respect to the
block is half its value when the incline is wedge after the system is released?
smooth A
A m C
M
4
B M
30° B
Q. 70. A smooth rod is fixed at an angle a to the

horizontal. A small ring of mass m can slide along
q the rod. A thread carrying a small sphere of mass
Q. 67. A wedge of mass m is placed on a horizontal M is attached to the ring. To keep the system in
smooth table. A block of mass m is placed at the equilibrium, another thread is attached to the ring
mid point of the smooth inclined surface having which carries a load of mass m0 at its end (see
length L along its line of greatest slope. Inclination figure). The thread runs parallel to the rod between
of the inclined surface is q = 45°. The block is the ring and the pulley.
released and simultaneously a constant horizontal All threads and pulley are massless.
force F is applied on the wedge as shown. (a) Find m0 so that system is in equilibrium.
(a) What is value of F if the block does not slide (b) Find acceleration of the sphere M immediately
on the wedge? after the thread supporting m0 is cut.
(b) In how much time the block will come out of
the incline surface if applied force is 1.5 times m
that found in part (a)
m0
L a
m
F
M
q m Q. 71. In the system shown in figure all surfaces are

smooth and string and pulleys are light. Angle of
Q. 68. A rod is kept inclined at an angle q with the Ê 3ˆ
horizontal A sleeve of mass m can slide on the wedge q = sin -1 Á ˜ . When released from rest
Ë 5¯
rod. If the coefficient of friction between the rod it was found that the wedge of mass m0 does not
and the sleeve is m, for what values of horizontal M
acceleration a of the rod, towards left, the sleeve move. Find .
m
will not slide over the rod?
a m M
m0 q
q
Q. 72. In the last problem take M = m and m0 = 2 m and

Q. 69. In the arrangement shown in figure, a block A of
calculate the acceleration of the wedge.
mass m has been placed on a smooth wedge B of
mass M. The wedge lies on a horizontal smooth Q. 73. In the system shown in the figure all surfaces are
M smooth, pulley and string are massless. The string
surface. Another block C of mass has been
4 between the two pulleys and between pulley and
block of mass 5 m is parallel to the incline surface

d 2 x1 d 2 x2
of the block of mass 4 m. The system is released (b) Find the value of 2
and
from rest. Find the acceleration of the block of dt dt 2
immediately after string AB is cut.
mass 4 m. ÈÍ tan 37∞ = ˘˙
3
Î 4˚ d 2 x1 d 2 x2
(c) Find the value of and
dt 2 dt 2
immediately after spring 2 is cut.
Q. 76. In the figure shown, the pulley, strings and springs
5m
are mass less. The block is moved to right by a
8m
4m distance x0 from the position where the two
37° springs are relaxed. The block is released from this
position.
Q. 74. In the system shown in figure, the two springs S1
and S2 have force constant k each. Pulley, springs K1
and strings are all massless. Initially, the system T0
M
is in equilibrium with spring S1 stretched and S2 K2
relaxed. The end A of the string is pulled down
slowly through a distance L. By what distance Smooth
does the block of mass M move?
(a) Find the acceleration of the block immediately
after it is released.
(b) Find tension (T0) in the support holding the
S1
pulley to the wall, immediately after the block
is released.
M
Assume no friction.
Q.77. The system shown in figure is in equilibrium.
Surface PQ of wedge A, having mass M, is
horizontal. Block B, having mass 2M, rests on
A wedge A and is supported by a vertical spring. The
S2
spring balance S is showing a reading of 2 Mg.
There is no friction anywhere and the thread QS
Q. 75. The system shown in figure is in equilibrium. is parallel to the incline surface. The thread QS
Pulley, springs and the strings are massless. The is cut. Find the acceleration of A and the normal
three blocks A, B and C have equal masses. x1 contact force between A and B immediately after
and x2 are extensions in the spring 1 and spring 2 the thread is cut.
respectively.
S
2M Q
P B
A M A
Spring 1 B
Spring 2
q = 45°
Q.78. A triangular wedge of mass M lies on a smooth

d 2 x2 horizontal table with half of its base projecting
(a) Find the value of immediately
dt 2 out of the edge of the table. A block of mass m is
after spring 1 is cut. kept at the top of the smooth incline surface of the
wedge and the system is let go. Find the maximum È 3 2 ˘

M Ítan q = 4 ; g = 10 m / s ˙
value of for which the block will land on the Î
˚
m
x(m)
table. Take q = 60°. A
x 2.0
m F
0.5 A
t (sec)
x=0 O 1.0 2.0
–0.5
B
q
–2.0 A q
M
q Q.82. Block B of mass m has been placed on block A
of mass 3 m as shown. Block A rests on a smooth
horizontal table. F1 is the maximum horizontal
L L
2 2 force that can be applied on the block A such that
there is no slipping between the blocks. Similarly,
Q.79. In the system shown in the figure all surfaces are F2 is the maximum horizontal force that can be
smooth and both the pulleys are mass less. Block applied on the block B so that the two blocks move
on the incline surface of wedge A has mass m. Mass together without slipping on each other. When
of A and B are M = 4 m and M0 = 2 m respectively. F1 and F2 both are applied together as shown in
Find the acceleration of wedge A when the system figure.
is released from rest.
m F2
B
3m F1
A
m
Smooth
B
(a) Find the friction force acting between the
q A blocks.
(b) Acceleration of the two blocks.
Q.80. A block of mass m requires a horizontal force F0 to (c) If F2 is decreased a little, what will be direction
move it on a horizontal metal plate with constant of friction acting on B.
velocity. The metal plate is folded to make it a right
Q. 83. (i) In the arrangement shown in the figure the
angled horizontal trough. Find the horizontal force
coefficient of friction between the 2 kg block and
F that is needed to move the block with constant
the vertical wall is m = 0.5. A constant horizontal
velocity along this trough.
force of 40 N keeps the block pressed against the
wall. The spring has a natural length of 1.0 m and
F0
F
45° its force constant is k = 400 Nm–1. What should
be the height h of the block above the horizontal
Q.81. Block A of mass mA = 200 g is placed on an incline floor for it to be in equilibrium. The spring is not
plane and a constant force F = 2.2 N is applied on tied to the block.
it parallel to the incline. Taking the initial position
of the block as origin and up along the incline
as x direction, the position (x) time (t) graph of F = 40 N
2 kg
the block is recorded (see figure (b)). The same
experiment is repeated with another block B of
mass mB = 500 g. Same force F is applied to it
h
up along the incline and its position – time graph
is recorded (see figure (b)). Now the two blocks
are connected by a light string and released on
the same incline as shown in figure (c). Find the (ii) A block of mass M is pressed against a rough
tension in the string. vertical wall by applying a force F making an
angle of q with horizontal (as shown in figure). Q. 86. A block of mass m = 1 kg is kept pressed against a
Coefficient of friction between the wall and the spring on a rough horizontal surface. The spring is
block is m = 0.75. compressed by 10 cm from its natural length and to
m keep the block at rest in this position a horizontal
F
force (F) towards left is applied. It was found that
the block can be kept at rest if 8 N F 18 N.
q Find the spring constant (k) and the coefficient of
M friction (m) between the block and the horizontal
surface.
F
(a) If F = 2 Mg, find the range of values of q so m
that the block does not slide
[Take tan 37° = 0.75; sin 24° = 0.4] Q. 87. An experimenter is inside a uniformly accelerated
(b) Find the maximum value of q above which train. Train is moving horizontally with constant
equilibrium is not possible for any magnitude acceleration a0. He places a wooden plank AB in
of force F. horizontal position with end A pointing towards
Q. 84. A block is projected up along a rough incline with the engine of the train. A block is released at end
a velocity of u = 10 m/s. After 4 s the block was A of the plank and it reaches end B in time t1. The
at point B at a distance of 5 m from the starting same plank is placed at an inclination of 45° to the
point A and was travelling down at a velocity of horizontal. When the block is released at A it now
v = 4 m/s. t2 5
climbs to B in time t2. It was found that =2 4.
/s t1
4m What is the coefficient of friction between the
v=
/s block and the plank?
1 0m B
u= Direction of acceleration of the train
B
A 5m
q
B A
45
(a) Find time after projection at which the block A
came to rest.
Q. 88. Two hemispheres of radii R and r (< R) are fixed on
(b) Find the coefficient of friction between the
a horizontal table touching each other (see figure).
block and the incline.
A uniform rod rests on two spheres as shown. The
Take g = 10 m/s2 coefficient of friction between the rod and two
Q. 85. A long piece of paper is being pulled on a spheres is µ. Find the minimum value of the ratio
horizontal surface with a constant velocity u along
r
for which the rod will not slide.
its length. Width of the paper is L. A small block R
moving horizontally, perpendicular to the direction
of motion of the paper, with velocity v slides onto
the paper. The coefficient of friction between the
block and the paper is m. Find maximum value of R r
v such that the block does not cross the opposite O1 O2
edge of the paper.
Q. 89. In order to lift a heavy block A, an engineer has
u designed a wedge system as shown. Wedge C is
L
v fixed. A horizontal force F is applied to B to lift
block A. Wedge B itself has negligible mass and
mass of A is M. The coefficient of friction at all
surfaces is m. Find the value of applied force F at and strings are mass less. Mass of block C is M.
which the block A just begins to rise. [g = 10 m/s2]
A A
B
q
B
q q
C (fixed)
C
Q.90. A 60 kg platform has been placed on a rough (a) Find value of M for which block B does not
incline having inclination q = 37°. The coefficient
accelerate
of friction between the platform and the incline
(b) Find maximum value of M for which A does
is m = 0.5. A 40 kg man is running down on the
not accelerate.
platform so as to keep the platform stationary.
What is the acceleration of the man? It is known Q.93. In the arrangement shown in figure, pulley and
that the man cannot manage to go beyond an string are light. Friction coefficient between the
È 3˘ two blocks is m whereas the incline is smooth.
acceleration of 7 m/s2. Ísin 37∞ = 5 ˙ Block A has mass m and difference in mass of
Î ˚
the two blocks is m. Find minimum value of m
40 kg 0.5
m for which the system will not accelerate when
released from rest.
60 kg
A
q
B
Q. 91. In the system show in figure, mass of the

block placed on horizontal surface is M =

4 kg. A constant horizontal force of F = 40 N
is applied on it as shown. The coefficient of Q. 94. In the arrangement shown in figure pulley P can
friction between the blocks and surfaces is move whereas other two pulleys are fixed. All of
m = 0.5. Calculate the values of mass m of the them are light. String is light and inextensible. The
block on the incline for which the system does not coefficient of friction between 2 kg and 3 kg block
È 3 ˘ is m = 0.75 and that between 3 kg block and the
move. Ísin 37∞ = ; g = 10m / s2 ˙ table is m = 0.5. The system is released from rest
Î 5 ˚
2 kg
M
F
3 kg
m
P
q = 37°
M
Q. 92. In the arrangement shown in the figure, block A
of mass 8 kg rests on a horizontal table having (i) Find maximum value of mass M, so that the
coefficient of friction m = 0.5. Block B has a system does not move. Find friction force
mass of 6 kg and rests on a smooth incline having between 2 kg and 3 kg blocks in this case.
Ê 2ˆ (ii) If M = 4 kg, find the tension in the string
inclination angle q = sin -1 Á ˜ . All pulleys
Ë 5¯ attached to 2 kg block.
(iii) If M = 4 kg and m1 = 0.9, find friction force D E

between the two blocks, and acceleration of
B C
M. 30°
(iv) Find acceleration of M if m1 = 0.75, m2 = -0.9

A Vertically down
and M = 4 kg.
60°
Êp ˆ
Q. 95. A rope of length Á + 1˜ R has been placed on a (a) Find m
Ë2 ¯
smooth sphere of radius R as shown in figure. End (b) x is distance measured along the length of the
A of the rope is at the top of the sphere and end B rope starting from point A. Plot the variation
is overhanging. Mass per unit length of the rope is of tension in the rope (T) with distance x.
. The horizontal string holding this rope in place (c) Find the maximum tension in the rope.
can tolerate tension equal to weight of the rope.
Find the maximum mass (M0) of a block that can Q. 98. (i) Four small blocks are interconnected with
be tied to the end B of the rope so that the string light strings and placed over a fixed sphere as
does not break. shown. Blocks A, B and C are identical each
having mass m = 1 kg. Block D has a mass of m´
String
= 2 kg. The coefficient of friction between the
blocks and the sphere is m = 0.5. The system is
A
released from the position shown in figure.
A
D B
Rope 37° 37°

53°
C
B
Q.96. A uniform rope has been placed on a sloping

surface as shown in the figure. The vertical
separation and horizontal separation between the
end points of the rope are H and X respectively. (a) Find the tension in each string. Which string
The friction coefficient (m) is just good enough has largest tension?
to prevent the rope from sliding down. Find the
value of m. (b) Find the friction force acting on each block.
A
È 3 2˘
ÍTake tan 37∞ = 4 ; g = 10 m / s ˙
Î ˚
(ii) A fixed square prism ABCD has its axis
H
horizontal and perpendicular to the plane
of the figure. The face AB makes 45° with
the vertical. On the upper faces AB and
B
X BC of the prism there are light bodies P
and Q respectively. The two bodies (P and
Q.97. A uniform rope ABCDE has mass M and it is Q) are connected using a string S1 and
laid along two incline surfaces (AB and CD) and strings S0 and S2 are hanging from P and Q
two horizontal surfaces (BC and DE) as shown respectively. All strings are mass less, and
in figure. The four parts of the rope AB, BC, CD inextensible. String S1 is horizontal and the
and DE are of equal lengths. The coefficient of other two strings are vertical. The coefficient
friction (m) is uniform along the entire surface of friction between the bodies and the prism
and is just good enough to prevent the rope from is m . Assume that P and Q always remain in
sliding. contact with the prism.
S1 that is vertically above the centre of the sphere.

The other end of the string is connected to a small
P B Q particle of mass m that rests on the sphere. The
string makes an angle a = 30° with the vertical.
45°
A C Find the acceleration of the sphere immediately
after it is released. There is no friction anywhere.
S0 S2
D
Q. 102. A light rod AB is fitted with a small sleeve of
mass m which can slide smoothly over it. The
(a) If tension in S0 is T0, find the minimum sleeve is connected to the two ends of the rod
tension (T1) in S1 to keep the body P at rest. using two springs of force constant 2k and k (see
fig). The ends of the springs at A and B are fixed
(b) A mass M0 is tied to the lower end of
and the other ends (connected to sleeve) can move
string S0 and another mass m2 is tied to S2.
along with the sleeve. The natural length of spring
Find the minimum value of m2 so as to keep
connected to A is l0. Now the rod is rotated with
P and Q at rest.
angular velocity w about an axis passing through
Q. 99. A metal disc of radius R can rotate about the k
vertical axis passing through its centre. The top end A that is perpendicular to the rod. Take mw 2 = h
surface of the disc is uniformly covered with and express the change in length of each spring
dust particles. The disc is rotated with gradually (in equilibrium position of the sleeve relative to
increasing speed. At what value of the angular the rod) in terms of l0 and h.
speed (w) of the disc the 75% of the top surface
w
will become dust free. Assume that the coefficient
of friction between the dust particles and the metal B
A
disc is m = 0.5. Assume no interaction amongst 2K m K
the dust particles.
Q. 103. A metallic hemisphere is having dust on its

surface. The sphere is rotated about a vertical axis
passing through its centre at angular speed w =
R
10 rad s –1. Now the dust is visible only on top
20% area of the curved hemispherical surface.
Radius of the hemisphere is R = 0.1 m. Find the
coefficient of friction between the dust particle
and the hemisphere [g = 10 ms –2].
w
Q.100. In the last question, the axis of the disc is tilted Dust
slightly to make an angle q with the vertical. Redo
the problem for this condition and check the result
by putting q = 0 in your answer.
Q. 101.
Q. 104. Civil engineers bank a road to help a car negotiate a
curve. While designing a road they usually ignore
friction. However, a young engineer decided to
include friction in his calculation while designing
a road. The radius of curvature of the road is R
and the coefficient of friction between the tire and
the road is m.
(a) What should be the banking angle (q ) so that
A sphere of mass M is held at rest on a horizontal car travelling up to a maximum speed V0 can
floor. One end of a light string is fixed at a point negotiate the curve.
(b) At what speed (V1) shall a car travel on a road Q.108. Three small discs are connected with two
banked at q0 so that there is no tendency to identical massless rods as shown in fig. The rods
skid. (No tendency to skid means there is no are pinned to the discs such that angle between
static friction force action on the car). them can change freely. The system is placed on
(c) The driver of a car travelling at speed (V1) a smooth horizontal surface with discs A and B
starts retarding (by applying brakes). What touching a smooth wall and the angle ACB being
angle (acute, obtuse or right angle) does the 90°. A force F is applied to the disc C in a direction
resultant friction force on the car make with perpendicular to the wall. Find acceleration of
the direction of motion? disc B immediately after the force starts to act.
Masses of discs are mA = m; mB = 2 m; mC = m
Q. 105. A turn of radius 100 m is banked for a speed of [wall is perpendicular to the plane of the fig.]
20 m/s A
m
(a) Find the banking angle
(b) If a vehicle of mass 500 kg negotiates the
curve find the force of friction on it if its
m
speed is – (i) 30 m/s (ii) 10 m/s C
90°
Assume that friction is sufficient to prevent F
skidding and slipping. wall

[Take tan 22° = 0.4, sin 22° = 0.375, cos 22° = 2m
0.93, g = 10 ms –2] B
Q. 106. A horizontal circular turning has a curved length

L and radius R. A car enters the turn with a speed Q. 109. Figure shows two blocks in contact placed on an
V0 and its speed increases at a constant rate f. If incline of angle q = 30°. The coefficient of friction
the coefficient of friction is m, between the block of mass 4 kg and the incline is
m1, and that between 2 kg block and incline is m2.
(a) At what time t0, after entering the curve, will Find the acceleration of the blocks and the contact
the car skid? (Take it for granted that it skids force between them if –
somewhere on the turning) (a) m1 = 0.5, m2 = 0.8
(b) At a time t (< t0) what is the force of friction (b) m1 = 0.8, m2 = 0.5
acting on the car? (c) m1 = 0.6, m2 = 0.1 [Take g = 10 m/s2]
Q. 107. A 70 kg man enters a lift and stands an a weighing
scale inside it. At time t = 0, the lift starts 2k
g
g
moving up and stops at a higher floor at t = 9.0 4k
s. During the course of this journey, the weighing
scale records his weight and given a plot of his
weight vs time. The plot is shown in the fig. = 30°
[Take g = 10 m/s2]
(a) Find F0 Q. 110. A small collar of mass m = 100 g slides over the
surface of a horizontal circular rod of radius R =
(b) Find the magnitude of maximum acceleration
0.3 m. The coefficient of friction between the rod
of the lift.
and the collar is m = 0.8. Find the angle made with
(c) Find maximum speed acquired by the lift.
vertical by the force applied by the rod on the collar
F
when speed of the collar is V = 2 m/s.
800N
700N 6.0 9.0

o t (s)
0.2 2.8 3.0
Fo
Q. 111. A flat race track consists of two straight section is suspended at the centre of the room tied to
AC and DB each of length 180 m and one semi three inextensible strings as shown. String BA is
circular section DC of radius R = 150 m. A car horizontal with A being the centre point of the
starting from rest at A has to reach B in least wall. Find the ratio of tension in the string BA and
possible time (the car may cross through point BC.
B and need not stop there). The coefficient of Q.114. Two identical smooth disc of radius R have been
friction between the tyres and the road is m = placed on a frictionless table touching each other.
0.6 and the top speed that the car can acquire Another circular plate is placed between them as
is 180 kph. Find the minimum time needed shown in figure. The mass per unit area of each
to move from A to B under ideal conditions. object is s, and the line joining the centers of the
Braking is not allowed in the entire journey plate and the disc is q
[g = 10 m/s 2]
(a) Find the minimum horizontal force F0 that
must be applied to the two discs to keep them
together.
C R D
O (b) Angle q can be changed by changing the size
of the circular plate. Find F0 when q 0.
È q2 ˘
180 m 180 m Íuse cos q = 1 - and sin q = q for small q ˙
Î 2 ˚
(c) Find F0 when q Æ p . Explain the result.

A B 2
Q. 112. A small insect is climbing slowly along the

inner wall of a hemispherical bowl of radius R.
The insect is unable to climb beyond q = 45°.
Whenever it tries to climb beyond q = 45°, it F R F
slips.
(a) Find the minimum angular speed w with
which the bowl shall be rotated about its
vertical radius so that the insect can climb Q. 115. Three identical smooth cylinders, each of mass
upto q = 60°. m and radius r are resting in equilibrium within
(b) Find minimum w for which the insect can a fixed smooth cylinder of radius R (only a part
move out of the bowl. of this cylinder has been shown in the fig). Find
w the largest value of R in terms of r for the small
cylinders to remain in equilibrium.
Q. 113. C
D
Q. 116. A massless spring of force constant K and natural
length l0 is hanging from a ceiling. An insect of
B A mass m is sitting at the lower end of the spring
and the system is in equilibrium . The insect starts
slowing climbing up the spring so as to eat a bug
A room is in shape of a cube. A heavy ball (B) sitting on the ceiling. Assume that insect climbs
mg (a) Find the maximum value of F (call it F0)

without slipping on the spring and K . Find so that all the four blocks move with same
l0
1 acceleration.
the length of the spring when the insect is at th
4 (b) Will the value of F0 increase or decrease if
of its original distance from the bug.
another block (E) of mass m2 is placed above
block D and coefficient of friction between E
Bug
and D is m?
Q. 119. A chain with uniform mass per unit length lies
in a vertical plane along the slope of a smooth
hill. The two end of the chain are at same height.
K
If the chain is released from this position find its
acceleration.
insect
Q. 117. In the system shown in fig., all pulleys are mass

less and the string is inextensible and light.
(a) After the system is released, find the
acceleration of mass m1
pR
(b) If m1 = 1 kg, m2 = 2 kg and m3 = 3 kg then Q. 120. A uniform rope of length has been placed on
2
what must be value of mass m4 so that it fixed cylinder of radius R as shown in the fig. One
accelerates downwards? end of the rope is at the top of the cylinder. The
coefficient of friction between the rope and the
cylinder is just enough to prevent the rope from
sliding. Mass of the rope is M.
(a) At what position, the tension in the rope is
m1 m2 m3 maximum?
(b) Calculate the value of maximum tension in
the rope.
m4 R
Q. 118. In the system shown in fig., block A and C are
placed on smooth floors and both have mass equal
to m1. Blocks B and D are identical having mass
m2 each. Coefficient of friction Q. 121. In the last problem, the rope is placed on the
cylinder as shown. Find maximum tension in the
D
rope.
C F
B 45° 45°
Between A and B and that between C and D are

both equal to m. String and pulleys are light. A
horizontal force F is applied on block C and is Q. 122. A 4 kg block is placed on a rough horizontal
gradually increased. surface. The coefficient of friction between the
block and the surface is m = 0.5. A force F = 18 N Q. 125. A smooth cylinder is fixed with its axis horizontal.
is applied on the block making an angle q with the Radius of the cylinder is R. A uniform rope (ACB)
horizontal. Find the range of values of q for which of linear mass density (kg/m) is exactly of length
the block can start moving. R and is held in semicircular shape in vertical
ÈTake g = 10 m/s2 , tan -1 (2) = 63∞˘ plane around the cylinder as shown in figure. Two
Í ˙ massless strings are connected at the two ends of

Í -1 Ê 10 ˆ ˙ the rope and are pulled up vertically with force T0
Í sin ÁË ˜¯ = 84 ∞ ˙
Î 9 1.25 ˚ to keep the rope in contact with the cylinder.
F = 18 N
(a) Find minimum value of T0 so that the rope
does not lose contact with the cylinder at any

point.
4kg
(b) If T0 is decreased slightly below the minimum
m = 0.5 value calculated in (a), where will the rope
lose contact with the cylinder.
Q. 123. Two rectangular blocks A and B are placed on
T0 T0
a horizontal surface at a very small separation.
The masses of the blocks are mA = 4 kg and mB =
5 kg. Coefficient of friction between the horizontal
surface and both the blocks is m = 0.4. Horizontal A
O
B
forces F1 and F2 are applied on the blocks as
shown. Both the forces vary with time as R
F1 = 15 + 0.5 t
F2 = 2t C
Where ‘t’ is time in second. Q. 126. A block of mass m placed on an incline just begins
Plot the variation of friction force acting on the to slide when inclination of the incline is made
two blocks ( A and B) vs time till the motion q = 45°. With inclination equal to q = 30°, the
starts. Take rightward direction to be positive for block is placed on the incline. A horizontal force
(F) parallel to the surface of the incline is applied
B and leftward direction to be positive for A.
5 kg to the block. The force F is gradually increased
4 kg from zero. At what angle a to the force F will the
F1 F2 block first begin to slide?
A B
Level 3 a
F
Q. 124. A rope of mass m is hung from a ceiling. The

centre point is pulled down with a vertical force q
F. The tangent to the rope at its ends makes an
angle a with horizontal ceiling. The two tangents
at the lower point make an angle of q with each Q. 127. In the last problem if it is allowed to apply the
other. Find q. force F in any direction, find the minimum force
Fmin needed to move the block on the incline.
a a
Q. 128. A block A has been placed symmetrically over
two identical blocks B and C. All the three blocks
q have equal mass, M each, and the horizontal
surface on which B and C are placed is smooth.
The coefficient of friction between A and either
of B and C is m. The block A exerts equal pressure
F
on B and C. A horizontal force F is applied to the
block B. (a) Find tension in the string.

A (b) Find the acceleration of the hemisphere
immediately after the string is cut.
F
B C Q. 131. A semicircular ring of radius R is fixed on a smooth
horizontal table. A small block is projected with
speed u so as to enter the ring at end A. Initial
(a) Find maximum value of F so that A does velocity of the block is along tangent to the ring at
not slip on B or C and the three blocks move A and it moves on the table remaining in contact
together. with the inner wall of the ring. The coefficient of
(b) If F is increased beyond the maximum found friction between the block and the ring is m.
in (a) where will we see slipping first- at (a) Find the time after which the block will exit
contact of A and B or at the contact of A and the ring at B.
C.
(b) With what speed will the block leave the ring
(c) If F is kept half the maximum found in (a), at B.
calculate the ratio of friction force between A A
and B to that between A and C. Does this ratio
change if F is decreased further? u
Q. 129. In the arrangement shown in the figure the

coefficient of friction between the blocks C and
D is m = 0.7 and that between block D and the
horizontal table is m = 0.2. The system is released
from rest. [ Take g = 10 ms –2] Pulleys and threads
are massless.
C B
3 kg
D Q. 132. A long helix made of thin wire is held vertical.
1.5 kg The radius and pitch of the helix are R and r
A respectively. A bead begins to slide down the
3 kg
0.5 kg B helix.
(a) Find the acceleration of the block C. (a) Find the normal force applied by the wire on
the bead when the speed of the bead is v.
(b) Block B is replaced with a new block. What
shall be the minimum mass of this new block (b) Eventually, the bead acquires a constant
so that block C and D accelerate in opposite speed of v0. Find the coefficient of friction
direction? between the wire and the bead.
Q. 130. A hemisphere of mass M and radius R rests on a

smooth horizontal table. A vertical rod of mass m
is held between two smooth guide walls supported
on the sphere as shown. There is no friction
between the rod and the sphere. A horizontal r
string tied to the sphere keeps the system at rest.
R
m
Q. 133. A wedge of mass m is kept on a smooth table and
its inclined surface is also smooth. A small block
of mass m is projected from the bottom along the
M R String incline surface with velocity u. Assume that the
block remains on the incline and take q = 45°,
q g = 10 m/s2.
(a) Find the acceleration of the wedge and the string AO is twice the tension (T2) in string
x and y components of acceleration of the BO
block. (d) Assume that both strings are taut when the
(b) Draw the approximate path of the block as string AO breaks. What will be nature of path
observed by an observer on the ground. At of the particle moment after AO breaks ?
what angle does the block hit the table? Q. 136. A sphere of mass m and radius r = 3m is placed
(c) Calculate the radius of curvature of the path inside a container with flat bottom and slant
of the block when it is at the highest point. sidewall as shown in the figure. The sphere
touches the slant wall at point A and the floor at
x
point B. It does not touch any other surface. The
container, along with the sphere, is rotated about
y
the central vertical axis with angular speed w.
u The sphere moves along with the container, i.e.,
m m it is at rest relative to the container. The normal
q = 45 force applied by the bottom surface and the slant
surface on the sphere are N1 and N2 respectively.
Q. 134. A cylinder with radius R spins about its horizontal There is no friction.
axis with angular speed w. There is a small block
(a) Find the value of w above which N2 becomes
lying on the inner surface of the cylinder. The
larger than N1
coefficient of friction between the block and the
cylinder is m. Find the value of w for which the (b) Find the value of w above which the sphere
block does not slip, i.e., stays at rest with respect leaves contact with the floor.
w
to the cylinder.
w
r
R A
B 60°
2.0 m
Q. 135. A particle of mass m is attached to a vertical rod Q. 137. A car is being driven on a tilted ground. The
with two inextensible strings AO and BO of equal ground makes an angle q with the horizontal.
lengths l. Distance between A and B is also l. The The driven drives on a circle of radius R. The
setup is rotated with angular speed w with rod as coefficient of friction between the tires and the
the axis. ground is m.
(a) What is the largest speed for which the car
will not slip at point A? Assume that rate of
A
l
change of speed is zero.
O (b) What is the largest constant speed with which
l
m the car can be driven on the circle without
slipping?
l
B
O
(a) Find the values of w for which the particle B A
remains at point B.
(b) Find the range of values of w for which q
tension (T1) in the string AO is greater than
mg but the other string remains slack Q. 138. A particle P is attached to two fixed points O1
(c) Find the value of w for which tension (T1) in and O2 in a horizontal line, by means of two
light inextensible strings of equal length l. It is (a) Find the normal force applied by each of the
projected with a velocity just sufficient to make it blocks on the sphere at the instant separation
describe a circle, in a vertical plane, without the between the blocks is a = 2R; R = 1.0 m
strings getting slack and with the angle < O2O1P being the radius of the ball.
= <O1O2P = q. When the particle is at its lowest
point, the string O2P breaks and the subsequent
path of the particle was found to be a circle of C
radius l cos q. Find q.
A B
O1 O2 V a V
q q
(b) How much force must be applied on each of

P the two blocks (when a = 2R) so that they do
Q. 139. The arrangement shown in figure is in equilibrium not have any acceleration. Assume that the he
with all strings vertical. The end A of the string horizontal surface is smooth.
is tied to a ring which can be slid slowly on the Q. 141. In the figure all pulleys (P1, P2, P3 …….) are
horizontal rod. Pulley P1 is rigidly fixed but P2 massless and all the blocks (1,2,3 …..) are
can move freely. A mass m is attached to the identical, each having mass m. The system
centre of pulley P2 through a thread. Pulleys and consist of infinite number of pulleys and blocks.
strings are mass less. Strings are light and inextensible and horizontal
A surfaces are smooth. Pulley P1 is moved to
left with a constant acceleration of a0. Find the
acceleration of block1. Assume the strings to
P1
remain horizontal.
P3
P2
P1
3
M 2
P2 a0 1
m Q. 142. A small disc P is placed on an inclined plane

forming an angle q with the horizontal and
(a) Which block will move up as A is moved imparted an initial velocity v0. Find how the
slowly to the right? velocity of disc depends on the angle f which its
(b) Will the block of mass m have horizontal velocity vector makes with the x axis (see figure).
displacement? The coefficient of friction is m = tan q and initially
p
(c) Is it possible, for a particular position of A, f0 = .
that M has no acceleration but m does have 2
an acceleration? If this happens when string
from P2 to A makes an angle q with vertical, P
find the acceleration of m at the instant.
v f
Q. 140. A smooth spherical ball of mass M = 2 kg is
resting on two identical blocks A and B as shown
in the figure. The blocks are moved apart with
q
same horizontal velocity V = 1 m/s in opposite
directions (see figure).
x
ANSWERS
(a) straight line (b) 22400 N

(b) Parabolic (c) 190400 N
20 m (d) T0 and F do not change. T will increase.
19. (a) No
4H
3. (b) 1 : 4
3g
F F
N = 12; Tension = = 2h
N 12 2
5. 16 N g
6. (i) (a) True
(b) True aA = aB = F ; ac = 0
2m
g
(ii) 22. 3M/5
5
q = 62.5°
(iii)
2 ηh 4. RA : RB : RC = 3 : 1 : 2
(η − 1)g K = 2 Sdg
5
2( M − m)L 26. (a) cms –1
7. t= 3
Mg
(b) 6 N
g 27. (a) 2, 4
(a) a =
4 (b) In both cases acceleration of the frame must be ‘g’.
g 15 m
(b) a =
5
6t
4 Mmg
+ M0 g 36 – p
M+m
v02
4m1m2 ; M = 8m1m2 30. m£
m0 = gL
m1 + m2 m1 + m2
31. 4 kg
All masses will fall down with acceleration g
4.8 kg
11. (a) More than 9/2 Mg
(b) Tension in S2 = Mg/2, Tension in S1 = 5 Mg 174 N
(c) Tension in S2 = Mg/6 1.5 kg m 9.5 kg
q 45°, g/2
5F
73.1 N m
12.5 s (a) At C
Mg (b) At C
T = 2 Mg; N =
2
(c) 2 m/s2 and 2 m/s2
Zero.
mmin = 1 (i) 15 <w 16.67 rad/s
(a) 6467 N (ii) 500 rad s–1
8gt0 4
(a) It is mg.
15 3
(b) sin q
mmin =
8
— gt0
15
cos q + tan 2 q
2
(a) K = 2.5 N/cm

gt0
——
5
(b) No
(a) The block is at height h = 2.5 m
o 2 t0 3t0 t
t0
(b) V = 5 2 m/s
(a) 80 N
(c) 25 m/s2 ( )
640 Zero
(b) N for both
9
2F
(a)
(a) m A = 1 K
mB 3
F
(b)
(b) Xmin = 0.75 m K
With pulley P1 having zero mass, equilibrium is not
(c) VA¢ = Ê 3 + 3 ˆ ms -1; VB¢ = Ê 3 - 1 ˆ ms -1 possible
ÁË 2 ˜ ÁË 2 ˜
2¯ 2¯
l
Mg È Ê 4ˆ ˘ 3
V0 = 4ln Á ˜ - 1˙
m ÍÎ Ë 3¯ ˚
(a) M
43. t2 g
(b) 3
Mg cos2 q
N12 =
1 + 2 sin 2 q p
. (a) q 0 =
3g sin q 4
a=
1 + 2 sin 2 q È Êpˆ Êp ˆ˘
(b) amax = g Ícos Á ˜ - sin Á ˜ ˙
1.0 s, 1.0 m Î Ë 8 ¯ Ë 8¯˚
(b) TP = 21.65 N (a) t > t1
(c) 3.05 kg
-1 Ê 1 ˆ
(b) q = tan Á ˜
Ë 12 ¯
5–2 2
a0 cos q
2 –1
10
1 2d t s
t= 3
sin θ sin φ g
(a) g sin q
5Mg
49. 1
2K (b)mg sin 2q
=
2
50. 2.9 s N = mg cos2 q
51. (a) Force between the wall and the middle ball is
maximum. It is 4 mg
(c) t =
(
2h M + m sin 2 q )
(b) Force between upper ball and wall is least. ( M + m ) g sin 2
q
 
65. (a) a A ⋅ aB = 0 immediately after release 4k1k2 x0
(b)
k1 + k2
 g
(b) a A = (←) a=
g
; NAB = 0
2 2
(a) q 78. 3
Ê sin q ◊ cos q ˆ 6g
(b) tan -1 Á
Ë 2 - sin 2 q ˜¯ 47
(a) 2 mg 2 F0
T = 0.49 N
3L
(b) t = (a) Zero
2g
F1 F2
(b) =
g (sin q - m cos q ) g (sin q + m cos q ) 3m m
68. £a£
(cosq + m sin q ) (cosq - m sin q ) (c) To right
(a) q 13°
m 20
= = 16.7 (b) 37°
M 3 3–4
13
(a) (M + m) g sin a (a) s
7
(b)
( M + m ) g sin 2 a (b) 0.18
m + M sin a 2
-u 2 u4
+ (2m gL )
2
Vmax = +
M 1 2 4
=
m 5
k = 130 Nm–1; m = 0.5
48g
a0 = Ê 3a – 4 g ˆ
199 m=Á 0
Ë 4a0 + 3g ˜¯
44 g
205 Êrˆ 1 + m2 - m
ÁË R ˜¯ =
min 1 + m2 + m
74.
2L
5
Mg È m cos q + sin q ˘
F= Í m + cos q - m sin q ˙
1 - m2 Î ˚
d 2 x2 3g
(a) =
dt 2 2 5 m/s2 a 7 m/s2
2 kg m 30 kg
d 2 x1 d 2 x2
(b) = 2 g; = 2g
dt 2 dt 2 960
(a) kg
95
d 2 x1 g d 2 x2 3g
(c) ; 480
dt 2 2 dt 2 2 (b) kg
61
4k1k2 x0 Dm
(a) mmin = tan q
( k1 + k2 ) M 2m
(i) 2.5 kg; 12.5 N 103. 2.45

Ê V0 2 ˆ
50
(ii) N Á Rg - m ˜
3 (a) q 0 = tan -1 Á ˜
Á mV02 ˜
40 5 ÁË 1 + Rg ˜¯
(iii) N,a m/s2
3 3
(b) V1 = rg tanq 0
(iv) 5 m /s2 (c) Obtuse
6
(a) 22°
π 
M 0 = λR  – 1 (b) (i) 2315 N, 1389 N
2 
( )
1
H  R 2 µ2 g 2 − f 2  4 − V
(a) t =   0
x 0
f
(a) m =
3 +1
= 0.4
(V0 + ft )4
(b) m + f2
3+5 R2
(b) T
(a) 93.3 N
10
0.17 Mg (b) m/s2
7
0.1 Mg
(c) 4 m/s
0.07 Mg
F
X 5m
A B C D E
(c) Tmax = 0.17 Mg 109. (a) contact force = 0, acceleration of 4 kg block is

0.7 m/s2 and that of other block is zero
(i) (a) TBC = 10 N; TAB = 12 N; TAD = 7 N
(b) contact force = 1.4 N, acceleration of both = 0
(b) C = 0; B = 4N; A = 5N; D = 5N (c ) Contact force = 5.74 N, acceleration of both =
Ê 1 – m0 ˆ 1.27 m/s2
(ii) (a) T1 = Á T0
Ë 1 + m0 ˜¯ Ê 3 ˆ
q = cos-1 Á
Ë 41 ˜¯
2
Ê 1 – m0 ˆ 111. 30.1 s
(b) m2 =
ÁË 1 + m ˜¯ M 0
0
(a)
(
g 2 3 –1 )
w=
g R 3 3 +1 ( )
R
(b) g
g
w= (cosq - 2 sin q ) R
R
2
3mg
3
3m + 4 M
(a) F = sp R g (1 - cos q )
2 2
l
102. x = 0 0
3h – 1 2 sin q .cos q
(b) F0 = 0
(c)
127. Fmin =
mg
2 2
( 3 −1 )
R = r (1 + 2 7) 3
128. (a) Fmax = m Mg
5l0 4
116.
4 (b) Between A and B
(c) 2, No
 
(a) a1 = g 1 – 4 M 129. (a) 2 ms–1
 m1 
(b) 2.1 kg
18 (a) T = N cos q
(b) m4 > kg
11
mg
(b)
 m + m1  M tan q + m cot q
F0 = 2mm2 g  2  ; increase
 2m2 + m1  R pm
(a) t = Èe - 1˘˚
119. Zero mu Î
(a) q = 45° from vertical diameter. u

(b) V =
eπµ
Ê ˆ
(b) T = 2 2 - 1 Mg
max Á p ˜ Ê v 2 cos q ˆ
2
Ë ¯
(a) mg cos q 1 + Á
Ë Rg ˜¯
121. Zero
21° < q < 33° tan q
fA (N) 2 r
(b) Ê v 2 cos q ˆ where tan q =
1+ Á 2p R
Ë Rg ˜¯
16
 g
34 t (s) 133. (a) a wedge = iˆ
O 3
2 12.67 23.33
-16 –g
a x block =
3
fB (N)
2g
a y block =
3
20
(b) The block hits the table normally.
4
O t (s)
2 12.67 34
ÈÊ mg ˆ ˘
124. q = 2 tan -1 ÍÁ 1 + ˜¯ cot a ˙
ÎË F ˚
3u2
(a) T0 = 2 Rg (c)
16 g
(b) At the lowest point
 1  g 1 + m2
sin −1   w≥
 3 Rm
g Ê 1 ˆ
135. (a) w > q = tan -1 Á
l Ë 5 ˜¯
139. (a) Block with mass M will move up.

g 2g
(b) <w £ (b) yes
l l
(c) g (1 – cos q)
(c) 6g (a) (10 2 – 8) N
l
(b) (5 – 4 2)N
(d) parabolic
3a0
g
(a) 2
3
v0
(b) 3g 1 + cosf
. (a) [g2 R2 (m2 cos2 q – sin2 q)]1/4
(b) gR ( m cos q - sin q )
SOLUTIONS
 
1. (a) Initial velocity is parallel to F or anti parallel to F . Hence particle moves in a straight line and speed may
increase or decrease.
(b) Path is parabolic with speed increasing.
In case (a) the particle may retrace its path.
2. Just before striking the ceiling, retardation is 2 g. If air resistance force is R at this instant, then
v R
a R v
mg
mg
ma = mg + R
m (2 g) = mg + R
R = mg
After impact, the air resistance force will be upward but its magnitude will remain mg. This is because speed has
not changed.
After impact net force on the ball = 0
Ball will fall down with constant speed
H = (10 m/s) (2 s) = 20 m.
04 WORK - POWER - ENERGY
m
Level 1
Q. 1. (i) The cause of increases in kinetic energy
when a man starts running without his feet u
slipping on ground is asked to two students.
Their answers are–
(a) the ground (b) the wedge.
Harshit: Cause of increase in kinetic energy is [Take g = 10 ms–2]
work done by friction force. Without friction
the man cannot run. Q. 4. In an industrial gun, when the trigger is pulled
a gas under pressure is released into the barrel
Akanksha: Cause of increase in kinetic behind a ball of mass m. The ball slides smoothly
energy is work done by internal (muscle) inside the barrel and the force exerted by the gas
forces of the body. on the ball varies as
Who is right?
(ii) An inextensible rope is hanging from a tree.
A monkey, having mass m, climbs to a height Where L is length of the end of the barrel from the
h grabbing the rope tightly. The monkey starts initial position of the ball and x is instantaneous
from rest and ends up hanging motionlessly displacement of the ball from its initial position.
on the rope at height h. Neglect any other force on the ball apart from that
(a) How much work is done by gravity on the applied by the gas. Calculate the speed (V) of the
monkey? ball with which it comes out of the gun.
(b) How much work is done by the rope on the L
monkey?
x
(c) Using work – energy theorem, explain
the increase in mechanical energy of the
monkey. Gas Cylinder
Q. 2. A man of mass M jumps from rest, straight up,
Q. 5. A particle of mass 3 kg takes 2 second to move
from a flat concrete surface. Centre of mass of the
from point A to B under the action of gravity and
man rises a distance h at the highest point of the
another constant force
motion. Find the work done by the normal contact 
force (between the man’s feet and the concrete = -  +
( 
) , where the unit vector
floor) on the man. k̂ is in the direction of upward vertical.

Q. 3. A block of mass m = 10 kg is released from the top The position vector of point B is
of the smooth inclined surface of a wedge which
is moving horizontally toward right at a constant

= - - ( )
and velocity of the
velocity of u = 10 m/s. Inclination of the wedge particle when it reaches B is


is q = 37°. Calculate the work done by the force
applied by the wedge on the block in two seconds
= ( +- 
) .

in a reference frame attached to - (a) Find the velocity, of the particle when it
was at A. at a constant speed of 40 m/s when the engine

 developed a power of 53 KW. When the engine
(b) Find position vector, of point A.
 developed an output of 2 KW the car was able to
(c) Find work done by the force as the particle travel on a horizontal road at a constant speed of
moves from A to B. 10 m/s.
(d) Find change in gravitational potential energy (a) Find the power that the engine must deliver
of the particle as it moves from A to B. for the car to travel at a constant speed of
Q. 6. A particle can move along a straight line. It is at 40 m/s on a horizontal road.
rest when a force (F) starts acting on it directed (b) The car is able to climb a hill at a constant
along the line. Work done by the force on the speed of 40 m/s with its engine working
particle changes with time(t) according to the at a constant rate of 69 KW. Calculate the
graph shown in the fig. Can you say that the force
inclination of the hill (in degree)
acting on the particle remains constant with time?
W Q. 11. A particle moves along the loop A–B–C–D–A
while a conservative force acts on it. Work done
by the force along the various sections of the path
are – WA " B = – 50 J ; WB " C = 25 J; WC"D =
60 J. Assume that potential energy of the particle
O t
is zero at A. Write the potential energy of particle
Q. 7. A particle is moving on a straight line and all the when it is at B and D.
forces acting on it produce a constant power P B
calculate the distance travelled by the particle in
the interval its speed increase from V to 2V.
A
C
Q. 8. Work done and power spent by the motor of an
escalator are W and P respectively when it carries D
a standing passenger from ground floor to the Q. 12. A moving particle of mass
     m is acted  upon 
by five
first floor. Will the work and power expended forces and . Forces and F 3 are
by the motor change if the passenger on moving conservative and their potential energy functions
escalator walks up the staircase at a constant are U and W respectively. Speed of the particle
speed? changes from Va to Vb when it moves from
Q. 9. (i) A block is connected to an ideal spring on a position a to b. Which of the following statement
horizontal frictionless surface. The block is is/are true –
  
pulled a short distance and released. Plot the (a) Sum of work done by and =
variation of kinetic energy of the block vs the Ub – Ua + Wb – Wa
spring potential energy.   
(b) Sum of work done by and =
(ii) A ball of mass 200 g is projected from the
top of a building 20 m high. The projection
- Ê ˆ
speed is 10 m/s at an angle q = ÁË ˜¯ (c) Sum of work done by all five forces =
from the horizontal. Sketch a graph of kinetic
energy of the ball against height measured  
from the ground. Indicate the values of kinetic (d) Sum of work done by and =
energy at the top and bottom of the building (Ub + Wb) – (Ua + Wa).
and at the highest point of the trajectory, Q. 13.
specifying the heights on the graph. Neglect F (in N)
air resistance and take g = 10 m/s2
1
Q. 10. A car of mass m = 1600 kg, while moving on any
X (in m)
road, experiences resistance to its motion given O 1 2.5 3.5 5.5
by (m + nV2) newton; where m and n are positive -1
constants. On a horizontal road the car moved
Work - Power - Energy 4.3

The given graph represents the total force in x (a) Find the work done by the snake against
direction being applied on a particle of mass gravity (Wg)
m = 2 kg that is constrained to move along x (b) Will the answer to part (a) be different if the
axis. What is the minimum possible speed of the
snake were of half the length but of same
particle when it was at x = 0?
mass.
Q. 14. A vertical spring supports a beaker containing
Q. 17. A uniform rope of linear mass density l (kg/m)
some water in it. Water slowly evaporates and the
passes over a smooth pulley of negligible
compression in the spring decreases. Where does
dimension. At one end B of the rope there is a
the elastic potential energy stored in the spring
small particle having mass one fifty of the rope.
go?
Initially the system is held at rest with length
L of the rope on one side and length on the
other side of the pulley (see fig). The external

agent begins to pull the end A downward. Find
the minimum work that the agent must perform
so that the small particle will definitely reach the
pulley.
Q. 15. A pan of negligible mass is supported by an ideal

spring which is vertical. Length of the spring is Lo.
A mass M of sand is lying nearby on the floor. A L
4
boy lifts a small quantity of sand and gently puts A
it into the pan. This way he slowly transfers the Force
entire sand into the pan. The spring compresses L by external agent
by . Assume that height of the sand heap on the

floor as well as in the pan is negligible. Calculate
B
the work done by the boy against gravity in
transferring the entire sand into the pan.
Q. 18. A particle of mass m = 100 g is projected
vertically up with a kinetic energy of 20 J form
a position where its gravitational potential energy
is – 50 J. Find the maximum height to which the
L0
particle will rise above its point of projection.
[g = 10 m/s2]
M
Q. 19. A physics student writes the elastic potential
Q. 16. A snake of mass M and length L is lying on an energy stored in a spring as = + ,
incline of inclination 30°. It craws up slowly and where L is the natural length of the spring, x is
overhangs half its length vertically. Assume that extension or compression in it and K is its force
the mass is distributed uniformly along the length constant. A block of mass M travelling with speed
of the snake and its hanging part as well as the V hits the spring and compresses it.
part on the incline both remain straight. L
V
M
L L
2 Find the maximum compression caused.
Q. 20. A block of mass m = 4 kg is kept on an incline
connected to a spring (see fig). The angle of
30°
the incline is q = 30° and the spring constant is
K = 80 N/m. There is a very small friction between (b) At what distance from A the mass will come
the block and the incline. The block is released to rest for the first time after being released.
with spring in natural length. Find the work done A
by the friction on the block till the block finally
comes to rest.[g = 10 m/s2]
k
m
B
Q. 25. Two blocks 1 and 2 start from same point A on

a smooth slide at the same time. The track from
A to B to C is common for the two blocks. At C
= 30° the track divides into two parts. Block 1 takes the
route C–D–E and gets airborne after E. Block 2
Q. 21. A body is projected directly up a plane which is moves along CFGH. Point E is vertically above G
inclined at an angle q to the horizontal. It was and the stretch GH is horizontal. Block 1 lands at
found that when it returns to the starting point its point H.
speed is half its initial speed.

(a) Where is the other block at the time block 1
(a) Was dissipation of mechanical energy of the lands at H? Has it already crossed H or yet to
body, due to friction, higher during ascent or reach there?
descent?
(b) Which block will reach at H with higher
(b) Calculate the coefficient of friction (m) speed ?
between the body and the incline.
A 2
1
Q. 22. A tanker filled with water starts at rest and then 1
rolls, without any energy loss to friction, down E
a valley. Initial height of the tanker is h1. The B
tanker, after coming down, climbs on the other D 2
C
side of the valley up to a height h2. Throughout F G H
the journey, water leaks from the bottom of the
tanker. How does h2 compare with h1? Q. 26 In the arrangement shown in the figure, block B
of mass M rests on a weighing scale. Ball A is
released from a position where spring is in its
natural length and the scale shows the correct
weight of block B. Find the mass of ball A so
h1
that the minimum reading shown by the scale
subsequently is half the true weight of B.
Q. 23. A stone with weight W is thrown vertically upward

into air with initial speed u. Due to air friction a
constant force R acts on the stone, throughout its
flight. Find –
(a) the maximum height reached and k
(b) speed of stone on reaching the ground. A

Q. 24. A mass m = 0.1 kg is attached to the end B of an
B M
elastic string AB with stiffness k = 16 N/m and
natural length l0 = 0.25 m. The end A of the string
is fixed. The mass is pulled down so that AB is
2l0 = 0.5 m and then released. Q. 27 In an aircraft carrier warship the runway is a
20 m long strip inclined at q = 20° to the
(a) Find the velocity of the mass when the string horizontal. The launcher is effectively a large
gets slack for the first time. spring that pushes an aircraft of mass m = 2000
kg for first 5 m of the 20 m long runway. The jet position x as shown in the figure.
engine of the plane produces a constant thrust of When the particle is at x = x0, it is given a kinetic
6 × 104 N for the entire length of the runway. The energy (k) such that 0 < k < 4U0
plane needs to have a speed of 180 kph at the end
of the runway. Neglect air resistance and calculate (a) Does the particle ever reach the origin?
the spring constant of the launcher. [sin 20° = 0.3 (b) Qualitatively describe the motion of the
and g = 10 m/s2] particle.
U(x)
6U0
m
20
5U0
q
U0
Q. 28 A block of mass M is placed on a horizontal
x
surface having coefficient of friction m. A constant O x0
pulling force = is applied on the block to

Q. 32 A pillar having square cross section of side length
displace it horizontally through a distance d. Find L is fixed on a smooth floor. A particle of mass m
the maximum possible kinetic energy acquired by is connected to a corner A of the pillar using an
the block. inextensible string of length 3.5 L. With the string
Q. 29 A small block is made to slide, starting from rest, just taut along the line BA, the particle is given a
along two equally rough circular surfaces from A velocity v perpendicular to the string. The particle
to B through path 1 and 2. The two paths have slides on the smooth floor and the string wraps
equal radii. The speed of the block at the end of around the pillar.
the slide was found to be V1 and V2 for path 1 and
2 respectively. Which one is larger V1 or V2? m
3.5 L B
A 1 A
L
L
2 (a) Find the time in which the particle will hit the
pillar.
B
(b) Find the tension in the string just before the
particle hits the pillar.
Q. 30 A particle can move along x axis under influence
Neglect any energy loss of the particle.
of a conservative force. The potential energy of
the particle is given by U = 5x2 – 20x + 2 joule Q. 33 (i) A simple pendulum consist of a small
where x is co-ordinate of the particle expressed in bob of mass m tied to a string of length L.
meter. Show that the total energy of oscillation of
The particle is released at x = –3 m the pendulum is  when it is
(a) Find the maximum kinetic energy of the oscillating with a small angular amplitude q0.
particle during subsequent motion. Assume the gravitational potential energy to
(b) Find the maximum x co-ordinate of the be zero of the lowest position of the bob.
particle. (ii) Three identical pendulums A, B and C are
Q. 31 A particle is constrained to move along x axis suspended from the ceiling of a room. They
under the action of a conservative force. The are swinging in semicircular arcs in vertical
potential energy of the particle varies with planes. The string of pendulum A snaps when
it is vertical and it was found that the bob fell Q. 36 A child of mass m is sitting on a swing suspended
on the floor with speed V1. The string of B by a rope of length L. The swing and the rope have
breaks when it makes an angle of 30° to the negligible mass and the dimension of child can be
vertical and the bob hits the floor with speed neglected. Mother of the child pulls the swing till
V2. The string of pendulum C was cut when the rope makes an angle of q 0 = 1 radian with the
it was horizontal and the bob falls to the floor vertical. Now the mother pushes the swing along
hitting it with a speed V3. Which is greatest the arc of the circle with a force and
and which is smallest among V1,V2 and V3?
releases it when the string gets vertical. How high
Q. 34 AB is a mass less rigid rod of length 2l. It is free will the swing go?
to rotate in vertical plane about a horizontal axis
[Take cos(1 radian) ~ 0.5]
passing through its end A. Equal point masses
(m each) are stuck at the centre C and end Bof the Q. 37. A particle of mass m is suspended by a string
rod. The rod is released from horizontal position. of length l from a fixed rigid support. Particle is
Write the tension in the rod when it becomes imparted a horizontal velocity . Find
vertical. the angle made by the string with the vertical
A l C l B when the acceleration of the particle is inclined to
the string by 45°?
Q. 38 A particle of mass m is moving in a circular
path of constant radius r such that its centripetal
acceleration ac is varying with time t as
ac = k2rt2, where k is a constant. Calculate the
power delivered to the particle by the force acting
on it.
Q. 35 A rigid mass less rod of length L is rotating in Q. 39 A ball is hanging vertically by a light inextensible
a vertical plane about a horizontal axis passing string of length L from fixed point O. The ball of
through one of its ends. At the other end of the mass m is given a speed u at the lowest position
rod there is a mass less metal plate welded to the such that it completes a vertical circle with centre
rod. This plate supports a heavy small bead that at O as shown. Let AB be a diameter of circular
can slide on the rod without friction. Just above path of ball making an angle q with vertical as
the bead there is another identical metal plate shown. (g is acceleration due to gravity)
welded to the rod. The bead remains confined
between the plates. The gap between the plates B
q
is negligible compared to L. The angular speed of
O
the rod when the bead is at lowest position of the
circle is w = . How many times a clink of A
u
the bead hitting a metal plate is heard during one m
full rotation of the rod ? (a) Let TA and TB be tension in string when ball is
at A and B respectively, then find TA – TB.
 
(b) Let and be acceleration of ball when
it is at A and B respectively, then find the
 
value of .
Q. 40 A ball suspended by a thread swings in a vertical
plane so that the magnitude of its total acceleration
in the extreme position and lowest position are
equal. Find the angle q that the thread makes with
the vertical in the extreme position.
Q. 41 A particle of mass m oscillates inside the smooth
surface of a fixed pipe of radius R. The axis of the
Bead
pipe is horizontal and the particle moves from B
to A and back. At an instant the kinetic energy of Q. 43. A completely filled cylindrical tank of height H
the particle is K (say at position of the particle contains water of mass M. At a height h above the
shown in the figure). What is the force applied by top of the tank there is another wide container.
particle on the pipe at this instant? The entire water from the tank is to be transferred
into the container in time t0 such that level of
water in tank decreases at a uniform rate. How
will the power of the external agent vary with
A B time?
Level 2
H
Q. 42.
Q. 44. A uniform chain of mass m0 and length l rests on

a rough incline with its part hanging vertically as
shown in the fig. The chain starts sliding up the
O
R incline (and hanging part moving down) provided
the hanging part equals h times the chain length
(h < 1). What is the work performed by the
h friction force by the time chain slides completely
off the incline. Neglect the dimension of pulley
and assume it to be smooth.
(i) There is a vertical loop of radius R. A small block
of mass m is slowly pushed along the loop from
bottom to a point at height h. Find the work done
by the external agent if the coefficient of friction
is m. Assume that the external agent pushes
tangentially along the path.
q
(ii) A block of mass m slides down a smooth slope of
height h, starting from rest. The lower part of the Q. 45. A large flat board is lying on a smooth ground. A
track is horizontal. In the beginning the block has disc of mass m = 2 kg is kept on the board. The
potential energy U = mgh which gets converted coefficient of friction between the disc and the
into kinetic energy at the bottom. The velocity board is m = 0.2 . The disc and the board
 are moved
at bottom is . Now assume that an with velocity and
observer moving horizontally with velocity respectively [in reference frame of the ground].
towards right observes the sliding Calculate the power of the external force applied
block. She finds that initial energy of the block on the disc and the force applied on the board. At
what rate heat is being dissipated due to friction
is = + and the final energy of the between the board and the disc? [g = 10 ms –2]
block when it reaches the bottom of the track is
X
zero. Where did the energy disappear?
u
h Y
V
Q. 46. A car can pull a trailer of twice its mass up a

certain slope at a maximum speed V. Without
the trailer the maximum speed of the car, up the the length of its base l and coefficient of friction
same slope is 2 V. The resistance to the motion between the body and hill surface is m. What
is proportional to mass and square of speed. If is the work done if body is moved along some
the car (without trailer) starts to move down the alternative path shown by the dotted line, friction
same slope, with its engine shut off, prove that coefficient being same.
eventually it will acquire a constant speed. Find
this speed.
Q. 47 Force acting on a particle in a two dimensional
 F
XY space is given as . Show m h
that the force is conservative.

Q. 48. In a two dimensional space the potential
energy function for a conservative force acting l
on a particle of mass m = 0.1 kg is given by 
U = 2 (x + y) joule (x and y are in m). The particle Q. 52. In previous problem what is the work done by
is being moved on a circular path at a constant if the body started at rest at the base and has a
speed of V = 1 ms –1. The equation of the circular velocity v on reaching the top?
path is x2 + y2 = 42. Q. 53. A block of mass M is placed on a horizontal
(a) Find the net external force (other than the smooth table. It is attached to an ideal spring of
conservative force) that must be acting on the force constant k as shown. The free end of the
particle when the particle is at (0, 4). spring is pulled at a constant speed u. Find the
maximum extension (xo) in the spring during the
(b) Calculate the work done by the external force subsequent motion.
in moving the particle from (4, 0) to (0, 4). M
k u
Q. 49. A particle of mass m moves in xy plane such that
its position
 vector, as a function of time, is given
by ; where
b and k are positive constants. Q. 54. A spring block system is placed on a rough
horizontal floor. Force constant of the spring is k.
(a) Find the time t0 in the interval when
The block is pulled to right to give the spring an

the resultant force acting on the particle has zero elongation equal to x0 and then it is released. The
power. block moves to left and stops at the position where
(b) Find the work done by the resultant force acting the spring is relaxed. Calculate the maximum
kinetic energy of the block during its motion.
on the particle in the interval
Q.50. A block of mass 2 kg is connect to an ideal spring
and the system is placed on a smooth horizontal
surface. The spring is pulled to move the block
and at an instant the speed of end A of the spring Q. 55. In the fig shown, a block of mass M is attached
and speed of the block were measured to be to the spring and another block of mass 2M has
6 m/s and 3 m/s respectively. At this moment the been placed over it. The system is in equilibrium.
potential energy stored in the spring is increasing The block are pushed down so that the spring
at a rate of 15 J/s. Find the acceleration of the compresses further by . System is released.
block at this instant.
2M
A M
2kg
Q. 51. A body of mass m is slowly hauled up a rough hill k

as shown in fig by a force F which acts tangential
to the trajectory at each point. Find the work
performed by the force, if the height of hill is h,
(a) At what height above the position of release, Q. 59. A plank is moving along a smooth surface
the block of mass 2M will lose contact with with a constant speed V. A block of mass M is
the other block? gently placed on it. Initially the block slips and
(b) What is maximum height attained by 2M then acquires the constant speed (V) same as the
above the point of release? plank. Throughout the period, a horizontal force
is applied on the plank to keep its speed constant.
Q. 56. Block A and B are identical having 1 kg mass
each. A is tied to a spring of force constant k and (a) Find the work performed by the external
B is placed in front of A (touching it). Block ‘B’ force.
is pushed to left so as to compress the spring by (b) Find the heat developed due to friction
0.1 m from its natural length. The system is released between the block and the plank.
from this position. Coefficient of friction for both
the blocks with horizontal surface is µ = 0.2. M
V
K
A B
Smooth
= 0.2
Q. 60. A block of mass m1 is lying on the edge of a rough
table. The coefficient of friction between the
(a) Take . Kinetic energy of the
block and the table is µ. Another block of mass m2
system comprising of the two blocks will be is lying on another horizontal smooth table. The
maximum after travelling through a distance two block are connected by a horizontal spring of
x0 from the initial position. Find x0. Find the force constant K. Block of mass m2 is pulled to
contact force between the two blocks when the right with a constant horizontal force F.
they come to rest.
(a) Find the maximum value of F for which the
(b) Take k = 100 N/m. What distance (x1) will the block of mass m1 does not fall off the edge.
block travel together, after being released, (b) Calculate the maximum speed that m2 can
before B separates from A. acquire under condition that m1 does not fall.
Q. 57. In the arrangement shown in the fig. string, m2
m1 K
springs and the pulley are mass less. F
Both the springs have a force
constant of k and the mass of block k
B resting on the table is M. Ball A is Q. 61. A vertical spring supports a block in equilibrium.
released from rest when both the The spring is designed to break
springs are in natural length and just when extension in it crosses a
k A limit. There is a light thread
taut. Find the minimum value of
mass of A so that block B leaves attached to the block as shown.
M B The thread is pulled down with a
contact with the table at some stage.
force F which gradually increases
Q. 58. Two block A and B are connected to a spring (force
from zero. The spring breaks
constant k = 480 N/m) and placed on a horizontal
when the force becomes F0.
surface. Another block C is placed on B. The
Instead of gradually increasing
coefficient of friction between the floor and block thread
the force, if the thread were pulled
A is µ1 = 0.5, whereas there is no friction between
by applying a constant force, for F
B and the floor. Coefficient of friction between
what minimum value of the
C and B is µ2 = 0.85. Masses of the blocks are
constant force the spring will break?
MA = 50 kg; MB = 28 kg and MC = 2 kg. The system
is held at rest with spring compressed by x0 = 0.5 Q. 62 Two liquid A & B having densities 2r and r
m. After the system is released, find the maximum respectively, are kept in a cylindrical container
speed of block B during subsequent motion. separated by a partition as shown in figure. The
C
height of each liquid in the container is h and
area of cross section of the container is A. Now
A B
the partition is removed. Calculate change in
gravitational potential energy (DU) of the system (ii) If magnitude of a is twice the minimum
value found in (i), find the maximum height
A (measured from its original level at the
bottom of the trough) to which the block will
rise.
B O
R
a A
(a) assuming that the two liquids mix uniformly. T
(b) Assuming that the two liquids are immiscible.
What do you conclude from the sign of DU in the Q. 66. A semicircular wire frame of radius R is
above two cases? standing vertical on a horizontal table. It is
Q. 63. A particle is projected at an angle q = 30º with pulled horizontally towards right with a constant
the horizontal. Two students A and B have drawn acceleration. A bead of mass m remain in
the variation of kinetic energy and gravitational equilibrium (relative to the semicircular wire) at
potential energy of the particle as a function of a position where radius makes an angle q with
time taking the point of projection as the reference horizontal. There is no friction between the wire
level for the gravitational potential energy. Who and the bead. The bead is displaced a little bit
is wrong and why? in upward direction and released. Calculate the
(a) KE/PE speed of the bead relative to the wire at the instant
it strikes the table. Assume that all throughout the
KE
semicircular wire keeps moving with constant
acceleration.
PE m
t R
(b) KE/PE
q
KE
Q. 67. A ideal spring of force constant k is connected
to a small block of mass m using an inextensible
PE light string (see fig). The pulley is mass less and
t
friction coefficient between the block and the
Q. 64. Two small rings each of mass ‘m’ are connected horizontal surface is . The string between
to a block of same mass ‘m’ through inextensible
the pulley and the block is vertical and has length
light strings. Rings are constrained to move along
l. Find the minimum velocity u that must be given
a smooth horizontal rod. Initially system is held
to the block in horizontal direction shown, so that
at rest (as shown in figure) with the strings just
subsequently it leaves contact with the horizontal
taut. Length of each string is ‘l’. The system is
released from the position shown. Find the speed surface. [Take ]
of the block (v) and speed of the rings (u) when l
K
the strings make an angle of q = 60º with vertical.
(Take g = 10 m/s2)
l
m u

Q. 65. A toy truck T at rest, has a hemispherical trough of Q. 68. A light spring is vertical and a mass less pan
radius R in it [O is the centre of the hemisphere]. is attached to it. Force constant of the spring is
A small block A is kept at the bottom of the k. A block of mass m is gently dropped on the
trough. The truck is accelerated horizontally with pan. Plot the variation of spring potential energy,
an acceleration a. gravitation potential energy and the total potential
(i) Find the minimum value of a for which the energy of the system as a function of displacement
block is able to move out of the trolley. (x) of the block. For gravitational potential energy
take reference level to be the initial position of the (b) What is the period of this circular motion?
pan. Q. 72. A small block is placed on the top of a smooth
m
inverted hemispherical bowl of radius R.
Ref. level
R
K q
(a) The bowl is given a sudden impulse so that

Q. 69. A particle of mass m = 1.0 kg is free to move it begins moving horizontally with speed V.
along the x axis. It is acted upon by a force which Find minimum value of V so that the block
is described by the potential energy function immediately loses contact with the bowl as it
represented in the graph below. The particle is begins to move.
projected towards left with a speed v, from the
origin. Find minimum value of v for which the (b) The bowl is given a constant acceleration ‘a’
particle will escape far away from the origin. in horizontal direction. Find maximum value
U (in joule) of ‘a’ so that the block does not lose contact
with the bowl by the time it rotates through
an angle q relative to the bowl. You can
make suitable mathematical approximations
justified for small value of angle q.
10
Q. 73 A pendulum bob is projected form its lowest
position with velocity (u), in horizontal direction,
6
that is just enough to make the string horizontal
3 (position OC). At angular position q, at point B,
the speed (V) of the bob was observed to be half
its initial projection speed (u).
-8 -5 O 2 4 7 11 X O
(in m)
C
Q. 70. A particle of mass m = 1 kg is free to move along
x axis under influence of a conservative force. The
potential energy function for the particle is
L
ÈÊ ˆ Ê ˆ ˘ V
= ÍÁ ˜ - Á ˜ ˙
ÍË ¯ Ë ¯ ˙˚
Î
B
Where b = 1.0 m and a = 1.0 J. If the total

A
mechanical energy of the particle is zero, find u
the co-ordinates where we can expect to find the (a) Find q
particle and also calculate the maximum speed of
the particle. (b) Plot variation of magnitude of tangential
acceleration with q.
Q. 71. A particle of mass m moves under the action of
a central force. The potential energy function is (c) Let the travel time from A to B be t1 and
given by U(r) = mkr3 that from B to C be t2. Looking at the graph
obtained in part (b), tell which is larger – t1 or
Where k is a positive constant and r is distance of
t2?
the particle from the centre of attraction.
Q. 74. A small ball is attached to an end of a light
(a) What should be the kinetic energy of the
string of length R. It is suspended in vertical
particle so that it moves in a circle of radius
plane supported at point A. B and C are two nails
a0 about the centre of attraction?
(of negligible thickness) at a horizontal distance shown in figure. The particle is given a horizontal
0.3 R from A and a vertical distance 0.4 R above A velocity u. At some point, its motion ceases to be
respectively. The ball is given a horizontal velocity circular and eventually the object passes through
u = 5gR at its lowest point. Subsequently, after the line AB. At the instant of crossing AB, its
the string hitting the nails, the nails become the velocity is horizontal. Find u.
centre of rotation. Assume no loss in kinetic O
A
energy when the string hits the nails. It is known
that the string will break if tension in it is suddenly
L
increased by 200% or more. 8
C L
0.4R
B u
A
0.3R A
R Q. 77 A simple pendulum has a bob of mass m and

string of length R. The bob is projected from
lowest position giving it a horizontal velocity just
u enough for it to complete the vertical circle. Let
Will the string break during the motion? If yes, the angular displacement of the pendulum from
where? What is tension in the string at the instant its initial vertical position be represented by q.
the string breaks? Plot the variation of kinetic energy (kE) of the bob
Q. 75. A spherical ball of mass m is kept at the highest and the tension (T) in the string with q. Plot the
point in space between two fixed concentric graph for one complete rotation of the pendulum.
spheres A and B (see figure). The smaller sphere Q. 78 A light thread is tightly wrapped around a fixed
has a radius R and the space between the two disc of radius R. A particle of mass m is tied to
spheres has a width d. The ball has diameter just the end P of the thread and the vertically hanging
less than d. All surfaces are frictionless. The ball part of the string has length R. The particle is
is given a gentle push (towards the right). The
angle made by the radius vector of the ball with imparted a horizontal velocity . The
upward vertical is denoted by q.
string wraps around the disc as the particle moves
up. At the instant the velocity of the particle makes
an angle of q with horizontal, calculate.
d q Sphere B
R O O R
Sphere A
(a) Express the total normal reaction force

exerted by the spheres as a function of q.
V0 p
(b) Let NA and NB denote the magnitudes of
normal reaction forces on the ball exerted by (a) speed of the particle
the spheres A and B respectively. Sketch the (b) tension in the string
variations of NA and NB as function of cos q Q. 79 An experimenter is inside a train. He observes
in the range of 0 < q < p by drawing two that minimum speed at lowest position needed by
separate graphs. a pendulum bob to complete a vertical circle is
Q. 76. A particle is suspended vertically from a point O 10 m/s. Calculate the minimum speed (u) needed
by an inextensible mass less string of length L. A at the lowest position so as to complete the vertical
circle when the train is moving horizontally
vertical line AB is at a distance of from O as
at an acceleration of a = 7.5 m/s2. Find the
maximum tension in the string during the motion. (b) At what value of q the compression (or
[g = 10 m/s2]. tension) in the rod changes to tension (or
compression)?
q
Q. 80 A track (ACB) is in the shape of an arc of a circle. O
It is held fixed in vertical plane with its radius OA
horizontal. A small block is released on the inner Q. 83 A pendulum has length L = 1.8 m. The bob is
surface of the track from point A. It slides without released from position shown in the figure. Find
friction and leaves the track at B. What should the tension in the string when the bob reaches the
be value of q so that the block travels the largest lowest position. Mass of the bob is 1 kg.
horizontal distance by the time it returns to the
Bob
horizontal plane passing through B?
A O
B 30°
Horz
C Q. 84 A small body of mass m lies on a horizontal plane.

Q. 81 Bob of a simple pendulum of length L is projected The body is given a velocity v0, along the plane.
horizontally with a speed of , from the (a) Find the mean power developed by the
lowest position. Find the distance of the bob from friction during the whole time of motion, if
vertical line AB, at the moment its tangential friction coefficient is µ = 0.3; m = 2.0 kg and
acceleration becomes zero. v0 = 3 m/s.
A (b) Find the maximum instantaneous power
developed by the friction force, if the friction
coefficient varies as µ=ax, where a is a constant
and x is distance from the starting point.
O
Q. 85 Two particles of masses M and m (M >m) are
connected by a light string of length pR.
L
The string is hung over a fixed circular frame of
radius R.
u
Q. 82 A light rigid rod has a bob of mass m attached to

one of its end. The other end of the rod is pivoted m M
O
so that the entire assembly can rotate freely in a
vertical plane. Initially, the rod is held vertical
as shown in the figure. From this position it is
allowed to fall.
(a) When the rod has rotated through q , Initially the particles lie at the ends of the
what kind of force does it experience– horizontal diameter of the circle (see figure).
compression or tension? Neglect friction.
(a) If the system is released, and if m remains mass at the level of the pulleys to be zero. Neglect
in contact with the circle, find the speed of dimension of the pulley and treat the strings to be
the masses when M has descended through a massless. Distance between the pulleys is 2d.
distance Rq q p . d
d
(b) Find the reaction force between the frame U=0
and m at this instant.
(c) Prove that m1 will certainly remain in contact
with the frame, just after the release, if
3m > M.
Q. 86 A small object is sliding on a smooth horizontal q q
floor along a vertical wall. The wall makes a
smooth turn by an angle q . Coefficient of friction A
C
between the wall and the block is µ. Speed of B
the object before the turn is u. Find its speed (V)
(a) Write the potential energy of the system as a
just after completing the turn. Does your answer
function of angle q.
depend on shape of the curve? [The turn is smooth
(b) Knowing that potential energy of the system
and there are no sharp corners.]
will be maximum or minimum in equilibrium
u position, find value of q for equilibrium.
(c) Tell if the equilibrium is stable or unstable.
Q. 89 Three identical masses are attached to the ends
of light strings, the other ends of which are
connected together as shown in the figure. Each
V
of the three strings has a length of 3 m. The three
masses are dropped through three holes in a table
Q. 87 AB is a vertically suspended elastic cord of and the system is allowed to reach equilibrium.
negligible mass and length L. Its force constant A
is k = mg . There is a massless platform
L
attached to the lower end of the cord. A monkey
of mass m starts from top end A and slides down 1m 1m
g
the cord with a uniform acceleration of . Just Three holes
before landing on the platform, the monkey loses in the table
B 1 C
grip on the cord. After landing on the platform m
3
the monkey stays on it. Calculate the maximum
extension in the elastic cord. (a) What is total length of the strings lying on the
A table in equilibrium?
(b) Select a point K inside the DABC such that
AK + BK + CK is minimum, use the result
obtained in (a) and the fact that potential
L energy of the system will be minimum when
it is in equilibrium.
Q. 90 A particle of mass m is attached to an end of a
B
light rigid rod of length a. The other end of the
rod is fixed, so that the rod can rotate freely in
Level 3 vertical plane about its fixed end. The mass m is
given a horizontal velocity u at the lowest point.
Q. 88 In the arrangement shown in the fig. all the three
blocks have equal mass m. The length of the (a) Prove that when the radius to the mass makes
strings connecting A to C and B to C is L each. an angle q with the upward vertical the
Assume the gravitational potential energy of any horizontal component of the acceleration of
the mass (measured in direction of u) is O. The particle is projected horizontally with a

2
[g (2 + 3 cos q) – u / a] sin q velocity v0 from its lowest position A. When the
angular displacement of the string is more than
(b) If 4ag < u2 < 5ag, show that there are four 90°, the particle leaves the circular path at B. The
points at which horizontal component of string again becomes taut at C such that B,O,C are
acceleration is zero. Locate the points. collinear. Find v0 in terms of l and g.
Q. 91 A weightless rod of length l with a small load of
mass m at one of its end is held vertical with its
lower end hinged on a horizontal surface. The B
load touches a wedge of mass M in this position. O
A slight jerk towards right sets the system in
motion (see figure), with rod rotating freely in
vertical plane about its lower end. There is no C
friction.
m v0
A
Q. 94. The teeter toy consists of two identical weights

l hanging from a peg on dropping arms as shown.
M The arrangement is surprisingly stable. Let us
consider only oscillatory motion in the vertical
plane. Consider the peg and rods (connecting the
weights to the peg) to be very light. The length
(a) For what mass ratio will the rod form an of each rod is l and length of the peg is L. In the
angle q p with the vertical at the moment position shown the peg is vertical and the two
the load separates from the wedge? weights are in a position lower than the support
point of the peg. Angle a that the rods make with
(b) What is speed of the wedge at that moment? the peg remains fixed.
Neglect friction.
(a) Assuming the zero of gravitational potential
Q. 92 A tube of mass M hangs from a thread and two energy at the support point of the peg
balls of mass m slide inside it without friction evaluate the potential energy (U) when the
(see figure). The balls are released simultaneously peg is tilted to an angle q to the vertical. The
from the top of the ring and slide down on opposite tip of the peg does not move.
sides. q defines the positions of balls at any time
as shown in figure. (b) Knowing that U shall be minimum in stable
equilibrium position prove that q = 0 is the
stable equilibrium position for the toy if the
two weights are in a position lower than the
support point of the peg.
q q
a a
l l
L
(a) Show that ring will start to rise if .

(b) If M = 0, find the angle q at which the tube m m
begins to rise.
Q. 93 A heavy particle is attached to one end of a light
string of length l whose other end is fixed at
ANSWERS
1. (i) Akanksha is right. spring energy gets converted into the gravitational
(ii) (a) – mgh potential energy of beaker + water.
(b) 0
.
(c) internal (muscle) forces of the body
perform work
2. Zero (a) (b) Yes.
(a) 960 J
(b) zero
20 m
(a) = ( + + ) . –5 J
(b) (
= - + - ) (a) Same in both
(c) W = 138J (b)
(d) DUg = – 60 J h h1
6. No, the force is decreasing with time.
(a)
7.
(b)
The power will not change but work done will
decrease. (a)
(i) KE
(b) zero
25. (a) Block 2 has already crossed H.
(b) Both reach H with same speed.
PE
(ii) K in joule 27. k = 2.096 × 105 N/m

50
28.
10.0
6.4 V1
height in m
O 20 21.8
(a) Kmax = 125 J
(a) 53 KW
(b) Xmax = 7m
(b) q = 1.43°
(a) No
UB = 50 J ; UD = –35 J
(b) Oscillations about x0
12. (b), (c)
0.5 m/s 32. (a)
When a small amount of water evaporates, the spring
relaxes a little bit. Water remaining in the beaker (b)
gains gravitational potential energy. Therefore, the
(i) V1 = V2 = V3 58. 4 m/s

Tension in segment (a) MV2
(b)
Tension in Segment
35. 2 60. (a)
36. The swing gets horizontal
37. tan–12 (b)
2 2
. mk r t
(a) 6 mg cos q 61.
(b)
. (a)
40.
(b) –r Ah2 g
41.
The positive sign of DU means external work will be
required to mix the two liquids uniformly.
42. (i) DU is negative in second case which means the
heavier liquid will automatically move to lower
43. side.
A is wrong. Under given conditions the two curves
cannot touch.
45. u= =
46.
(i) amin = g
48. (a) (ii) 2R
(b) Zero
66.
49. (a)
(b) 67.
68.
50. 2.5 m/s2 U
l . Work done is path independent and Uo

will be same for the alternative path Us
52. l
O X
53. x0
U
2mg
54. x0 =
K
Ug 2m2g2
55. (a) -Uo U0 =
K
(b) 69. 2 3 m/s
57. 70. - £ £ = -
82. (a) Compression

(a)
(b)
(b)
83. 35 N
(a) –9 Watt
72. (a)
(b)
(b)
Ê ˆ 85. (a)
(a) q = ÁË ˜¯
(b) at (b)
V = ue–mq0; No the answer does not depend on the

shape of the curve.
87.
q
O
(c) t1> t2
88. (a)
The string will break on hitting the second nail at C. (b) q
T = 8.6 mg
(c) Stable
.
89. (a)
77.
KE T
The four points are represented by –
2.5 mgR 6 mg
q , , and
0.5 mgR
q q
O p 2p O p 2p
,
78. (a)
 1 92.
(b) mg  3 + 
 2
79. u = 115 m /s
Ê ˆ (a) 2 mg cos q [L – l cos ]

80. q= ÁË ˜¯
81.
05 MOMENTUM AND CENTER OF MASS
(b) Which force performed greater work?

LEVEL 1
Q. 4. An observer O1 standing on ground finds
Q. 1. A particle is acted upon by a force for 1 second that momentum of a projectile of mass 2 kg

whose X component remains constant at Fx =
30 N but y and z components vary with time as
(
changes with time as P01 = 4t iˆ + 20 t kˆ kg m/s )
shown in the graph. Calculate the magnitude of

Acceleration due to gravity is g = 10 kˆ m/s2 ( )
change in momentum of the particle in 1 s. What and there is a wind blowing in horizontal direction.
angle does the change in momentum P make Another observer O2 driving a car observes that
with X axis? momentum of the same projectile changes with
(N) time as -

80 ( )
P02 = 8t iˆ − 16t 2 ˆj + 20t kˆ kg m/s. Find the ac-
FZ
1
celeration of the car at t = s
40 8
Fy Q. 5. Water flows through a tube assembly as shown
t (s)
in the fig. Speed of flow (marked as V and 2V),
O 1 cross sectional area (A, A/2 and A/4) and the
Q. 2. Two block A and B of equal mass are connected angles between segments has been shown in fig.
using a light inextensible string passing over two Calculate the force applied by the water flow on
light smooth pulleys fixed to the blocks (see fig). the tube. Take density of water to be r.
The horizontal surface is smooth. Every segment A/2
of the string (that is not touching the pulley) is
V
horizontal. When a horizontal force F1 is applied 0
to A the magnitude of momentum of the system, 60
A V
cos
–1 3
comprising of A + B, changes at a rate R. When a
4
horizontal force F2 is applied to B (F1 not applied)
the magnitude of momentum of the system A + B A 2V
4
once again changes at the rate R. Which force is
larger - F1 or F2? Q. 6. A man is running along a road with speed u.
A B On his chest there is a paper of mass m and area
F1
m m F2
S. There is a wind blowing against the man at
speed V. Density of air is r. Assume that the air
molecules after striking the paper come to rest
Q. 3. A particle of mass m = 1 kg is moving in space in relative to the man. Find the minimum coefficient
X direction with a velocity of 10 ms–1. A 4 N force of friction between the paper and the chest so that
acting in Y direction is applied on it for a time the paper does not fall?
interval of 5.0 s. Later a 5 N force was applied on
it in Z direction for 4.0 s Q. 7. Two particles A and B of mass 2 m and m
(a) Calculate the total work done by both the respectively attract each other by mutual
forces. gravitational force and no other force acts on
them. At time t = 0, A was observed to be at rest A

and B was moving away from A with a speed u. At u
a later time t it was observed that B was moving
B
towards A with speed u. Assume no collision
has taken place by then. Find work done by the
gravitational force in the time interval 0 to t wall
Q. 8. (i) A block of mass m moving towards right
with a velocity V strikes (head on) another Q. 11. Two identical balls A and B are moving as shown
block of mass M which is at rest connected in the fig. Ball A hits a smooth floor head on with a
to a spring. The coefficient of restitution velocity u and at the same instant ball B strikes A
for collision between the blocks is e = 0.5. head on with a horizontal velocity u. The collision
between A and B is perfectly inelastic whereas the
M
Find the ratio
for which the subsequent coefficient of restitution for collision between A
m and the floor is e = 0.5. At what time the two balls
compression in the spring is maximum. There will collide again? Assume friction to be absent
is no friction. everywhere.
V
m M A u
(ii) Ball A collides head on with another identical B u

ball B at rest. Find the coefficient of restitution
if ball B has 80% of the total kinetic energy of
Q. 12. Two blocks of mass m and M are lying on a
the system after collision.
smooth table. A spring is attached with the block
Q. 9. A ball having mass m and velocity u makes a head of mass M (see fig). Block of mass m is given a
on collision with another ball. After collision velocity towards the other block. Find the value
velocity of the ball of mass m was found to be M
V in the direction of its original motion. The of for which the kinetic energy of the system
m
interaction force between the two balls during
will never fall below one third of the initial kinetic
their collision has been shown in the graph. The
energy imparted to the block of mass m.
area of the shaded part of the graph is same as
the area of the not shaded part. Find the velocity m M
of the balls at the instant they were having equal
velocity.
F
m u Q. 13. Two identical blocks A and B have two identical
springs fixed to them (see fig). Mass of each block
t is M and force constant of each spring is K. The
Q. 10. Ball A is about to hit a wall at an angle of two blocks have been placed on a smooth table.
incidence of q = 30°. But before hitting the wall Another block C of mass m (< < M) is placed
it made a head on collision with another identical between A and B and is held close to A so as to
ball B. The ball B then collides with the wall. The compress the spring attached to A by X0. From
coefficient of restitution for collision between this position the system is released. C moves to
two balls is e1 = 0.8 and that between a ball and push B and then is back to push A. The sequence
the wall is e1 = 0.6. Find the final velocity of ball continues until all interactions between the blocks
B. Initial velocity of A was u = 5 ms–1. Neglect cease. Find the speeds eventually acquired by A
friction. and B.
È -1 Ê 2.25 ˆ ˘ A C B
Ítan ÁË 2.34 ˜¯ = 44∞˙
Î ˚
Momentum and Center of Mass 5.3
Q. 14 A particle of mass m is flying horizontally at rest and the impact parameter d is equal to
velocity u. It strikes a smooth inclined surface and ÷3 R where R is radius of each ball. Due to impact
its velocity becomes vertical. the direction of motion of ball A changes by 30°.
(a) Find the loss in kinetic energy of the particle Find the velocity of B after the impact. It is given
due to impact if the inclination of the incline that collision is elastic.
is 60° to the horizontal. A
(b) Can the particle go vertically up after collision u
if inclination of the incline is 30°?
d = 3R
B
u m
Q. 18. (a) Two identical balls are moving along X axis

and undergo an elastic collision. Plot the
60° position time graph for the two balls.
(b) Consider five identical balls moving along
Q. 15. A block A of mass 2 kg is moving to right with X axis. What is the maximum number of
a speed of 5 m/s on a horizontal smooth surface. collisions that is possible? Assume that more
Another block B of mass 2 kg, with a mass less than two balls do not collide at the same time
spring of force constant K =200 N/m attached to and collisions are elastic.
it, is moving to left on the same surface with a
speed of 3 m/s. Block A collides with the spring Q. 19. Two particles of mass m each are attached to
attached to B. Calculate the end of a mass less spring. This dumb-bell
is moving towards right on a smooth horizontal
(a) the final velocity of the block A.
surface at speed V with the spring relaxed. Another
(b) the minimum kinetic energy of the system of identical dumb-bell is moving along the same line
two blocks during subsequent motion. is opposite direction with the same speed. The
(c) Repeat part (b) if there is no spring and the two dumb-bells collide head on and collision is
two blocks collide head on. Assume that the elastic. Assuming collisions to be instantaneous,
blocks are made of perfectly elastic material. how many collisions will take place?
3 m/s
2 kg 5 m/s 2 kg V V
A B
Q. 16. A box of mass M is at rest on a horizontal surface. Q. 20. Two blocks of mass m1 and m2 are moving along
A boy of mass m (< M) wants to push the box by a smooth horizontal floor. A non-ideal spring is
applying a horizontal force on it. The boy knows attached at the back of mass m2. Initial velocities
that he will not be able to push the box as the of the blocks are u1 and u2 as shown; with u1 >
coefficient of friction µ between his shoes and u2. After collision the two blocks were found to
ground is almost equal to that between the box and be moving with velocities V1 and V2 respectively.
the ground. He decides to run, acquire a speed u Find the ratio of impulse (on each block) during
and then bang into the box. After hitting the box, the deformation phase of the spring and that
the boy keeps pushing as hard as possible. What during its restoration phase. [By non ideal spring
is the maximum distance through which the box we mean that it does not completely regain its
can be displaced this way? original shape after deformation. You can neglect
m the mass of the spring.]
M m1 m2
u1 u2
Q. 17. A smooth ball A travels towards another

identical ball B with a velocity u. Ball B is at
Q. 21. A ball moving with velocity V0, makes a head on blocks. A bullet of mass m0, moving with speed u
collision with another identical ball at rest. The hits the block of mass M and gets embedded into
velocity of incident ball and the other ball after it. The collision is instantaneous. Assuming that
collision is V1 and V2 respectively. m always stays over M, calculate the maximum
(a) Using momentum conservation write an extension in the spring caused during the
equation having V1 and V2 as unknowns. Plot subsequent motion.
a graph of V1 vs V2 using this equation. K = 8960 N/m ; u = 400 m/s
support
(b) Assuming the collision to be elastic write an m
K
equation for kinetic energy. Plot a graph of V1
vs V2 using this equation. m0
u M
(c) The intersection point of the above two
graphs gives solution. Find V1 and V2 . Q. 24. Starting from a height H, a ball slips without
(d) In a particular collision, the plot of graphs friction, down a plane inclined at an angle of 30°
mentioned above is as shown in figure to the horizontal (fig.). After leaving the inclined
V1 (m/s) plane it fall under gravity on a parabolic path and
hits the horizontal ground surface. The impact is
perfectly elastic (It means that there is no change
2 (0.5, 1.5) in horizontal component of ball’s velocity and its
vertical velocity component gets inverted. There
(1.5, 0.5) is no change in speed due to collision). Will the
V2 .(m/s) ball rise to a height equal to H or less than H after
O 2 the impact?
30°
O
H
Find V1 and V2 for this collision. Also write the
percentage loss in kinetic energy during the
collision.
Q. 22. A particle having charge +q and mass m is
approaching (head on) a free particle having mass
M and charge 10 q. Initially the mass m is at large Q. 25. Hailstones are observed to strike the surface of
distance and has a velocity V0, whereas the other the frozen lake at an angle of 30° with the vertical
particle is at rest. and rebound at 60° with the vertical. Assuming
the contact to be smooth, find the coefficient of
(a) Find the final velocity of the two particles
restitution.
when M = 20 m.
(b) Find the final state of the two particles if M = Q. 26. A ball of mass m approaches a heavy wall of mass
m. M with speed 4 m/s along the normal to the wall.
q +10 q The speed of wall before collision is 1m/s towards
V0 the ball. The ball collides elastically with the wall.
m What can you say about the speed of the ball after
M
collision? Will it be slightly less than or slightly
Q. 23. In the system shown in fig. block of mass M is higher than 6 m/s ?
placed on a smooth horizontal surface. There is
a mass less rigid support attached to the block. Q. 27. A particle is thrown upward with speed 20÷2
Block of mass m is placed on the first block and m/s. It strikes the inclined surface as shown in the
it is connected to the support with a spring of figure. Collision of particle and inclined surface is
force constant K. There is no friction between the perfectly inelastic. What will be maximum height
(in m) attained by the particle from the ground (g ball 1. After the collision ball 2 itself goes straight
= 10 m/s2) into the hole at A. Prove that ball 1 will fall into
the hole at C. Assume that the balls are identical
and their dimensions are too small compared to
the dimensions of a hole. All collisions are elastic
20 2 m/s
A B
45°
?
O
4m
1
Q.28. 2n identical cubical blocks are kept in a straight
line on a horizontal smooth surface. The 2
D C
separation between any two consecutive blocks is
same. The odd numbered blocks 1, 3, 5,.....(2n–1) Q. 32. Blocks shown in figure have been placed on a
are given velocity v to the right whereas blocks smooth horizontal surface and mass of (n + 1)th
2, 4, 6,......2n are given velocity v to the left. All
1
collisions between blocks are perfectly elastic. block is 20 times the mass of nth block (where
Calculate the total number of collisions that will n = 1, 2, 3, 4,.....). The first block is given an
take place. initial velocity u towards the second block.
All collision are head on elastic collisions.
If u = 10 m/s then how many blocks must
be kept so that the last one acquires speed
Q.29. A small ball with mass M = 0.2 kg rests on top
equal to or greater than the escape speed
of a vertical column with height h = 5 m. A bullet
(= 11.0 km s–1)
with mass m = 0.01 kg, moving with velocity
v0 = 500 m/s, passes horizontally through the  40 
[Take log10  = 0.28 and log10 (11) = 1.04]
center of the ball. The ball reaches the ground at  21 
a horizontal distance s = 20 m from the column. u
Where does the bullet reach the ground? What part
of the kinetic energy of the bullet was converted 1
2 3 4 5 ..........
into heat when the bullet passed through the ball?
Neglect resistance of the air. Assume that g = 10
Q. 33. There is a long narrow and smooth groove in a
m/s2.
horizontal table. Two identical blocks A and B
Q. 30. Figure shows a circular frictionless track of radius each of mass m are placed inside the groove at
R, centred at point O. A particle of mass M is some separation. An ideal spring is fixed to A as
released from point A (OA = R/2). After collision shown. Block A is given a velocity u to the right
with the track, the particle moves along the track. and it interacts with B through the spring.
(a) Find the coefficient of restitution e.
A u B
(b) What will be value of e if the velocity of
the particle becomes horizontal just after
collision?
O A (a) What will be final state of motion of the two
blocks?

(b) During their course of interaction what is the
minimum kinetic energy of the system?

(c) The spring is removed and the two blocks are
tied using a mass less string. Now A is set
Q. 31. A rectangular billiard table has dimensions AB =
into motion with speed u. What will be the
4÷3 feet and BC = 2 feet. Ball 1 is at the centre of
final state of motion of the two blocks in this
the table. Ball 2 moving perpendicular to CD hits
case ? How much kinetic energy is lost by the
system? Where goes this energy? distance of the centre of mass of the particle
A u B system from the centre of the polygon.

(ii) In the last problem you have been asked to
remove any one particle from the system so
that the centre of mass of the remaining 2014
string
particles lies farthest from the geometrical
Q. 34. A carpet lying on ground has length L, width a centre of the polygon. Which particle will
and a small thickness d. It is rolled over a light you remove?
L Q. 37. Two identical block A and B each having mass
cylindrical pipe of radius r = and
100 π m, are connected with a spring of force constant
k. The floor is smooth and A is pushed so as to
kept on a level ground. Increase in gravitational
compress the spring by x0. The system is released
potential energy of the carpet is U1 (compared
from this position
to its initial position when it was lying flat). In
another experiment the carpet was folded to (a) Calculate the maximum speed of the centre
give it a shape of a cuboid (see figure) having of mass of the system during subsequent
width b. When this is placed on level ground its motion.
gravitational potential energy is U2 higher than (b) What is acceleration of the centre of mass
its initial position (flat on ground). It is given that at the instant it acquires half its maximum
d = 10–4 L. Find b for which U1 = U2. [Take speed?
π
= 1.25 ]
2
k
a
B
A
L
a r
d
Q. 38. A dancer leaps off the floor with her centre of
mass having a velocity of 5 m/s making an angle of
q 37° to the horizontal. At the top of the trajectory
a the dancer has her legs stretched so that the centre
of mass gets closer to head by a vertical distance
of 0.25 m. By how much does the head rises
vertically from its initial position? sin 37° = 

3
b
 5
.
Q. 35. Two identical thin rods are welded as shown in
the fig. B is midpoint of rod CD. Now the system
is cut into two parts through its center of mass M.
The part AM weights 4 kg. Find the mass of the
other part.
C
30°
A
B
D
Q. 39. In order to make a jump straight up, a 60 kg
Q. 36. (i) A regular polygon has 2016 sides and r is player starts the motion crouched down at rest.
the radius of the circle circumscribing the He pushes hard against the ground, raising his
polygon. Particles of equal mass are placed centre of mass by a height h0 = 0.5 m. Assume
at 2015 vertices of the polygon. Find the that his legs exert a constant force F0 during this
motion. At this point, where his centre of mass Q. 43. Consider a uniform rectangular plate. If a straight
has gone up by h0 his feet leave the ground and line is drawn, passing through its centre of mass
he has an upward velocity of v. Centre of mass of (in the plane of the plate), so as to cut the plate
his body rises further by h = 0.8 m before falling in two parts – the two parts obtained are of equal
down [Take g = 10 m/s2] mass irrespective of the orientation of the line.
(a) Find v. Can you also say that a straight line passing
through the centre of mass of a triangular plate,
(b) Find the normal force applied by the ground irrespective of its orientation, will also divide the
on his feet just before he left the ground. triangle into two pieces of equal mass?
Q. 40. A platform is kept on a rough horizontal surface. Q. 44. Two spherical bodies of masses m and 5 m and radii
At one end A of the platform there is a man R and 2R respectively are released in free space
standing on it. The man runs towards the end B with initial separation between their centres equal
and the platform is found to be moving. In which to 12R. If they attract each other due to gravitational
direction will the platform be moving after the force only then find the distance covered by smaller
man abruptly comes to rest on the platform at B? sphere just before collision.
R 2R
12R
A B
m
5m
Q. 45. A shell is fired vertically upward with a speed of
Q. 41. Two particles P and Q have mass 1 kg and 2 kg 60 m/s. When at its maximum height it explodes
respectively. They are projected along a vertical into large number of fragments. Assume that the
line with velocity up = 20 m/s and uQ = 5 m/s fragments fly in every possible direction and all
when separation between them Q of them have same initial speed of 25 m/s
was 60 m. P was projected [Take g = 10 m/s2]
uQ
vertically up while Q was (a) Prove that after the explosion all the fragments
projected vertically down. will lie on an expanding sphere. What will be
Calculate the maximum height 60 m speed of the centre of the sphere thus formed
attained by the centre of mass of – one second after explosion?
the system of two particles, (b) Find the radius of the above mentioned
measured from the initial P uP sphere at the instant the bottom of the sphere
position of P. Assume that the touches the ground.
particles do not collide and that the ground is far
below their point of projection [g = 10 m/s2] Level 2
Q. 42. Two small motors are kept on a smooth table at
a separation L. The motors have mass M and 2M Q. 46. A car of mass M is free to move on a frictionless
and are connected by a light thread. The motors horizontal surface. A gun fires bullets on the car.
begin to wrap the thread and thereby move The bullets leave the stationary gun with speed u
closer to each other. The tension in the thread and mass rate b kg s–1. The bullets hit the vertical
is maintained constant at F. Find the time after rear surface of the car while travelling horizontally
which the two motors will collide. Neglect the and collisions are elastic. If the car starts at rest
dimensions of the motors and their stands. find its speed and position as a function of time.
2M Mass of the car M >> mass of each bullet.
M
u
M
L Q. 47. (i) Liquid of density r flows at speed u along a

flexible pipe bent into a semicircle of radius
R. The cross sectional area of the pipe is A and the block with a velocity of u = 100 m/s. The
its cross sectional radius is small compared to ball keeps bouncing back and forth between the
R. Three strings S1, S2 and S3 keep the pipe block A and fixed wall B. Each of the collisions
in place. S3 ties the two ends of the pipe and is elastic. After the ball has made 1000 collisions
the other two string have their ends secured at with the block and wall each, the distance between
A and B. Strings S1and S2 are perpendicular the block and the wall was found to be L = 1.2
to the string S3. The entire system is in m. Calculate the average force being experienced
horizontal plane. Find the tension in the three by the block due to collision at this instant. All
strings. collision are instantaneous.
B
V
V
S3 A
u
R
S1 L
S2
Q. 50. A chain (A) of length L is coiled up on the edge

A B
of a table. Another identical chain (B) is placed
(ii) A car of mass M is moving with a velocity straight on the table as shown. A very small length
V0 on a smooth horizontal surface. Bullets, of both the chains is pushed off the edge and it
each of mass m, are fired horizontally starts falling under gravity. There is no friction.
perpendicular to the velocity of the car with
a speed u relative to the car. After firing n
bullets it was found that the car was travelling B
with velocity V0 in a direction opposite to its
original direction of motion. Assume that mu
<< MV0 and also that nm << M. Find n in A
terms of other given parameters.
Q. 48. A block of mass m = 4.4 kg lies on a horizontal
rough surface. The coefficient of friction between
the block and the surface is µ = 0.5. A force F
starts acting on the block making an angle q = 37° (a) Find the acceleration of the chain B at the
to the horizontal. The force changes with time as L
instant length of it is hanging. Assume
shown in the graph. 2
no kinks in the chain so that the entire chain
(a) At what time the block begins to move? moves with same speed.
(b) Calculate the maximum speed attained by the (b) For chain A assume that velocity of each
block. element remains zero until it is jerked into
È 3 -2 ˘ motion with a velocity equal to that of the
Ítan 37∞ = 4 ; g = 10 ms ˙ falling section. Find acceleration of the
Î ˚
hanging section at the instant a length l0 has
F(N)
slipped off the table and its speed is known to
F be v0 at the instant.
q
40 Q. 51 To understand the effect of air resistance on
m the motion of a bullet let's consider a bullet of
the shape shown in the fig. The bullet is flying
t(s)
O 10 20 horizontally. The cross section of cylindrical
Q. 49. A heavy block A is made to move uniformly along part is A and the conical part has a semi vertical
a smooth floor with velocity V = 0.01 m/s towards angle of 45°. Assume that the bullet is fired with
left. A ball of mass m = 50 g is projected towards initial velocity u and moves in a gaseous medium
in which molecules are at rest (do you think (a) Assume that friction between the plank and
this assumption is necessary?). Collisions of the the table is large enough to prevent it from
molecules with the bullet are elastic. Take mass slipping and calculate the smallest normal
of bullet to be M, density of gaseous medium as r force applied by the plank on the table.
and disregard gravity. (b) Assume that friction is absent everywhere
and calculate the speed of the plank when the
rod makes q = 180°.
45°
Q. 54. A block of mass M = 5 kg is moving on a
horizontal table and the coefficient of friction is
µ = 0.4. A clay ball of mass m = 1 kg is dropped
(a) Consider two bullets one small and other on the block, hitting it with a vertical velocity of
large, made of same material. Which will u = 10 m/s. At the instant of hit, the block was
experience larger retardation due to air having a horizontal velocity of v = 2 m/s. After
resistance? an interval of t, another similar clay ball hits the
(b) Write the speed of bulled after time t. block and the system comes to rest immediately
(c) Write distance travelled by the bullet in time after the hit. Assume that the clay balls stick to the
t. block and collision is momentary. Find t. Take g
Q. 52. Two particle A and B, of mass 3m and 2m = 10 m/s2.
respectively, are attached to the
ends of a light inextensible
string which passes over a u
smooth fixed pulley of
negligible mass. After the V
M
system is released and A falls m
through a distance L, it hits a A B
horizontal inelastic table so Q. 55. Vertical strings of same length L support two
that its speed is immediately L balls A and B of mass 2m each. There is a small
reduced to zero. Assume that B monkey of mass m sitting on ball A. Suddenly,
never hits the table or the the monkey jumps off the ball A at an angle q
pulley. Find = 45° to the horizontal and lands exactly on the
(a) the time for which A is resting on the table ball B. Thereafter, the monkey and the ball B just
after the first collision and before it is jerked manage to complete the vertical circle.
off, (a) Find distance d between the two string and
(b) the difference between the total kinetic energy the speed with which the monkey jumped of
of the system immediately before A first hits the ball A.
the table and total kinetic energy immediately
(b) Find the impulse of the string tension on ball
after A starts moving upwards for the first
A during the small period when the monkey
time. Explain the loss in kinetic energy.
interacted with the ball to jump off it.
Q. 53. A light rod of length L is hinged to a plank of
mass m. The plank is lying on the edge of a d
horizontal table such that the rod can swing freely
in the vertical plane without any hindrance from L L
the table. A particle of mass m is attached to the
end of the rod and system is released from q = 0°
position (see figure) q
m
A B
q Q. 56. In the shown figure, pulleys and strings are ideal
and horizontal surface is smooth. The block
m
C (mass 2m) is given a horizontal velocity of
V0 = 3 m/s towards right and the entire system is Q. 59. A moving particle of mass m collides elastically
let go. Find the velocity of three blocks, just after with a stationary particle of mass 2m. After

the strings regain tension. Mass of A and B are 2m collision the two particles move with velocity v 1
 
and m respectively and take g = 10 m/s2. and v 2 respectively. Prove that v 2 is perpendicular
 
V0 to (2 v 1 + v 2)
Q. 60. Two identical carts are moving on parallel smooth
2m C tracks with velocities u1 = 10 ms–1 and u2 = 15
ms–1. The empty carts (with drivers) have mass
3m each. Each cart has a sack of mass m kept at
end A and end D (see figure). At the instant the
carts being to cross, the sack in cart 1 is the thrown
perpendicular (relative to cart 1) with some
A unknown velocity and it lands on cart 2 at its end
2m B D after a time t0. Immediately after the sack lands
m into cart 2, the original sack in cart 2 is thrown
Q. 57. Two identical small balls are interconnected with perpendicularly (relative to cart 2) towards cart 1
a light and inextensible thread having length in identical fashion. The sack lands on cart 1 at
L. The system is on a smooth horizontal table point M, a time t0 after the throw. Assume that the
with the thread just taut. Each ball is imparted carts are constrained to move in straight lines.
a velocity v, one towards the other ball and the (i) Find length BM if length of each cart is L
other in a direction that is perpendicular to the (ii) Find the velocity of cart 1 after the sack
velocity given to the first ball. thrown from cart 2 lands on it.
v D
C 2
v u2
(a) After how much time the thread will become

M
taut again? u1
B 1 A
(b) Calculate the kinetic energy of the system
after the string gets taut. Q. 61. A man of mass m is standing on the flat top of
a cart of mass 2m. The length and height of the
Q. 58. A particle of mass 1 kg is moving with a velocity
cart is L and H respectively and it is at rest on a
of 200 m/s. An impulsive force of 4 s duration
smooth horizontal ground. The man starts running
acts on the particle in a direction opposite to its
from end A, speeds up and jumps out of the cart
motion. The force fluctuates a little bit around
at point B with a velocity u relative to the cart in
40 N magnitude and then it dies out in next 4s
horizontal direction. Calculate the total horizontal
showing small fluctuations. An oscilloscope
distance covered by the man by the time he lands
records the force as shown. The two oscillating
on the ground.
components in the graph are identical except
m
that one is mirror image of the other. Find the
magnitude of velocity of particle after the force
stops acting.
A B
Force (N)
H
2m
40
L
Q. 62. Two blocks of masses m = 2 kg and m = 8 kg
O are connected to a spring of force constant
4s 12 Time(s) K = 1 kN/m. The spring is compressed by 20 cm
4s
and the two blocks are held in this position by
a string. The system is placed on a horizontal can touch the roof of the car.
smooth surface and given a velocity u = 3 m/s
perpendicular to the spring. The string snaps
m
while moving. Find the speed of the block of
u m
mass m when the spring regains its natural length.
2m
m
Q. 65. A heap of rope is lying on a horizontal surface.

u One free end A of the rope is pulled horizontally
with a constant velocity v. Assume that the heap
does not move and the moving part of the rope
String remains straight and horizontal (i.e. there is no
M sag). Mass per unit length of the rope is l. Find
Q. 63. Two blocks of mass M and 2M are connected to the tension at point P where the straightened part
the two ends of a light, inextensible string passing of the rope meets the heap. How much force the
over an ideal pulley as shown in figure. The external agent must apply at end A?
system is released from rest. P A
v
(a) One second after the system is
released, a particle of mass M hits the
Q. 66. In the last problem, the free end A of the rope is
block of mass M and sticks to it. The
tied to a block of mass M and the block is given
particle hits the block with a speed of
a horizontal velocity v0 (see figure). Calculate the
10 m/s while travelling downward. Find the
following quantities at the instant the block is at
total distance travelled by block of mass 2M
a distance x from the right end of the heap (here
after it is released.
‘heap’ means the coiled part of the rope that is not
(b) One second after the system is
moving).
released, a particle of mass 2M hits the
block of mass M and sticks to it. The M v0
particle hits the block with a speed of
10 m/s while travelling in upward direction.
(i) Speed of the block.
Find distance travelled by the block of mass
2M after it is released to the time it comes to (ii) Tension force applied by the rope on the
rest for the first time (g = 10 m/s)2 block.
Q. 67. (i) Three balls 1, 2 and 3 lie on a smooth
horizontal table. Ball 1 is given a velocity
towards ball 2. Kinetic energy given to
ball 1 is k0. It collides with 2 and in turn
M ball 2 hits ball 3. All collisions are head on
elastic. Masses of the balls are m, M and m
2M
respectively.
2M M M 1 2 3
k0
(a) (b) 2M m M m
Q. 64. A toy car of mass 2 m is at rest on a smooth (a) Calculate the kinetic energy (k3) of ball 3
horizontal surface. A small bob of mass m is after ball 2 hits it.
suspended by a mass less string of length L from
the roof of the car. A horizontally flying bullet of (b) Draw the variation of k3 as a function of M.
mass m enters into the car through a small window (ii) Consider 10 balls laid on a smooth surface
and sticks to the bob. Speed of the bullet is u. Find m m m m
minimum value of u (call it u0) for which the bob with masses m, , , ...... and first
2 4 8 512
ball is pushed towards the second with kinetic m m

L/2 L
energy k0. [All collisions are elastic and head B
O
A
on]. The kinetic energy acquired by the last
ball is k10. In a separate experiment the 10th
ball is pushed towards 9th ball with kinetic L
energy k0. This time the kinetic energy
acquired by 1st ball is k1.
Compare k10 and k1.
1 2 3 4 10
(a) In which direction will the combined mass
move immediately after collision – right or
left?
Q. 68. A simple pendulum is suspended from a peg on a (b) Find tension in the string immediately after
wall which is inclined at an angle of 30° with the the collision.
vertical. The pendulum is pulled away from the Q. 70. A smooth track, fixed to the ground, is in the
wall to a horizontal position (with string just taut) shape of a quarter of a circle. Two small blocks of
and released. The bob repeatedly bounces off the mass 3m and 2m are released from the two edges
A and B of the circular track. The masses slide
2 down and collide at centre O of the track. Vertical
wall, the coefficient of restitution being e = . height of A and B from O is h = 2m. Collision
5
is elastic. Find the maximum height (above O)
Find the number of collisions of the bob with attained by the block of mass 2m after collision.
the wall, after which the amplitude of oscillation

(measured from the wall) becomes less than 30°.
45°
60°
30°
3m 2m
A B
h = 2.0 m
O
wall
Q. 71. A man stands on a frictionless horizontal ground.
Q. 69. Two particles A and B, having same mass m are He slides a 10 kg block on the surface with a
tied to a common point of suspension O. A is tied speed of 3 m/s relative the ground, towards a
with the help of an inextensible string of length L vertical massive wall. The wall itself it moving
and B is tied using an elastic string of unstretched towards the man at a constant speed of 2 m/s. The
L block makes a perfectly head on elastic collision
length . The two particles are released from
2 with the wall, rebounds and reaches back to the
horizontal positions as shown in figure. The man 3 second after the throw. At the moment the
particles have been released at a time gap so that block was thrown, the wall was at a distance of
both the string and the elastic cord become vertical 10 m from the man.
simultaneously. It was observed that the length (a) Find the mass of the man.
of the cord became equal to that of the string at
this moment and the two particles collided. The (b) Find the ratio of work done by the man in
particles got stuck together and their velocity just throwing the block to the work done by the
wall on the block.
after the collision was observed to be gL .
2 Q. 72. A ball is projected from point A in horizontal
direction with a velocity of u = 28 m/s. It hits the
incline plane at point B and rebounds. Show that (b) Find the minimum kinetic energy of the
whatever be the coefficient of restitution between system (as a percentage of original kinetic
the ball and the incline, the ball will always hit energy before collision) during the process of
the incline for the second time at a point above B collision.
(i.e., it will not hit the incline below B). Assume Treat the collision to be instantaneous.
the incline to be smooth and take g = 10 m/s2
 3
sin 37° = 5 
 
A u
Q. 75. On a billiard table two balls B and C are at rest

touching each other. A third ball A, travelling with
H = 20m B speed u, strikes the two balls elastically (see fig.).
Somehow, A hits B first and within a fraction of a
second hits ball C. You may assume that B and C
are placed symmetrically with respect to the line
37°
of motion of A and that all the balls are identical.
Q. 73. A staircase has each step of height h and width What angle does the final velocity of A make with
x. A ball strikes the centre point of a step with its original direction of motion.
velocity v making an angle q with the vertical. It
rebounds and strikes the centre point of the next B
step. Once again it rebounds and hits the centre A
point of the next step and so on. u
B C
v q
A Q. 76. A toy car of mass m is placed on a smooth

D
x/2
horizontal surface. A particle of mass 3m is
h suspended inside the car with the help of a string
C of length l. Initially everything is at rest. A sudden
horizontal impulse I = 2m ÷gl is applied on the car
C
and it starts moving.
x
m
I l
3m
Assume that there is no friction between the ball
and the steps and coefficient of restitution is e.
(a) Show that each time after hitting a step, the
ball climbs to the same height (i.e., heights (a) Find the maximum angle q0 that the string
like AB and CD shown in figure are equal). will make with the vertical subsequently.
(b) Find h and x. (b) Find tension in the string when it makes angle
q0 with the vertical.
Q. 74. Two identical discs are initially at rest in contact
Q. 77. A smooth ball of mass M and radius R is lying
on a horizontal table. A third disc of same mass
on a smooth horizontal table. A smaller ball of
but of double radius strikes them symmetrically
radius r and mass m travelling horizontally on the
and comes to rest after the impact.
table with velocity u hits the larger ball. Collision
(a) Find the coefficient of restitution for the is elastic. During the interaction of the balls the
impact. larger ball does not lose contact with the table at
any instant.
along –ve x‑direction with velocity 2gl
M collides with the bob and comes to rest. The

m R bob swings and when it comes to rest for
the first time, another particle Q of mass m
r u moving horizontally along y direction collides
with the bob and sticks to it. It is observed
that the bob now moves in a horizontal circle.
(i) Calculate the velocity of the balls after

collision. l
(ii) Calculate the maximum possible interaction 2l

force between the balls during collision. Y
Q. 78. A light rigid rod has a small ball of mass m attached
X
to its one end. The other end is hinged on a table
and the rod can rotate freely in vertical plane. The (a) Find tension in string just before the second
rod is released from vertical position and while collision.
falling the ball at its end strikes a hemisphere of (b) Find the height of the circular path above the
mass m lying freely on the table. The collision floor.
between the ball and the hemisphere is elastic. (c) Find the time period of the circular motion.
The radius of hemisphere and length of the rod (d) The string breaks during the circular motion
are R and 2R respectively. Find the velocity of the at time t = 0. At what time the bob will hit the
hemisphere after collision. floor?
Q. 80. A billiard ball collides elastically with an identical
stationary ball. The collision is not head on. Show
that the directions of motion of the two balls are at
2R right angles after the collision. Solve the problem
in centre of mass frame as well as in lab frame.
R
Q. 81.
m
u R/2
Q. 79. (i) O is a fixed peg at a height H above a
u0
perfectly inelastic smooth horizontal plane.
A light inextensible string of length L (> H)
has one end attached to O and the other end A heavy ball of radius R is travelling on a smooth
is attached to a heavy particle. The particle is horizontal surface with a velocity of u0 towards
held at the level of O with string horizontal left. A horizontally moving small ball of mass m
and just taut and released from rest. Find the R
strikes it at a height above the centre while
height of the particle above the plane when 2
it comes to rest for the first time after the travelling with velocity u towards right.
release. (a) After collision the small ball moves in
0 L
vertically upwards direction with velocity u.
H Prove that this can happen only if u > 3u0
(ii) The bob of a pendulum has mass m and (b) Find the velocity of small ball after collision
the length of pendulum is l. It is initially at if the collision is elastic and the balls are
rest with the string vertical and the point of smooth.
suspension at a height 2l above the floor. A Q. 82. Two elastic balls of masses M and m (M >> m)
m are placed on top of each other with a small gap
particle P of mass moving horizontally between them. The balls are dropped on to the
2
ground with the bottom of the lower ball at height u

h above the ground. The lower ball has a radius R
and the upper ball has negligible dimension.
A L B
m
Q. 86. Two blocks A and B, each of mass m, are connected
by a spring of force constant K. Initially, the spring
M is in its natural length. A horizontal constant force
F starts acting on block A at time t=0 and at time
t , the extension in the spring is seen to be l. What
h is the displacement of the block A in time t?
F
B A
(a) Up to what height the ball of mass m will

bounce above the ground ? Q. 87. Two blocks of mass m1 and m2 are connected to
the ends of a spring. The spring is held compressed
(b) Does the result obtained above violates the
and the system is placed on a smooth horizontal
low of conservation of mechanical energy?
table. The block of mass m1 = 2 kg is kept at x =
Q. 83. Three identical particles are placed on a horizontal 1 cm mark and the other block is at x = 2 cm
smooth table, connected with strings as shown. mark. The system is released from this position.
The particle B is imparted a velocity V0 = 9 m/s It was observed that at the instant m1 was at x = 5
in horizontal direction perpendicular to the line cm mark its velocity was zero and at that moment
ABC. Find speed of particle A when it is about to m2 was located at x = –4 cm. Find mass m2 and
collide with C. unstretched length (l0) of the spring.
V0 m2 k m1
x
A l B l C -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Q. 84. A light inextensible string, passing over a pulley, Q. 88. Two particles having masses m1 and m2 are
 
supports two particles 1 and 2 moving with velocities V1 and V2 respectively.
at its ends. An insect of mass 
V0 is velocity of centre of mass of the system.
m is sitting on particle 2 and
the system is in equilibrium. (a) Prove that the kinetic energy of the system
The sum of masses of particles in a reference frame attached to the centre
and the insect is M. Now the 1
of mass of the system is KEcm = µV 2rel .
insect crawls a distance x up m1m 2 2
relative to the string. Find the Where µ = m + m and Vrel is the relative
1 2
displacement of centre of
speed of the two particles.
mass of the system of two
particles and the insect. In 1 (b) Prove that the kinetic energy of the system in
which direction does the 2 ground frame is given by
centre of mass move and why? 1
KE = KE cm + ( m1 + m2 ) V02
2
Q. 85. Two particles (A and B) of masses m and 2m are (c) If the two particles collide head on find the
joined by a light rigid rod of length L. The system minimum kinetic energy that the system has
lies on a smooth horizontal table. The particle during collision.
(A) of mass m is given a sharp impulse so that
Q. 89. Two blocks A and B of mass m and 2m
it acquires a velocity u perpendicular to the rod.
respectively are connected by a light spring of
Calculate maximum speed of particle B during
force constant k. They are placed on a smooth
subsequent motion. By what angle q will the rod
horizontal surface. Spring is stretched by a length
rotate by the time the speed of particle B become
x and then released. Find the relative velocity of
maximum for the first time?
the blocks when the spring comes to its natural
length. of the incline and is connected to the motor using

A B
a light string. The motor is switched on and it
slowly hauls block B through a distance L = 2.0
Q. 90. Two ring of mass m and 2m are connected with meter along the incline. Calculate the work done
a light spring and can slide over two frictionless by the string tension force on the wedge plus
parallel horizontal rails as shown in figure. Ring motor system. All surfaces are frictionless.
of mass m is given velocity ‘v0’ in horizontal
direction as shown. Calculate the maximum M
stretch in spring during subsequent motion.
m v0 L
2m
A B
q
Q. 91. A disc of mass M and radius R is kept flat on a
smooth horizontal table. An insect of mass m Q. 94. An ice cream cone of mass M has base radius
alights on the periphery of the disc and begins to R and height h. Assume its wall to be thin and
crawl along the edge. uniform. When ice cream is filled inside it (so as
(a) Describe the path of the centre of the disc. to occupy the complete conical space) its mass
m becomes 5 M. Find the distance of the centre of
(b) For what value of the centre of the disc mass of the ice cream filled cone from its vertex.
M
and the insect will follow the same path? Q. 95. A flexible rope is in the shape of a semicircle
ACB with its centre at O. Ends A and B are fixed.
Radius of the semicircle is R. The midpoint C is
pulled so that the rope acquires V shape as shown
in the figure.
O R A O B
A O B
R
C
Q. 92. A metal wire having mass M is bent in the shape
of a semicircle of radius R and is sliding inside C
a smooth circular grove of radius R present in a
(a) Make a guess whether the centre of mass of
horizontal table. The wire just fits into the groove
the rope moves closer to O or moves away
and is moving at a constant speed V. Find the
from it when it is pulled?
magnitude of net force acting on the wire.
V (b) Calculate the shift in position of the centre of
mass of the rope.
Q. 96. Three small balls of equal mass (m)
R are suspended from a thread and m m
two springs of same force constant
(K) such that the distances between
k
the first and the second ball and the
second third ball are the same. Thus
m
the centre of mass of the whole system
Q. 93. A triangular wedge (A) has inclined surface
coincides with the second ball. The
making an angle q = 37° to the horizontal. A
thread supporting the upper ball is k
motor (M) is fixed at the top of the wedge. Mass
cut and system starts a free fall. Find
of the wedge plus motor system is 3m. A small
the distance of the centre of mass of m
block (B) of mass m = 1kg is placed at the bottom
the system from the second ball when both the (a) The velocity of the centre of the disc becomes
springs acquire their natural length in the falling zero for the first time at time t0. Find t0.
system. t0
(b) Find speed of the small body at time .
Q. 97. (a) A uniform chain is lying in form of on arc 3
of a circle of radius R. The arc subtends an Q. 99. Laila and Majnu are on a boat for a picnic. The
angle of 2 at the centre of the circle. Find boat is initially at rest. Laila has a big watermelon
the distance of the centre of mass of the chain which she throws towards Majnu. The man
from the centre of the circle. catches the melon and eats half of it. He throws
OO
OOOO OOOOO
back the remaining half to Laila. She eats the
OO OO
OO O half of the melon that she receives & throws the
O
remaining part to Majnu. Majnu again eats half
OO
OO
of what he receives and returns the remaining
a R part back to Laila. This continues till the melon
a lasts. The two are sitting at the two ends of the
boat which has a length L. Combined mass of
O the boat and the two lovers is M0 and the mass of
πR the water melon is M. Assume that the boat can
(b) A uniform chain of length is lying move horizontally on water without any resistive
2
symmetrically on the top of a fixed smooth force. Find the displacement of the boat when the
half cylinder (see figure) of radius R. The watermelon gets finished.
chain is pulled slightly from one side and L
released. It begins to slide. Find the speed of
the chain when its one end just touches the
floor. What is speed of centre of mass of the
chain at this instant?
OOOOOOOO
OO OO
OO O
O Q. 100. A hot air balloon (mass M) has a passenger (mass
OO
OO
R m) and is stationary in the mid air. The passenger

climbs out and slides down a rope with constant
velocity u relative to the balloon.
O
(c) In part (b) assume that the half cylinder is not (a) Show that when the passenger is sliding
fixed and can slide on the smooth floor. Find down, there is no change in mechanical
the displacement of the cylinder by the time energy (kinetic + gravitational potential
one end of the chain touches the floor. Mass energy) of the system (Balloon + passenger).
of cylinder is equal to that of the chain. Calculate the speed of balloon.
For part (b) and (c) assume that the chain (b) Calculate the power of the buoyancy force on
remains in contact with the cylinder all the the system when the man is
while. sliding. For easy calculation,
assume that volume of man is
Q. 98. A small body of mass m is at rest inside a narrow negligible compared to the M
groove carved in a disc. balloon.
Vo
Groove is a circle of
R (c) If buoyancy force is doing
radius R concentric to groove positive work, where is this
the disc. Mass of the
work done lost? You have
disc is also m . The disc
Disc proved that sum of kinetic
lies on a smooth
and potential energy of the
horizontal floor. The small body is given a sharp
system remains constant. m
impulse so that it acquires a tangential velocity Vo
at time t = 0.
Q.101. A wooden wedge of mass 10 m has a smooth standing on the edges of two perpendicular radii
groove on its inclined surface. The groove at A and B.
is in shape of quarter of a circle of radius A
R = 0.55 m. The inclined face makes an angle P
Ê 11 ˆ R
q = cos-1 Á ˜ with the horizontal. A block
Ë 5 ¯ B
C
‘A’ of mass m is placed at the top of the groove
and given a gentle push so as to slide along the
groove. There is no friction between the wedge
and the horizontal ground on which it has been Find the displacement of the centre of the disc if
placed. Neglect width of the groove.
(a) The two men walk radically relative to the
disc so as to meet at the centre C.
(b) The two men walk along the circumference
to meet at the midpoint(P) of the are AB.
A
Q. 104. There particles A, B and C have masses m,
R 2m and m respectively. They lie on a smooth
horizontal table connected by light inextensible
q strings AB and BC. The string are taut and
<ABC = 120°. An impulse is applied to particle A
R
along BA so that it acquires a velocity u. Find the
initial speeds of B and C.
(a) Find the magnitude of displacement of the
C
wedge by the instant the block A reaches the
bottom of the groove.
(b) Find the velocity of the wedge at the instant
the block A reaches the bottom of the groove.
120°
Q. 102. A uniform bar AB of length 6a has been placed on I
a horizontal smooth table of width 5 a as shown A B
in the figure. Length 2a of the bar is overhanging.
Mass of the bar is 4m. An insect of mass m is
sitting at the end A of the bar. The insect walks Level 3
along the length of the bar to reach its other end
Q. 105. A smooth hollow U shaped tube of mass 2m is
B.
lying at rest on a smooth horizontal table. Two
6a
m small balls of mass m, moving with velocity u
A B enter the tube simultaneously in symmetrical
4m
fashion. Assume all collisions to be elastic. Find
the final velocity of the balls and the tube.
2a u
m 2m
5a
(a) Will the bar topple when the insect reaches

end B of the bar?
(b) After the insect reaches at B, another insect
of mass M lands on the end A of the bar. Find
the largest value of M which will not topple m
u
the bar.
Q. 106. There are 40 identical balls travelling along a
Q. 103. A disc of mass M and radius R lies on a smooth straight line on a smooth horizontal table. All
M
horizontal table. Two men, each of mass , are balls have equal speed v and each one is travelling
2 to right or left. All collisions between the balls is
head on elastic. At some point in time all balls will no cover around the peg?
have fallen off the table. The time at which this cover
happens will definitely depend on initial positions
of the balls. Over all possible initial positions of
the balls; what is the longest amount of time that
you would need to wait to ensure that the table
has no more balls? Assume that length of the table L x
is L.
L Q. 109. Two thin rings of slightly different radii are joined

Q. 107. A small ball of mass m is suspended from the end together to make a wheel (see figure) of radius
A of a L shaped mass less rigid frame which is R. There is a very small smooth gap between the
fixed to a block of mass m. The block is placed two ring. The wheel has a mass M and its centre
on a smooth table. The ball is given a horizontal of mass is at its geometrical centre. The wheel
impulse so as to impart it a velocity of u. The ball stands on a smooth surface and a small particle
beings to rotate in a circle of radius R about the of mass m lies at the top (A) in the gap between
point A, while the block and the frame slide on the the rings. The system is released and the particle
table. Find the tension in the string, to which the begins to slide down along the gap. Assume that
ball is attached, at the instant the ball is at the top the ring does not lose contact with the surface.
most position. The rod does not interfere with the A
string during the motion.
q R
A
R
u
string m
m
B
Q. 108. A heavy rope of mass m and length 2L is hanged (a) As the particle slides down from top point A
on a smooth little peg with equal lengths on two to the bottom point B, in which direction does
sides of the peg. Right part of the rope is pulled a the centre of the wheel move?
little longer and released. The rope begins to slide (b) Find the speed of centre of the wheel when
under the action of gravity. There is a smooth the particle just reaches the bottom point B.
cover on the peg (so that the rope passes through How much force the particle is exerting on
the narrow channel formed between the peg and the wheel at this instant?
the cover) to prevent the rope from whiplashing. (c) Find the speed of the centre of the wheel at
(a) Calculate the speed of the rope as a function the moment the position vector of the particle
of its length (x) on the right side. with respect to the centre of the wheel
makes an angle q with the vertical. Do this
(b) Differentiate the expression obtained in (a) to
calculation assuming that the particle is in
find the acceleration of the rope as a function
contact with the inner ring at desired value
of x.
of q.
(c) Write the rate of change of momentum of Q. 110. A large number of small identical blocks, each
the rope as a function of x. Take downward of mass m, are placed on a smooth horizontal
direction as positive surface with distance between two successive
(d) Find the force applied by the rope on the peg blocks being d. A constant force F is applied on
as a function of x. the first block as shown in the figure.
(e) For what value of x, the force found in (d) d
F 1 2 3 4 5
becomes zero? What will happen if there is
(a) If the collisions are elastic, plot the variation Q. 113. A massive ball (A) is dropped from height h on
of speed of block 1 with time. a smooth horizontal floor. A smaller ball (B) is
(b) Assuming the collisions to be perfectly also dropped simultaneously. Initially ball B
inelastic, find the speed of the moving blocks was just touching ball A (see fig.). Radii of both
after n collisions. To what value does this balls is much smaller than h. Ball A hits the
speed tend to if n is very large. floor, rebounds and immediately hits B. Motion
Q. 111. Two small balls, each of mass m are placed on of both the balls is vertical before the collision
a smooth table, connected with a light string of of two balls. All collision are elastic and there is
length 2l, as shown in the figure. The midpoint of no friction. Ball B lands at point P on the ground
the string is pulled along y direction by applying after colliding with A. Find OP, assuming that it
a constant force F. Find the relative speed of the is large compared to radius of A.
two particles when they are about to collide. If the
q
two masses collide and stick to each other, how
much kinetic energy is lost. B
F
A
m m
l l
Q. 112. A block of mass M is tied to a spring of force

constant K and the system is suspended vertically. O P
Consider three situations shown in fig. (a), (b) and
Q. 114. Disc A of radius R is lying flat on a horizontal
(c).
surface. Disc B is also at rest. Disc C, which is
(a) In fig. (a), an insect of mass M is clinging to
identical to B is traveling along the surface with
the block and the system is in equilibrium.
its velocity parallel to the line joining the centre
The insect leaves the block and falls. Find the
C1 and C2 of the discs A and B. The distance
amplitude of resulting oscillations.
between the line C1C2 and the line of motion of
(b) In fig. (b), an insect of mass M is resting
centre of disc C is 3.r , where r is radius of both
on the top of the block and the system is in
B and C. Impact of C with B is completely elastic.
equilibrium. The insect suddenly jumps up
Subsequently it is observed that both B and C just
M miss hitting the disc A. Find the radius (R) of A in
with a sped u = g and the block starts
K terms of r.
A
oscillating. Find amplitude of oscillation B
assuming that the insect never falls back on C2 C1
the block. 3r
(c) In fig. (c), an insect of mass M falls on the

block that is in equilibrium. The insect hits
M
the block with velocity u = g while C
K
Q. 115. A mass m moving with speed u in x direction
moving downwards and sticks to the block.
collides elastically with a stationary mass 2m.
Find the amplitude of oscillation.
After the collision, it was found that both masses
have equal x components of velocity. What angle
does the velocity of mass 2m make with the
u
x axis?
Q. 116. A ball of mass M collides elastically with another
stationary ball of mass m. If M > m, find the
(a) (b) (c) maximum angle of deflection of M.
Q. 117. A tennis ball is lying on a rigid floor. A steel ball floor. Is it possible that the tennis ball will also
is dropped on it from some height. The steel ball bounce?
bounces vertically after hitting the ball on the
ANSWERS
Ê 3 ˆ u
Dp = 10 29 Ns; q = cos-1 Á 17.
1. Ë 29 ˜¯ 2
2. F2 18. (a)
X
3. (a) 400 J
B
(b) Both performed equal work.

4. acar = −2iˆ + 2 ˆj C
Ê 7 - 3ˆ A
2
5, Á 4 ˜ rAV
Ë ¯
mg
6. mmin = t
r S (V + u )
2 O D
7. mu2 O – A – D " Ball 1.

M C – A – B " Ball 2.
8. (i) =1
m (b) 10
(ii) 1/3 19. 2
u1 − u2
u+V 20.
9. V2 − V1
2
V1
10. 3.24 ms–1making an angle of 44° with the normal to
the wall
u 21. (a) V0
11. A time g after first collision
M
12. £2
m
V2
O V0
K
13. V= x0
2M V1
2 V0
mu
14. (a) KEloss
3
(b) No
15. (a) 3 m/s towards left (b) V0 V2
O
(b) Kmin = 2J
(c) Kmin = 2J
m 2 u2
16.
(
2µ g M 2 − m2 )
V1
V0 3kx0
(b)
4m
38. 0.2 m
(c) O V0 V2
39. (a) 4 m/s
(b) 1560N
40. (To right)
V1 = 0, V2 = V0 41. 40.56 m
(d) V1 = 0.5 m/s ; V2 = 1.5 m/s; % loss in KE =
37.5% 4 ML
42. t=
22.
(a) The heavier particle moves with a velocity of 3F
2V0  43. No
in the direction of V0 . 44. 7.5R
21
19V0 (a) 10 m/s
Lighter particle moves with velocity
 21 (b) 100 m
opposite to V0
u
The incident particle comes to rest. The other
 46. v=
M
particle moves with V0 . 1+
2bt
23. 0.1m
47. (i) Ts1 = Ts2 = Ts3 = rAv2
24. less than H
25. 1/3 p MV0
(ii)
mu
26. Slightly less than 6 m/s
48. (a) 5 s
27. 13 m
(b) 25 ms–1
n (n + 1)
28. 49. F ~ 1200 N
2
29. 100 m, 92.8% g
(a)
1 2
30. (a) e = 0 (b) v0 2
3 (b) g −
32. 12 l0
33. (a) A will be at rest and B will have a velocity u 51. (a) Smaller bullet
Mu
(b) (b) M + r Aut
u
(c) Both will be travelling with velocity . Loss in M È r Au ˘
2 (c) ln 1 + t
mu 2 r A ÍÎ M ˙˚
KE
4 8L
L 52. (a) 5g
34.
260 mgL
(b)
20 5
35. kg
3 2mg
53. (a)
36. (i) 3
(b) 2 gL
(ii) A particle next to the blank vertex.
54. 1
37. (a) 1 k x ∆t = s
0
12
2 m
55. (a) d = 90 L u = 90 gL
1
(b)
4
(b) m 45gL
73. (b) h =
(
v 2 cos2 θ 1 − e2 )
36 30 33 2g
56. VA m / s; VB m / s ; VC m /s
7 7 7 v2
x = (e + 1) sin 2q
L 2g
57. (a)
v
9
3 74. (a)
(b) mv2 16
4
58. 40 m/s (b) 36 %
L 75. 120°
60. (i) 76. (a) q0 = 60°
5
(ii) 5 m/s–1 2mg
(b) T =
61. 2È 2H ˘ 3
ÍL + m ˙
3 ÍÎ g ˙˚
77. (i) v =  m − M  u; v =  2mu 
62. 5 m/s m M +m M M +m
   
5
63. (a) m  R + r
3 Mg 
 R − r 
(ii)
96
(b) = 10.67m
9 4 sin q gR (1 - sin q ) 1
2 2 78. where sin q =
65. TP = v ; Fext = v 1 + sin q2
5
Mv0 H5
66. (i) v= 79. (i)
M + λx L4
3
M 3 v20 λ mg
(ii) (a)
(ii) T= 4
( M + λx )3 5l
(b)
m2 M 2 4
67. (i) (a) 16k0
( M + m )4 (c) 2π
3l
4g
(b) k3
5l
(d)
2g
81. (b) u2 3u02 3uu0

82. (a) 2R + 9h
m M
83. 6 m/s
(ii) k10 = k1
mx
68. 4 84.
M
69. (a) Left
85. 2u , 180°
(b) Zero 3
70. 2.96 m
Ft 2 l
(a) 90 kg 86. +
4m 2
87. m2 = 4 kg ; l0 = 6 cm
1 (b)
( 2 −1 R )
88. (c) ( m1 + m2 ) V02 2 2
2
3k 2 31 4u
vr = x 104. vB u, vc
89. 11 11
2m
105. vball = 0; vtube = u
2m
90. v L
3k 0 106.
mR v
91. (a) A circle of radius mu2
M+m 107. T = − 13 mg
R
m
(b) =1 g
M
108. (a) v= (x − L)
L
2 MV 2
92. = g
π R (b) a= (x − L)
L
2
93. 1.92 J dp Ê x - Lˆ
(c) = 2mg Á
11h dt Ë L ˜¯
94.
15   x − L 
2
(d) F = mg  1 − 2   
(a) Closer to O  L  
(b) 0.03 R
L
mg (e) x = L +
96. 2
3K 109. (a) First moves to right and then to left
R sin α
97. (a) gR
α vw = 2m
(b) M (M + m)
(b) V = 2
( )
2 − 1 gR
; Vcm =
4 2 ( )
2 − 1 gR
π π π 2m 2 gR cos2 q (1 - cos q )
(c) vw =
R ( M + m )2 + Mm co2 q
(c)
π 110. (a) See the solution for the graph
2πR n Fd Fd
98. (a) t0 = (b) ;
V0 n +1 m m
V0
(b) Fl
2
111. 2 ; Fl
2 ML m
99. 3 ( M0 + M ) 112. (a)
Mg
(b) 2
Mg
K K
mu
100. (a) 6 Mg
M+m (c)
(b) mg. u 2 K
101. (a) 6 cm È1 ˘
113. 16 h sin 2q Í + cos 2q ˙
Î2 ˚
(b) 0.18 m/s
 3 + 1
102. (a) No 114. R= r
 3 − 1
(b) 85 m
115. 45°
R 116. sin-1 (m/M)
103. (a)
2 2
117. Yes.
06 ROTATIONAL MOTION
Q. 3. A ring is rolling, without slipping on a horizontal

Level 1 surface with constant velocity. Speed of point A
Q. 1. The pulley of radius R can rotate freely about its (at the top) is vA. After an interval T, the speed of
axle as shown in the figure. A thread is tightly point A again becomes vA. During what fraction
of the interval T speed of point A was greater than
wrapped around the pulley and its free end carries
a block of mass m. When the block is at a height 3 .
vA
h above the ground the system is released (i.e., 2
the pulley is made free to rotate & the block is A
allowed to fall) and at the same instant the axle is

moved up keeping it horizontal all the time. When
the block hits the floor the axle has gone up by a
distance 2h. Find the angle by which the pulley
must have rotated by this time.
Q. 4. Calculate the ratio of moment of inertia of a thin

uniform disc about axis 1 and 2 marked in the
R figure. O is the centre of the disc.
2
30°
O 45°
h
1
Q. 5. A uniform circular disc has a sector of angle 90°

Q. 2. A disc is rolling without sliding on a horizontal removed from it. Mass of the remaining disc is M.
surface. Velocity of the centre of the disc is v. Find Write the moment of inertia of the remaining disc
the maximum relative speed of any point on the about the axis xx shown in figure (Radius is R)
circumference of the disc with respect to point P. x
R
30° O
v
x
Q. 6. An Indian bread ‘‘Roti’’ is a uniform disc of mass the plate about the axes 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively.
M and radius R. Before eating a person usually Axes 1 and 2 are diagonals and 3 and 4 are lines
folds it about its diameter (say about x axis). After passing through centre parallel to sides of the
folding it a sector of angle 60° is removed from square. The moment of inertia of the plate about
it. Find the moment of inertia of the remaining an axis passing through centre and perpendicular
‘‘Roti’’ about Z-axis. to the plane of the figure is equal to which of the
Z Z followings.
(a) I3 + I4 (b) I1 + I3
X X
1
(c) I2 + I3 (d) (I + I + I + I )
2 1 2 3 4
O O 60°
4
2 1
3
O
Q. 7. A uniform rectangular plate has side length
 and 2 . The plate is in x – y plane with its
centre at origin and sides parallel to x and y axes.
The moment of inertia of the plate about an axis
passing through a vertex (say A) perpendicular Q. 10. An asteroid in the shape of a uniform sphere
to the plane of the figure is I0. Now the axis is encounters cosmic dust. A thin uniform layer of
shifted parallel to itself so that moment of inertia dust gets deposited on it and its mass increases
about it still remains I0.Write the locus of point of by 2%. Find percentage change in its moment of
intersection of the axis with xy plane. inertia about diameter.
y
Q. 11. (i) Consider an infinitesimally thin triangular
strip having mass M and length L. Find the
A moment of inertia of the strip about on axis
passing through its tip and perpendicular to
l
x the plane. Compare the result with moment
O
of inertia of a uniform disc of mass M and
radius L about an axis passing through its
2l
centre and perpendicular to the plane the
disc. Why the two expressions are same?
Q. 8. A thin semi circular cylindrical shell has mass M
and radius R. Find its moment of inertia about a L
line passing through its centre of mass parallel to (ii) A circular fan made of paper is in shape of
the axis (shown in figure) of the cylinder. a disc of radius R. The fan can be folded
axis (various stages shown in figure (a) through
(f)) to the shape of a thin stick. The moment
of inertia of the circular fan about an axis
passing through centre O and perpendicular
1
to the plane of the figure is I 0 = MR 2 where
M = mass of the fan. 2
a b
R a b
R
a O R b
O
O
Q. 9. Consider a uniform square plate shown in the
figure. I1, I2, I3 and I4 are moment of inertia of (a) (b) (c)
Rotational Motion 6.3
O O O P
R
R R
a b A
a b ab
(d) (e) (f)
(a) How does the moment of inertia (I), about an B

axis perpendicular to the plane of the figure
passing through O, change as the fan is folded
through stage a to b to c to d to e?
C
(b) When the fan is completely folded in the
shape of a stick (fig. (f)), write its moment of
inertia about the above mentioned axis. Q. 15. Determine the moment of inertia of the shaded
Note : Moment of inertia of a uniform rod about area about y axis. The mass of the shaded area is
an axis through its end and perpendicular to it is M.
2
y
ML
.
3
Q. 12. A uniform rectangular plate has moment of inertia

about its longer side, equal to I. The moment of
inertia of the plate about an axis in its plane, h1 h2
passing through the centre and parallel to the
shorter sides is also equal to I. Find its moment x
of inertia about an axis passing through its centre L
and perpendicular to its plane. Q. 16. Two uniform semicircular discs, each of radius
Q. 13. A uniform rectangular plate has been bent as R, are stuck together to form a disc. Masses of
shown in the figure. The two angled parts of the the two semicircular parts are M and 3M. Find
plate are of identical size. The moment of inertia the moment of inertia of the circular disc about
of the bent plate about axis xx is I. Find its moment an axis perpendicular to its plane and passing
of inertia about an axis parallel to xx and passing through its centre of mass.
through the centre of mass of the plate.
D
M 3M
C
x
B
b
E
Q. 17. A stick AB of mass M is tied at one end to a light
60° A string OA. A horizontal force F = Mg is applied at
O end B of the stick and its remains in equilibrium
x in position shown. Calculate angles a and b.
O
Q. 14. Three identical rings each of mass M and radius
R are welded together with their planes mutually b
perpendicular to each other. Ring A is vertical
and B is also vertical in a plane perpendicular to
A. Ring C is in horizontal plane. Find moment A
of Inertia of this system about a horizontal axis a
B
perpendicular to the plane of the figure passing F
through point P (top point of ring A)
Q. 18. When brakes are applied on a moving car, the car (b) Does the gravitational potential energy of the
dips to the front. Why ? [That is try to show that ball increases or decreases as it climbs the
front wheels are more pressed as compared to rear step?
ones when the brakes are applied]. Assume that Q. 22. The centre of mass of an inhomogeneous sphere is
centre of mass of the car is equidistant from the at a distance of 0.3 R from its geometrical centre.
front and rear wheels. R is the radius of the sphere. Find the maximum
Q. 19. A uniform wire has been bent in shape of a inclination (q) of an incline plane on which this
semi circle. The semicircle is suspended about a sphere can be placed in equilibrium. Assume that
horizontal axis passing through one of its ends, friction is large enough to prevent slipping.
so that the semicircular wire can swing in vertical
Q. 23. Rectangular block B, having height h and width
plane. Find the angle a that the diameter of the
d has been placed on another block A as shown
semicircle makes with vertical in equilibrium.
in the figure. Both blocks have equal mass and
A
there is no friction between A and the horizontal
surface. A horizontal time dependent force
a
F = kt is applied on the block A. At what time
will block B topple? Assume that friction between
the two blocks is large enough to prevent B from
slipping.
d
B B h
Q. 20. A uniform cylindrical body of radius r has a

A F
conical nose. The length of the cylindrical and
conical parts are 4r and 3r respectively. Mass
of the conical part is M. The body rests on a Q. 24. A cylinder C rests on a horizontal surface. A
horizontal surface as shown. A ring of radius r small particle of mass m is held in equilibrium
2
connected to an overhanging string as shown. The
is to be tightly fitted on the nose of the body. What other end of the mass less string is being pulled
is maximum permissible mass of the ring so that horizontally by a force F as shown. Find F.
the body does not topple?
F
3r 4r
r
Q. 21. There is a step of height h on an incline plane. A

The step prevents a ball of radius R from rolling
down.
(a) If the inclination (q) of the incline is increased Q. 25. A hollow cylindrical pipe of mass M and radius R
gradually, at what value of q the ball will just has a thin rod of mass m welded inside it, along
manage to climb the step? its length. A light thread is tightly wound on the
surface of the pipe. A mass m0 is attached to the
R end of the thread as shown in figure. The system
stays in equilibrium when the cylinder is placed
such that a = 30°. The pulley shown in figure is a
M
disc of mass .
2
(a) Find the direction and magnitude of friction
q force acting on the cylinder.
h
(b) Express mass of the rod ‘m’ in terms of m0 and it can rotate freely in the vertical plane. There
Horizontal is a horizontal light rod fixed to the wheel below
the pivot. There is a small sleeve of mass m which
can slide along the rod without friction. The
M sleeve is connected to a light spring. The other
end of the spring is fixed to the rim as shown. The
sleeve is at the centre of the rod and the spring
R is relaxed. Now the wheel is held at rest and the
m
sleeve is moved towards left so as to compress the
sprig by some distance. The sleeve and the wheel
are released simultaneously from this position.
Rough table A
mo (a) Is it possible that the wheel does not rotate as
the sleeve perform SHM on the rod ?
Q. 26. A sphere of radius R is supported by a rope
attached to the wall. The rope makes an angle (b) Find the value of spring constant k for
q = 45° with respect to the wall. The point where situation described in (a) to be possible. The
the rope is attached to the wall is at a distance of distance of rod from centre of the wheel is d.
3R
from the point where the sphere touches the
2 Wheel
wall. Find the minimum coefficient of friction
( between the wall and the sphere for this Pivot
Sleeve
equilibrium to be possible. O
string Spring d
45°
3R/2
Rod
R
Q. 29. A string is wrapped around a cylinder of mass
M and radius R. The string is pulled vertically
upward to prevent the centre of mass from falling
Q. 27. A uniform rod has mass M and length 4L. It rests as the string unwinds. Assume that the cylinder
in equilibrium with one end on a rough horizontal remains horizontal throughout and the thread does
surface at A. At point B, at a distance 3L from A, it not slip. Find the length of the string unwound
is supported by a fixed smooth roller. The rod just when the cylinder has reached an angular speed
remains in equilibrium when q = 30° w.
T
(a) Find the normal force applied by the
horizontal surface on the rod at point A.
(b) Find the coefficient of friction between the a
rod and the surface.
4L Mg
3L Q. 30. A mass less string is wrapped around a uniform

disc of mass m and radius r. The string passes
over a mass less pulley and is tied to a block of
q mass M at its other end (see figure). The system
A is released from rest. Assume that the string does
Q. 28. A wheel is mounted on frictionless central pivot not slip with respect to the disc.
(a) Find the acceleration of the block for the case of the string is attached to a small body of mass
M=m m and the other end is being pulled with a force
F. The circumference of the disc is sufficiently
rough so that the string does not slip over it. Find
acceleration of the small body.
F
R
Disc m
m
r m
M
M Q. 33. A uniform quarter circular thin rod of mass M
(b) Find for which the block can accelerate and radius R is pivoted at a point B on the floor.
m
It can rotate freely in the vertical plane about B.

upwards. It is supported by a smooth vertical wall at its
Q. 31. A solid uniform sphere of mass M and radius R other free end A so that it remains at rest. Find the
can rotate about a fixed vertical axis. There is no reaction force of wall on the rod.
frictional torque acting at the axis of rotation.
A light string is wrapped around the equator of A
the sphere. The string has exactly 6 turns on the
sphere. The string passes over a light pulley and
carries a small mass m at its end (see figure).
The string between the sphere and the pulley is R B
always horizontal. The system is released from
Q. 34. A ball is rolling without sliding down an incline.
rest and the small mass falls down vertically.
Is the force applied by the ball on the incline
The string does not slip on the sphere till 5 turns
larger than or less than its (ball’s) own weight ?
get unwound. As soon as 5th turn gets unwound
completely, the friction between the sphere and Q. 35. A solid sphere of mass M and radius R is covered
the string vanishes all of a sudden. with a thin shell of mass M. There is no friction
between the inner wall of the shell and the sphere.
(a) Find the angular speed of the sphere as the
The ball is released from rest, and then it rolls
string leaves it.
without slipping down an incline that is inclined at
(b) Find the change in acceleration of the small an angle q to the horizontal. Find the acceleration
mass m after 5 turns get unwound from the of the ball.
sphere.
Q. 36. A homogeneous solid sphere of radius R is resting
M on a horizontal surface. It is set in motion by a
horizontal impulse imparted to it at a height
h above the centre. If h is greater than h0, the
velocity of the sphere increases in the direction
of its motion after the start. If h < h0, the velocity
decreases after the start. Find h0
h
m
Q. 32. A disc of mass m and radius R lies flat on a

smooth horizontal table. A mass less string runs
halfway around it as shown in figure. One end
Q. 37. A boy pushes a cylinder of mass M with the help the spinning ceases.
of a plank of mass m as shown in figure. There Q. 39. A thin pencil of mass M and length L is being
is no slipping at any contact. The horizontal moved in a plane so that its centre (i.e. centre
component of the force applied by the boy on the of mass) goes in a circular path of radius R
plank is F. Find at a constant angular speed w. However, the
(a) The acceleration of the centre of the cylinder orientation of the pencil does not change in space.
(b) The friction force between the plank and the Its tip (A) always remains above the other end (B)
cylinder in the figure shown
m
(a) Write the kinetic energy of the pencil.
F
(b) Find the magnitude of net force acting on the
pencil.
M A
R
Q. 38. (i) A solid sphere of radius R is released on a
rough horizontal surface with its top point
having thrice the velocity of its bottom point
A (VA = V0) as shown in figure. Calculate the
linear velocity of the centre of the sphere
when it starts pure rolling. Q. 40. In figure (a) there is a uniform cylinder of
B
mass M and radius R. Length of the cylinder is
VB = 3V0 L = 3R. The cylinder is rolling without sliding
on a horizontal surface with its centre moving at
speed V. In figure (b) the same cylinder is moving
on a horizontal surface with its centre moving at
speed V and the cylinder rotating about a vertical
axis passing through its centre. [Place your pencil
on the table and give a sharp blow at its end.
A VA = V0
Look at the motion of the pencil. This is how the
(ii) Solid sphere of radius R is placed on a rough V
cylinder is moving]. The angular speed is ω = .
horizontal surface with its centre having R
velocity V0 towards right and its angular Write the kinetic energy of the cylinder in two
velocity being w0 (in anticlockwise sense). cases. In which case, the kinetic energy would
Find the required relationship between V0 have been higher if length of the cylinder were
and w0 so that - doubled (= 2 3R).
w
w0
C V C V
V0
R w
(a) (b)
Q. 41. There is a fixed hollow cylinder having
the slipping ceases before the sphere loses all smooth inner surface. Radius of the cylinder is
its linear momentum. R = 4m. A uniform rod of M = 4kg and length
L = 4m is released from vertical position inside
the sphere comes to a permanent rest after
the cylinder as shown in the figure. Convince
some time.
yourself that the rod will perform pure rotation
the velocity of centre becomes zero before
about the axis of the cylinder passing through O.
Fid the angular speed of the rod when its becomes the centre of its top edge to a mass less rod of
horizontal. length a. The rod can rotate about its upper end
only. In both cases the plate is pushed from its
equilibrium position so that centre of mass of the
plate acquires a speed V. In which case will the
O centre of mass of the plate rise to a greater height.
There is no friction
Q. 44. A thin carpet of mass 2m is rolled over a hollow
cylinder of mass m. The cylinder wall is thin and
radius of the cylinder is R. The carpet rolled over
Q. 42. A disc shaped body has two tight windings of light it has outer radius 2R (see figure). This roll is
threads - one on the inner rim of radius R = 1m and placed on a rough horizontal surface and given
the other on outer rim of radius 2R (see figure). It gentle push so that the carpet begins to roll and
is kept on a horizontal surface and the ends of the unwind. Friction is large enough to prevent any
two threads are pulled horizontally in opposite slipping of the carpet on the floor. Also assume
directions with force of equal magnitude F = 20N. that the carpet does not slip on the surface of the
Mass of the body and its moment of inertia about cylinder. The entire carpet is laid out on the floor
an axis through centre O and perpendicular to the and the hollow cylinder rolls out with speed V.
plane of the figure are M = 4kg and I = 8kg – m2 Find V.
respectively. Find the kinetic energy of the body 2
seconds after the forces begin to act, if
(i) the surface is smooth,
(ii) the surface is rough enough to ensure rolling
without sliding.
F
F R
2R
R
2R
O Q. 45. A uniform rod of mass M is moving in a plane
4
and has a kinetic energy of MV 2 where V is
3
speed of its centre of mass. Find the maximum
and minimum possible speed of the end point of
Q. 43. A uniform square plate has mass M and side
the rod.
length a. It is made to oscillate in vertical plane in
two different ways shown in figure (A) and (B). In Q. 46. The propeller of a small airplane is mounted in
figure (A), the plate is hinged at its upper corners the front. The propeller rotates clockwise if seen
with the help of two mass less rigid rods each of from behind by the pilot. The plane is flying
length a. The rods can rotate freely about both horizontally and the pilot suddenly turns it to the
ends. right. Will the body of the plane have a tendency
to get inclined to the horizontal? If yes, does the
nose of the plane veer upward or downward?
a a Why?
Q. 47. A massive star is spinning about its diameter with
p
an angular speed w 0 = rad/day . After its
1000
a
fuel is exhausted, the star collapses under its own
gravity to form a neutron star. Assume that the
volume of the star decreases to 10–12 times the
a original volume and its shape remains spherical.
fig. (a) fig. (b) Assuming that density of the star is uniform, find
In figure (B) the plate is rigidly connected at the angular speed of the neutron star.
Q. 48. A square plate of side length 2m has a groove of the platform after the man lies down.
made in the shape of two quarter circles joining at w0 w
the centre of the plate. The plate is free to rotate
about vertical axis passing through its centre.
The moment of inertia of the plate about this axis R/2
O O
is 4 kg – m2. A small block of mass 1 kg enters R
R/2
the groove at end A travelling with a velocity of
2m/s parallel to the side of the square plate. The
block move along the frictionless groove of the
horizontal plate and comes out at the other end B
Q. 51. A uniform block of mass M and dimensions as
with speed V. Find V assuming that width of the
shown in the figure is placed on a rough horizontal
groove is negligible.
surface and given a velocity V0 to the right. A is a
2m/s
point on the surface to the left of the block.
2m
A (a) Write the angular momentum of the block
about point A just after it begins to move
(b) Due to friction the block stops. What
happened to its angular momentum about
point A? Which torque is responsible for
change in angular momentum of the block?
B a
Q. 49. A disc of mass m and radius R lies flat on a smooth

horizontal table. A particle of mass m, moving b
horizontally along the table, strikes the disc with V0
velocity V while moving along a line at a distance A
R
from the centre. Find the angular velocity
2 Q. 52. ABCFED is a uniform plate (shown in figure).
acquired by the disc if the particle comes to rest ABC and DEF are circular arcs with common
after the impact. centre at O and having radii a and 2a respectively.
This plate is lying on a smooth horizontal table. A
particle of mass half the mass of the plate strikes
the plate at point A while travelling horizontally
V R/2
along the x direction with velocity u. The particle
hits the plate and rebounds along negative x with
u
m velocity . Find the velocity of point D of the
2
28
plate immediately after the impact. [Take  1]
9π
Q. 50. A disc of mass M and radius R is rotating with y
angular velocity w0 about a vertical axis passing

M
through its centre (O). A man of mass
2 D
R
and height is standing on the periphery. The
2 E
A
man gradually lies down on the disc such that his
B
head is at a distance R from the centre and his
2
feet touching the edge of the disc. For simplicity
O x
assume that the man can be modelled as a thin C F
R a a
rod of length . Calculate the angular speed (w)
2
Q. 53. A uniform rod of mass m and length L is fixed (a) Find the velocity of A, B and C
to an axis, making an angle q with it as shown (b) Find the angular velocity of the body.
in the figure. The rod is rotated about this axis so y
that the free end of the rod moves with a uniform
speed ‘v’. Find the angular momentum of the rod B
about the axis. Is the angular momentum of the C

rod about point A constant?
x
A
Q. 56. A wheel is rolling without sliding on a horizontal

surface. Prove that velocities of all points on the
circumference of the wheel are directed towards
B
the top most point of the wheel.
VP
P
Q. 54. A mass m in attached to a mass less string and

swings in a horizontal circle, forming a conical Q. 57. There is a fixed half cylinder of radius R on a
pendulum, as shown in the figure. The other end horizontal table. A uniform rod of length 2R
of the string passes through a hole in the table leans against it as shown. At the instant shown,
and is dragged slowly so as to reduce the length l. q = 30° and the right end of the rod is sliding with
The string is slowly drawn up so that the depth h velocity v.
shown in the figure becomes half. By what factor
does the radius (r) of the circular path of the mass
m change?
R
O
V
O
h l (a) Calculate the angular speed of the rod at this
m instant.
r
(b) Find the vertical component of the velocity of
the centre of the rod at this instant.
Q. 58. A disc of radius R is rolling without sliding on a
horizontal surface at a constant speed of v
Level 2 A
Q. 55. A flat rigid body is moving in x – y plane on

a table. The plane of the body lies in the x – y B
plane. At an instant it was found that some of the R/2
velocity components of its three particles A, B and V
C were VAx = 4m/s, VBx = 3m/s and Vcy = – 2m/s,
respectively. At the instant the three particles A, R
B and C were located at (0,0) (3,4) , (4,3) (all
in meter ) respectively in a co-ordinate system
attached to the table.
(a) What is speed of points A and B on the B C A

R
vertical diameter of the disc ? Given AB R
2
(b) After what time, for the first time, speed of
point A becomes equal to present speed (i.e.,
the speed at the instant shown in the figure) of
Q. 62. A wheel of radius R is rolling without sliding
point B?
uniformly on a horizontal surface. Find the
Q. 59. A uniform disc of radius R = 2 3 m is moving radius of curvature of the path of a point on its
on a horizontal surface without slipping. At some circumference when it is at highest point in its
instant its angular velocity is w = 1 rad/s and path.
angular acceleration is a = 3 rad/s2.
Q. 63. A wall is inclined to a horizontal surface at an
A
angle of 120° as shown. A rod AB of length L =
0.75 m is sliding with its two ends A and B on the
horizontal surface and on the wall respectively. At
C the moment angle q = 20° (see figure), the velocity
r
of end A is vA = 1.5 m/s towards right. Calculate

P the angular speed of the rod at this instant.
[Take cos 40° = 0.766]
B B
(a) Find acceleration of the top point A.

L
(b) Find acceleration of contact point B.
(c) Find co - oridnates (r, q) for a point P which
120°
has zero acceleration. q VA
Q. 60. A convex surface has a uniform radius of curvature A

equal to 5R. A wheel of radius R is rolling without Q. 64. In the figure the plank resting on two cylinders is
sliding on it with a constant speed v. Find the horizontal. The plank is pulled to the right such
acceleration of the point (P) of the wheel which is that the centre of smaller cylinder moves with a
in contact with the convex surface. constant velocity v. Friction is large enough to
V prevent slipping at all surfaces. Find-
R
(a) The velocity of the centre of larger cylinder.
P (b) The ratio of accelerations of the points of
contact of the two cylinders with the plank.
5R
V
R
Q. 61. AB is a non uniform plank of length L = 4R with 2R

its centre of mass at C such that AC = R. It is
placed on a step with its one end A supported by a
cylinder of radius R as shown in figure. The centre Q. 65. A wire of linear mass density (kg/m) is bent into
of mass of the plank is just outside the edge of the M
step. The cylinder is slowly rolled on the lower

step such that there is no slipping at any of its
contacts. Calculate the distance through which
the centre of the cylinder moves before the plank
q0 q 0
loses contact with the horizontal surface of the
upper step. O
an arc of a circle of radius R subtending an angle Mass of the plate with one big and eight small
2q at the centre. Calculate the moment o inertia holes is M. Find its moment of inertia about an
of this circular arc about an axis passing through axis passing through its centre and perpendicular
its midpoint (M) and perpendicular to its plane. to its plane.
Q. 66. A metallic plate has been fabricated by welding
Q. 68. ABC is an isosceles triangle right angled at A.
two semicircular discs - D1 and D2 of radii R and
Mass of the triangular plate is M and its equal sides
R are of length a. Find the moment of inertia of this
respectively (fig. a). O and O' are the centre
2 plate about an axis through A perpendicular to the
of curvature of the two discs and each disc has a plane of the plate. Use the expression of moment
mass 6m. The plate is in xy plane. Now the plate of inertia for a square plate that you might have
is folded along the y axis so as to bring the part studied.
OAB in yz plane. (fig. b). The plate is now set free B
to be able to rotate freely about the z – axis. A
particle of mass m, moving with a velocity v in a
the xy plane along the line x = d hits the plate and

sticks to it (d < R). Just before collision speed of A
the particle was v.
Z
a
B B
R C
A O A O
D1 F y d y
F Q. 69. The triangular plate described in the last question
O´ D2 m v C
C D2 has angle <A = q Now find its moment of inertia
E E
about an axis through A perpendicular to the plane
x
x of the plate.
Fig (a) Fig (b)
B
(a) Find the moment of inertia of inertia of the a
plate about z axis.

A q
(b) Find the angular speed of the plate after
collision. a
C
Q. 67. There is a square plate of side length a. It is
divided into nine identical squares each of side Q. 70. A thin uniform spherical shell of radius R is
a bored such that the axis of the boring rod passes
and the central square is removed (see fig. (i)).
3 through the centre of the sphere. The boring rod
Now each of the remaining eight squares of side R
is a cylinder of radius . Take the mass of the
a 2
length are divided into nine identical squares sphere before boring to be M.
3
and central square is removed from each of them (a) Find the mass of the leftover part
(see fig. (ii)). (b) Find the moment of inertia of the leftover
a part about the axis shown.
axis
R/2
a
R
Fig. (i) Fig. (ii)

Q. 71. Consider an equilateral prism as shown in the oscillations about the position shown in diagram?
figure. The mass of the prism is M and length of Note : Centre of mass of a solid hemisphere is at
each side of its cross section is a. Find the moment 3R
a distance of from its base.
of inertia of such a prism about the central axis 8
shown.
axis R
Q. 72. In the arrangement shown in figure the cylinder of

mass M is at rest on an incline. The string between
the cylinder and the pulley (P) is horizontal. Find
the minimum coefficient of friction between Q. 75. Two cylinders A and B have been placed in contact
the incline and the cylinder which can keep the on an incline. They remain in equilibrium. The
system in equilibrium. Also find the mass of the dimensions of the two cylinders are same. Which
block. Assume no friction between the pulley (P) cylinder has larger mass?
and the string. B
P
A
M
q
Block
q Q. 76. The ladder shown in the figure is light and stands
on a frictionless horizontal surface. Arms AB and
Q. 73. A horizontal stick of mass m has its right end
BC are of equal length and M and N are their mid
attached to a pivot on a wall, while its left end
points. Length of MN is half that of AB. A man of
rests on the top of a cylinder of mass m which in
mass M is standing at the midpoint of BM. Find
turn rests on an incline plane inclined at an angle
the tension in the mass less rod MN. Consider the
q. The stick remains horizontal. The coefficient of
man to be a point object.
friction between the cylinder and both the plane
B
and the stick is m. Find the minimum value of
m as function of q for which the system stays in
equilibrium.
M N
A C
Q. 77. A uniform metal sheet of mass M has been folded

q to give it L shape and it is placed on a rough floor
Q. 74. Consider the object shown in the figure. It consist as shown in figure. Wind is blowing horizontally
of a solid hemisphere of mass M and radius R. and hits the vertical face of the sheet as shown.
There is a solid rod welded at its centre. The The speed of air varies linearly from zero at floor
object is placed on a flat surface so that the rod is level to v0 at height L from the floor. Density of
M air is r. Find maximum value of v0 for which the
vertical. Mass of the rod per unit length is . sheet will not topple. Assume that air particles
2R
What is the maximum length of the rod that striking the sheet come to rest after collision, and
can be welded so that the object can perform that the friction is large enough to prevent the
sheet from sliding. f
Wind
L
q
L L
Q. 81. A L shaped, uniform rod has its two arms of
length l and 2l. It is placed on a horizontal table
Q. 78. Three identical cylinders have mass M each and
and a string is tied at the bend. The string is pulled
are placed as shown in the figure. The system is
horizontally so that the rod slides with constant
in equilibrium and there is no contact between B
speed. Find the angle q that the longer side
and C. Find the normal contact force between A
makes with the string. Assume that the rod exerts
and B.
uniform pressure at all points on the table.
2l
B C
q
l String
Q. 79. A spool is kept in equilibrium on an incline plane Q. 82. A uniform meter stick AB of mass M is lying in
as shown in figure. The inner and outer radii of the state of rest on a rough horizontal plane. A small
r 1 block of mass m is placed on it at its centre C. A
spool are in ratio = . The force applied on the
R 2 variable force F is applied at the end B of the stick
thread (wrapped on part of radius r) is horizontal. so as to rotate the stick slowly about A in vertical
Find the angle that the force applied by the incline plane. The force F always remains perpendicular
on the spool makes with the vertical. to the length of the stick. The stick is raised to q
and it was observed that neither the end A
 3 slipped on the ground nor the block of mass m
[Take tan −1    19° ]
 5  slipped on the stick.
F
F
B
r
F
q m
A C B
q=60°

Q. 80. A uniform hemisphere placed on an incline is
q q
on verge of sliding. The coefficient of friction
between the hemisphere and the incline is
m = 0.3.
Find the angle f that the circular base of the q q
hemisphere makes with the horizontal. Q. 83. A ladder of mass M and length L stays at rest
Given sin (tan–1 0.3) 0.29 and sin–1 (0.77) against a smooth wall. The coefficient of friction
50° between the ground and the ladder is m.
(a) Let Fwall, W and Fg be the force applied by a

wall, weight of the ladder and force applied by
ground on the ladder.Argue to show that the line
of action of these three forces must intersect. A
(b) Using the result obtained in (a) show that line q
of action of Fg makes an angle tan–1 (2 tan q)
with the horizontal ground where q is the
angle made by the ladder with the ground.
(c) Find the smallest angle that the ladder can Q. 86. A uniform rectangular block is moving to the right
make with the ground and not slip. on a rough horizontal floor (the block is retarding
(d) You climb up the ladder, your presence due to friction). The length of the block is L and
makes the ladder more likely to slip. Where its height is h. A small particle (A) of mass equal
are you at A or B? C is the centre of mass of to that of the block is stuck at the upper left edge.
the ladder. Coefficient of friction between the block and the
floor is m = 2 . Find the value of h (in terms of
3
A
L) if the normal reaction of the floor on the block
C effectively passes through the geometrical centre
(C) of the block.
B A
q
Q. 84. A uniform rod AB has mass M and length L. It

h C
is in equilibrium supported in vertical plane by
three identical springs as shown in figure. The
springs are connected at A, C and D such that
L
AC = CD = . Assume that the springs are L
3
very stiff and the angle a made by the rod with Q. 87. A uniform cubical block of mass M and side
the horizontal in equilibrium position is very length L is lying on the edge of a rough table with
small. (All springs are nearly vertical). Calculate 1
th of its edge overhanging. When a small block
the tension in the three springs. 4
L/3 L/3 of mass m is placed on its top surface at the right
edge (see fig.), the cube is on verge of toppling.
The block of mass m is given a sharp horizontal
impulse so that it acquires a velocity towards B.
3 2 1
The small block moves on the top surface and falls
on the other side. What is maximum coefficient of
a
A
friction between the small block and the cube so
C that the cube does not rotate as the block moves
D
B over it. Assume that the friction between the cube
Q. 85. A uniform rod of length b can be balanced as and the table is large enough to prevent sliding of
shown in figure. The lower end of the rod is resting the cube on the table.
against a vertical wall. The coefficient of friction m A
B
between the rod and the wall and that between the
rod and the support at A is m. Distance of support
from the wall is a.
a L
(a) Find the ratio if the maximum value of q M
is q . b
a
(b) Find the ratio if the minimum value of q L/4
is q . b
Q. 88. A uniform rod of mass M and length L is hinged in vertical plane about point O. The string
at its end to a wall so that it can rotate freely in a an pulley are mass less. The block has mass
horizontal plane. When the rod is perpendicular equal to that of the rod. Find the acceleration
to the wall a constant force F starts acting at of the block immediately after the system is
the centre of the rod in a horizontal direction released with rod in horizontal position.
perpendicular to the rod. The force remains (b) System shown in figure 2 is similar to that in
parallel to its original direction and acts at the figure 1 apart from the fact that rod is mass
centre of the rod as the rod rotates. (Neglect less and a block of mass m is attached to the
gravity). centre of the rod with the help of a thread.
(a) With what angular speed will the rod hit the Find the acceleration of both the blocks
wall ? immediately after the system is released with
(b) At what angle q (see figure) the hinge force rod in horizontal position.
will make a 45° angle with the rod ?
L L
m
O
F m m m
Fig.(1) Fig.(2)
F
q
Q. 91.
Q
wall B
Q. 89. A rod of mass M = 5kg and length L = 1.5 m is

held vertical on a table as shown. A gentle push
is given to it and it starts falling. Friction is large P
enough to prevent end A from slipping on the
table. A
B
A light thread is wrapped tightly a few turns
around a disc P of mass M. One end of the thread
M
is fixed to the ceiling at B. The other end of the
L
thread is passed over a mass less pulley (Q) and
carries a block of mass M. All segment of the
thread (apart from that on the pulley and disc)
q are vertical when the system is released. Find the
acceleration of block A. On which object – the
block A or the ceiling at B – does the thread exert
A
more force ?
(a) Find the sum of linear momentum of all the Q. 92. An equilateral triangle is made from three mass
particles of the rod when it rotates through an less rods, each of length l. Two point masses m
angle q = 37°. are attached to two vertices. The third vertex is
(b) Find the friction force and normal reaction hinged and triangle can swing freely in a vertical
force by the table on the rod, when q = 37°. plane as shown. It is released the position shown
(c) Find value of angle q when the friction force with one of the rods vertical. Immediately after
becomes zero. the system is released, find –
3 (a) tensions in all three rods (specify tension or
[tan 37∞ = and g = 10 m / s]
4 compression),
Q. 90. (a) In the system shown in figure 1, the uniform (b) accelerations of the two masses
rod of length L and mass m is free to rotate
pivot is placed in contact with the vertical rod and a

horizontal force F is applied at the upper end of
the rod.
l
(a) Find the acceleration of the ball immediately
m
after the force starts acting.
l F
Q. 93. A B
A rod of mass M and length L is hinged about (b) Find the horizontal component of hinge force
its end A so that it can rotate in vertical plane. acting on the rod immediately after force F
When the rod is released from horizontal position starts acting.
it takes t0 time for it to become vertical. Q. 96.
(a) A particle of mass M is stuck at the end B
of the rod and the rod is once again released
from its horizontal position. Will it take
more time or less time (than t0) for the rod to
become vertical from its horizontal position. R
(b) At what distance x from end A shall the q
A
particle of mass M be stuck so that it takes
minimum time for the rod to become vertical A ring of mass M and radius R is held at rest on
from its horizontal position. a rough horizontal surface. A rod of mass M and
length L = 2 3R is pivoted at its end A on the
Q. 94. A disc is free to rotate about an axis passing horizontal surface and is supported by the ring.
through its centre and perpendicular to its plane. There is no friction between the ring and the rod.
The moment of inertia of the disc about its rotation The ring is released from this position. Find the
axis is I. A light ribbon is tightly wrapped over it acceleration of the ring immediately after the
in multiple layers. The end of the ribbon is pulled release if q = 60°. Assume that friction between
out at a constant speed of u. Let the radius of the the ring on the horizontal surface is large enough
ribboned disc be R at any time and thickness of to prevent slipping of the ring.
the ribbon be d (<< R). Find the force (F) required
to pull the ribbon as a function of radius R. Q. 97. A uniform semicircular wire is hinged at ‘A’ so
d
that it can rotate freely in vertical plane about
u
a horizontal axis through ‘A’. The semicircle
is released from rest when its diameter AB is
horizontal.
R
O B
A
Q. 95. A uniform rod of mass M and length L is hinged Find the hinge force at ‘A’ immediately after the
at its lower end on a table. The rod can rotate wire is released.
freely in vertical plane and there is no friction at
Q. 98. A uniform solid hemisphere A of mass M radius
L R is joined with a thin uniform hemispherical
the hinge. A ball of mass M and radius R =
3
shell B of mass M and radius R (see fig.). The

sphere thus formed is placed inside a fixed box as
shown. The floor , as well as walls of the box are
smooth. On slight disturbance, the sphere begins
to rotate. Find its maximum angular speed (w0) R
and maximum angular acceleration (a0) during M

the subsequent motion. Do the walls of the box
apply any force on the sphere while it rotates?
A
r
m
B
(b) Find acceleration of the mark at time t0.
A
(c) Is there any difference in magnitude of
acceleration of the mark and that of a point
Q. 99. located on the circumference at diametrically
opposite end of the pulley.
Q. 101. A point mass m = 1 kg is attached to a point P on
the circumference of a uniform ring of mass M =
3kg and radius R = 2.0 m. The ring is placed on a
O
r horizontal surface and is released from rest with
R line OP in horizontal position (O is centre of the
ring). Friction is large enough to prevent sliding.
Calculate the following quantities immediately
after the ring is released-

In the arrangement shown, the double pulley has (a) angular acceleration (a) of the ring,
a mass M and the two mass less threads have (b) normal reaction of the horizontal surface on
been tightly wound on the inner (radius = r) and the ring and
outer circumference (radius R = 2r). The block (c) the friction force applied by the surface on
shown has a mass 4 M. The moment of inertia of the ring.
the double pulley system about a horizontal axis [Take g = 10 m/s2]
passing through its centre and perpendicular to
Mr 2
the plane of the figure is I .
2 O R
(a) Find the acceleration of the center of the P
pulley after the system is released.
(b) Two seconds after the start of the motion the
string holding the block breaks. How long
after this the pulley will stop ascending? Q. 102. A light thread has been tightly wrapped around a
disc of mass M and radius R. The disc has been
Q. 100. A thread is tightly wrapped on two pulleys as
placed on a smooth table, lying flat as shown.
shown in figure. Both the pulleys are uniform disc
with upper one having mass M and radius R being M
free to rotate about its central horizontal axis. The
R
lower pulley has mass m and radius r and it is
released from rest. It spins and falls down. At the
instant of release a small mark (A) was at the top
point of the lower pulley.
(a) After what minimum time (t0) the mark will m
again be at the top of the lower pulley?
The other end of the string has been attached to inclination is q.

a mass m as shown. The system is released from (a) Find the minimum force F0 needed to roll the
rest. If m = M, which point of the disc will have log up the incline.
zero acceleration, immediately after the system is
released? (b) Find the work done by the force in moving
the log from the bottom to the top of the
Q. 103. A spool has the shape shown in figure. Radii incline if the applied force is F = 2F0
of inner and outer cylinders are R and 2 R
respectively. Mass of the spool is 3 m and its Q. 105. In the figure shown, the light thread is tightly
moment of inertia about the shown axis is 2mR2. wrapped on the cylinder and masses of plank and
Light threads are tightly wrapped on both the cylinder are same each equal to m. An external
cylindrical parts. The spool is placed on a rough agent begins to pull the plank to the right with
surface with two masses m1 = m and m2 = 2m a constant force F. The friction between the
connected to the strings as shown. The string plank and the cylinder is large enough to prevent
segment between spool and the pulleys P1 and P2 slipping. Assume that the length of the plank is
are horizontal. The centre of mass of the spool is quite large and the cylinder does not fall off it for
at its geometrical centre. System is released from the time duration concerned.
rest. (a) Find the acceleration of the cylinder. (Hint :
(a) What is minimum value of coefficient of don’t write any equations)
friction between the spool and the table so (b) Find the kinetic energy of the system after
that it does not slip? time t.
(b) Find the speed of m1 when the spool
completes one rotation about its centre.
axis R
R
F
2R
P1 Q. 106. A disc of radius r = 0.1 m is rolled from a point

P2 A on a track as shown in the figure. The part
R AB of the track is a semi-circle of radius R in a
2R vertical plane. The disc rolls without sliding and
leaves contact with the track at its highest point
m1 m2 B. Flying through the air it strikes the ground at
point C. The velocity of the center of mass of the
Q. 104. disc makes an angle of 30° below the horizontal
F
at the time of striking the ground. At the same
B
instant, velocity of the topmost point P of the disc
F
is found to be 6 m/s. (Take g = 10 m/s2).
A
B
P
q 30°
C A
A heavy uniform log of mass M is pulled up an (a) Find the value of R.

incline surface with the help of two parallel ropes (b) Find the velocity of the center of mass of the
as shown in figure. The ropes are secured at point disc when it strikes the ground.
A and B. The height of the incline is h and its (c) Find distance AC.
Q. 107. A trough has two identical inclined segments cylinder B having mass M and radius R. The
and a horizontal segment. A ball is released on springs are connected symmetrically to the axle
the top of one inclined part and it oscillates inside of the cylinders. Moment of inertia of the two
the trough. Friction is large enough to prevent Bodies A and B about their axles are IA = MR2 and
slipping of the ball. Time period of oscillation is 1
I B = MR 2 respectively. Cylinders are pulled

T. Now the liner dimension of each part of the 2
trough is enlarged four times. Find the new time apart so as to stretch the springs by x0 and
period of oscillation of the ball. released. During subsequent motion the cylinders
do not slip.
(a) Find acceleration of the centre of mass of the

system immediately after it is released.
(b) Find the distance travelled by cylinder A by
the time it comes to rest for the first time after
Q. 108. A uniform cylinder is lying on a rough sheet being released.
of paper as shown in fig. The strip is pulled Q. 111. Two identical uniform thin rods have been
horizontally to the right with a constant connected at right angles to form a ‘T’ shape. One
acceleration of a0 = 6 m/s2. Initially the cylinder end of a rod is connected to the centre of the other
is located at a distance of L = 10 m from the left rod. Length of each rod is L. The upside down
end of the strip. Find the velocity of the centre of ‘T’ can swing like a pendulum about a horizontal
the cylinder at the instant it moves off the edge of axis passing through the top end (see fig.). Axis is
the strip. Assume that the cylinder does not slip. perpendicular to plane of the fig. The speed of the
meeting point of the two rods is u = 2 gL when
it is at its lowest position. Calculate the angular
a 0 = 6 m/s2
acceleration of the ‘T’ shaped object when it is at
extreme position of its oscillation.
L = 10 m
M
Q. 109.
m F
A hollow pipe of mass M = 6 kg rests on a plate

of mass m = 1.5 kg . The thickness of the pipe Q. 112. A uniform rod of mass M and length L is hinged
is negligible. The coefficient of friction at all at its lower end so as to rotate
contacts is m = 0.2. The system is initially at rest. freely in the vertical plane of the
A horizontal force F of magnitude 25N is applied fig. There is a small tight fitting
M M
on the plate as shown in figure. Will the cylinder bead of mass on the
6 6
slide on the plate? Find the acceleration of the 3L
centre of the cylinder. rod at a distance from
4 3L
Q. 110. the hinged end. A small mass less 4
A pin welded to the rod supports the
k
bead. The system is released from
the vertical position shown. It was
k observed that the bead just begins
B
to slide on the rod when the rod
becomes horizontal.
A hollow cylindrical pipe A has mass M and (a) Find the normal contact force between the
radius R. With the help of two identical springs rod and the bead when the rod gets horizontal.
(each of force constant k) it is connected to solid What is the direction of this force?
(b) Find the coefficient of friction between the towards each other with same speed (relative to
bead and rod. the table) along the circumference. Find the angle
Q. 113 rotated by table by the time the two men meet.
Treat the men as point masses.
cm
Two astronauts having mass of 75 kg and 50 kg 1 2

are connected by a rope of length L = 10m and
negligible mass. They are in space, orbiting their
centre of mass at an angular speed of w0 = 5 rad/s.
The centre of mass itself is moving uniformly in
space at a velocity of 10 m/s. By pulling on the
rope, the astronauts shorten the distance between Q. 116. A L shaped uniform rod has both its sides of
L length l. Mass of each side is m. The rod is placed
them to 5m . How much work is done by
2 on a smooth horizontal surface with its side
the astronauts in shortening the distance between AB horizontal and side BC vertical. It tumbles
them ? Assuming that the astronauts are athletic down from this unstable position and falls on the
and each of them can generate a power of 500 surface. Find the speed with which end C of the
watt, is it possible for the two astronauts to rod hits the surface.
reduce the distance between them to 5 m, within a C
minute?
l
Q. 114. In the figure shown a plank of mass m is lying at
rest on a smooth horizontal surface. A cylinder of B
same mass m and radius r is rotated to an angular l
A
speed w0 and then gently placed on the plank. It
is found that by the time the slipping between the
plank and the cylinder cease, 50% of total kinetic Q.117.
energy of the cylinder and plank system is lost.
Assume that plank is long enough and m is the
coefficient of friction between the cylinder and
the plank.
m, r
w0
V
m
(a) Find the final velocity of the plank. A flat horizontal belt is running at a constant
speed V. There is a uniform solid cylinder of mass
(b) Calculate the magnitude of the change in
M which can rotate freely about an axle passing
angular momentum of the cylinder about its
through its centre and parallel to its length.
centre of mass.
Holding the axle parallel to the width of the belt,
(c) Distance moved by the plank by the time the cylinder is lowered on to the belt. The cylinder
slipping ceases between cylinder and plank. begins to rotate about its axle and eventually stops
Q. 115. A horizontal turn table of mass 90kg is free to slipping. The cylinder is, however, not allowed to
rotate about a vertical axis passing through its move forward by keeping its axle fixed. Assume
centre. Two men – 1 and 2 of mass 50kg and 60kg that the moment of inertia of the cylinder about its
respectively are standing at diametrically opposite 1
axle is MR 2 where M is its mass and R its
point on the table. The two men start moving 2
radius and also assume that the belt continues does not fly off the cylinder.
to move at constant speed. No vertical force is Thread A
applied on the axle of the cylinder while holding B
it. R rope
(a) Calculate the extra power that the motor R C

O
driving the belt has to spend while the cylinder Q P
gains rotational speed. Assume coefficient of
friction = m.
L fixed
(b) Prove that 50% of the extra work done by the
motor after the cylinder is placed over it, is Q.120. A uniform cube of mass M and side length a is
dissipated as heat due to friction between the placed at rest at the edge of a table. With half of
belt and the cylinder. the cube overhanging from the table, the cube
Q.118. A uniform disc of mass M and radius R is rotating begins to roll off the edge. There is sufficient
freely about its central vertical axis with angular friction at the edge so that the cube does not slip
speed w0. Another disc of mass m and radius r is at the edge of the table. Find -
free to rotate about a horizontal rod AB. Length (a) the angle q through which the cube rotates
of the rod AB is L (< R) and its end A is rigidly before it leaves contact with the table.
attached to the vertical axis of the first disc. The (b) the speed of the centre of the cube at the
disc of mass m, initially at rest, is placed gently instant it breaks off the table.
on the disc of mass M as shown in figure. Find
(c) the rotational kinetic energy of the cube at the
the time after which the slipping between the two
instant its face AB becomes horizontal.
discs will cease. Assume that normal reaction
C
between the two discs is equal to mg. Coefficient C B
B
of friction between the two discs is m.
w0 D P
D A q0
A
A
B Q.121. A uniform frictionless ring of mass M and radius
R L R, stands vertically on the ground. A wall touches
the ring on the left and another wall of height R
touches the ring on right (see figure).There is a
small bead of mass m positioned at the top of the
ring. The bead is given a gentle push and it being
to slide down the ring as shown. All surfaces are
Q.119. P is a fixed smooth cylinder of radius R and Q is frictionless.
a disc of mass M and radius R. A light thread is m
tightly wound on Q and its end is connected to
a rope ABC. The rope has a mass m and length
πR q
and is initially placed on the cylinder with
2 A
its end A at the top. The system is released from
rest. The rope slides down the cylinder as the R
M
disc rolls without slipping. The initial separation
πR
between the disc and the cylinder was L =
2
(a) As the bead slides, up to what value of angle
(see fig). Find the speed with which the disc
q the force applied by the ground on the ring
will hit the cylinder. Assume that the rope either
is larger than Mg?
remains on the cylinder or remains vertical; it
(b) Write the torque of force applied by the bead and it rolls without sliding. The ring leaves the
on the ring about point A as function of q. track at F and attains a maximum height of h2
(c) What is the maximum possible value of h1
above
the ground. Find the ratio .
torque calculated in (b)? Using this result tell h2
.
m Q.124. A uniform sphere of radius R has a spherical
what is the largest value of for which the
M R
ring never rises off the ground ? cavity of radius (see figure). Mass of the
2
Q.122. sphere with cavity is M. The sphere is rolling
without sliding on a rough horizontal floor [the
line joining the centre of sphere to the centre of
O the cavity remains in vertical plane]. When the
centre of the cavity is at lowest position, the centre
of the sphere has horizontal velocity V. Find:
m0 (a) The kinetic energy of the sphere at this
moment.
(b) The velocity of the centre of mass at this
moment.
(c) The maximum permissible value of V ( in the
m
position shown ) which allows the sphere to
A uniform disc shaped pulley is free to rotate roll without bouncing
about a horizontal axis passing through the centre
of the pulley. A light thread is tightly wrapped
R
over it and supports a mass m at one of its end.
A small particle of mass m0 = 2m is stuck at the O
V
lowest point of the disc and the system is released
from rest. Will the particle of mass m0 climb to R
2
the top of the pulley?
Q.123.
y Q. 125. A uniform ball of mass M and radius R can
vertical D q rotate freely about any axis through its centre. Its
A 150° angular velocity vector is directed along positive
H B H F x axis. A bullet is fired along negative Z direction
H and it pierces through the ball along a line that is
2
X at a perpendicular distance r (< R) from the centre
Ground O Ground E of the ball. The bullet passes quickly and its net
effect is that it applies an impulse on the ball.
AOB is a frictionless parabolic track in vertical
Mass of the bullet is m and its velocity charges
plane. The equation of parabolic track can be
from u to v (< u) as it passes through the ball. As
3 2
expressed as y = x for co-ordinate system a result the ball stops rotating about X axis and
2H begins to rotate about y axis. The angular speed
shown in the figure. The end B of the track of the ball before and after the hit is w. Find r.
H y
lies at y . When a uniform small ring is
2
released on the track at A it was found to attain
a maximum height of h1, above the ground after
r
leaving the track at B. There is another track DEF O
X
w
which is in form of an arc of a circle of radius
H subtending an angle an angle of 150° at the
centre. The radius of the track at D is horizontal.
The same ring is released on this track at point D
Q. 126. A uniform square plate ABCD has mass M side from one end of the rod. A sharp impulse P0 =
length a. It is sliding on a horizontal smooth
2 130 kg m/s is applied along the surface at one

( )
surface with a velocity of v = v0 4iˆ + 2 ˆj . There  
end of the rod as shown in figure  tan θ = 7 
9
is no rotation. Vertex A of the plate is suddenly  
fixed by a nail. Calculate the velocity of centre of
(a) Find the angular speed of the rod immediately
the plate immediately after this.
Y
after the hit
(b) Find the impulse on the rod due to the hinge.
D C
v O C
l/4 PO q
A B
X
Q. 127. Two discs A and B are moving with their flat

circular surface on a smooth horizontal surface. Q. 130. Four thin rods of length L = 1.0 m each are joined
Mass, radius and velocity of the two discs are – to form a square ABCD. The opposite vertices of
mA = 2M, mB = M, rA = R, rB = 2R, vA = v, and vB = the square are joined by mass less rods AC and
2v. The velocities of the two discs are oppositely BD. This square frame is mounted on a horizontal
directed so that they just cannot avoid collision axis through its centre so that the frame can rotate
and stick to each other (see figure) freely in the vertical plane. Masses of rods AB
(a) Find the angular speed of the composite and BC are m = 2kg each and the rod AD and
system after collision DC have mass M = 4kg each. A monkey of mass
mo =12 kg is at rest on the horizontal rod AD and
(b) Find loss in kinetic energy due to collision
keeps the system in equilibrium. The monkey
A 2M
takes a sudden jump and rises to a height H from
v its initial position. Calculate minimum value of
R H so that the square frame is able to complete a
w
rotation about its central axis. Assume no further
2R contact between monkey and the frame.
2v
B D
A
M
Q. 128. A uniform rod of mass M and length 2L lies on
a smooth horizontal table. There is a smooth L
peg O fixed on the table. One end of the rod is O
kept touching the peg as shown in the figure.
An impulse J is imparted to the rod at its other C
B
end. The impulse is horizontal and perpendicular
to the length of the rod. Find the magnitude of Q. 131. A frustum has been mounted with its axis vertical.
impulse experienced by the peg. It has a height h and radii of its upper and lower
O 2L cross sections are R and r respectively. A particle
is projected with horizontal velocity v0 along its
J upper brim. The particle spirals down the inner
Peg surface and leaves the lower face at point B. The
inner wall of the frustum is smooth.
Q. 129. A uniform rod of mass M and length  is hinged
at point O and is free to rotate on a horizontal (a) Find the vertical component of velocity of the
 particle as it leaves the frustum at B.
smooth surface. Point O is at a distance of
4 (b) Find minimum value of h for which the
particle will never come out of the frustum. impact misses the so called sweet spot of the rod
R (and hits either above or below the sweet spot).
Take r = for solving this part of the problem.
2 After solving the above problem you know where
the sweet spot is ! You may assume that during the
v0 impact the rod is rotating about its holding hand.
A
And if you play cricket, you know that there is a
R
sweet spot in your bat too ! If the ball hits way
above or below the spot you get stung.]
Q. 134. Two identical thin rods are moving on a smooth
h table, as shown. Both of them are rotating with
angular speed w, in clockwise sense about their
r centres. Their centres have velocity V in opposite
directions. The rods collide at their edge and stick
B
v together. Length of each rod is L.
V
(a) For what value of there will be no
Q. 132. A uniform thin stick of mass M = 24kg and length ωL
L rotates on a friction less horizontal plane, with motion after collision ?
its centre of mass stationary. A particle of mass m V
L (b) If the ratio is half the value found in (a)
is placed on the plane at a distance x = from ωL
3
the centre of the stick . This stick hits the particle above, what fraction of kinetic energy is lost
elastically in the collision?
v
(a) Find the value of m so that after the collision,
w
there is no rotational motion of the stick
w
(b) For what minimum of x can we get a value of
‘m’ so that the rod has no rotational motion v
after elastic collision? Q. 135. Light thread is tightly wound on a uniform solid
cylinder of radius R. The cylinder is placed on a
smooth horizontal table and the thread is pulled
m horizontally as shown, by applying a constant
force F. How much length of the thread is
L
x unwound from the cylinder by the time its kinetic
3
energy becomes equal to K.
F
Q. 133. A uniform rod of length L is rotating in a horizontal

plane about a vertical axis passing through one of
its ends. At a distance x (< L) from the axis there
is a fixed vertical pole. The rod hits the pole and Q. 136. A horizontal disc of radius R and mas 20 M is
its direction of motion is reversed. Find x if it is pivoted to rotate freely about a vertical axis
known that during the impact the axis of rotation through its centre. A small insect A of mass
imparts no impulse to the rod. Does your answer M
depend on coefficient of restitution? M and another small insect B of mass m =
4
[NOTE : If you hit a lamp post with a rod, the are initially at diametrically opposite points on
hand holding the rod gets hurt as long as the the periphery of the disc. The whole system is
imparted an angular speed w0. Insect A walks (b) Do you think there is a chance of second
along the diameter with constant velocity v Collision? If yes, how is the system of particle
relative to the disc unit it reaches B which remains and stick moving after the second collision?
at rest on the disc. A then eats B and returns to its m
starting point along the original path with same
speed v relative to the disc. m
u
(a) Find the angular speed of the disc when A
reaches the centre after eating B. x
l
(b) Plot approximately, the variation of angular C
speed of the disc with time for the entire
journey of the insect A.
Q.137. A disc of mass m and radius R is moving on a
smooth horizontal surface with the flat circular
face on the surface. It is spinning about its centre
with angular peed w and has a velocity V (see
figure). It just manages to hit a stick AB at its end Q. 139. A ring is made to rotate about its diameter at a
A. The stick was lying free on the surface and constant angular speed of w . A small insect
stick to the disc. [The combined object becomes of mass m walks along the ring with a uniform
like a badminton racket]. Mass and length of the angular speed w relative to the ring (see figure).
stick are m and 2R respectively. Radius of the ring is R.
(a) Find the external torque needed to keep the
(a) Calculate the angular speed of the combined ring rotating at constant speed as the insect
object assuming V = Rw walks. Express your answer as a function of q.
(b) Calculate loss in kinetic energy. Why is For what value of q is this torque maximum?
energy lost? [given your answer for 0 <q <90°]
(c) If V = h(Rw), loss in kinetic energy is (b) Find the component of force perpendicular
minimum. Find h. [Assume w is given] to the plane of the ring, that is applied by
the ring on the insect. For what value of q
is this force maximum? Argue quantitatively
w to show that indeed the force should be
V
maximum for this value of q. [Give your
answer for 0° <q <90°]
A
w0
2R
O w
B q
Q. 138. A uniform rod of mass m and length  has been
placed on a smooth table A particle of mass m,
travelling perpendicular to the rod, hits it at a

distance x = from the centre C of the rod. Q. 140. A small car took off a ramp at a speed of 30 m/s.
6 Immediately after leaving the ramp, the driver
Collision is elastic. applied brakes on all the wheels. The brakes
(a) Find the speed of the centre of the rod and the retarded the wheels uniformly to bring them to
particle after the collision. rest in 2 second. Calculate the angle by which
the car will rotate about its centre of mass in the threads. Mass of the plate is M.
2 second interval after leaving the ramp. Radius
of each wheel is r = 0.30 m . Moment of inertia
of the car along with the driver, about the relevant T1
axis through its centre of mass is IM = 80kgm2 and
the moment of inertia of each pair of wheels about
l2
their respective axles is 0.3kg m2. Assume that the l1
car remained in air for more than 2 second . Also T3 T2
assume that before take- off the wheels rolled
without sliding. l3
Q. 143. A rigid large uniform square platform is resting on

V
a flat horizontal ground supported at its vertices by
four identical spring. At vertex l a wooden block,
6 cm high, is inserted below the spring. Calculate
the change in height of the centre of the platform.
Assume change in height to be small compared to
dimension of the platform.
3 2
Q. 141. A disc of radius R stands at the edge of a table.

If the given a gentle push and it beings to fall.
Assume that the disc does not slip at A and
1
it rotates about the point as it falls. The falling 4
disc hits the edge of another table placed at same
height as the first one at a horizontal distance of
2 R. Imagine that the disc hits the edge B and
6cm
rotates (up) about the edge
(a) Find the speed of the centre of the disc at the Q. 144. A uniform rod of mass M and length L is placed
instant just before it hits the edge B. freely on a horizontal table. A horizontal force F
is applied perpendicular to the rod at one of its
(b) Find the angular speed of the disc about B ends. The force F is increased gradually from zero
just after the hit. and it is observed that when its value becomes F0,
the rod just begins to rotate about point O
(i) Find length AO
(ii) Find F0
F A
R
A B
L
R
O
Level 3
Q. 142. A uniform triangular plate is kept horizontal B
suspended with the help of three vertical threads
as shown. The sides of the plate have length l1, Q. 145. A ring of mass M and radius R lies flat on a
l2 and l3. Find tension T1, T2 and T3 in the three horizontal table. A light thread is wound around it
and its free end is pulled with a constant velocity released from rest and the rod begins to slide.
v. Find the speed of the centre of the rod when the
string becomes vertical.
(a) Two small segment A and B (see fig.) in
the ring are rough and have a coefficient of A
friction m with the table. Rest of the ring is
smooth. Find the speed with which the ring a
moves.
C b
(b) Find the speed of the ring if coefficient of
friction is m everywhere; for all points on the a
ring.
V V
B
A B
R Q. 148. A dumb – bell has a rigid mass less stick and
two point masses at its ends. Each mass is
Top view m and length of the stick is L. The dumb- bell
leans against a frictionless wall, standing on a
frictionless ground. It is initially held motionless,
Q. 146. A uniform stick of length L is pivoted at one end with its bottom end an infinitesimal distance from
on a horizontal table. The stick is held forming the wall. It is released from this position and its
an angle q0 with the table. A small block of mass bottom end slides away from the wall where as
m is placed at the other end of the stick and it the top end slides down along the wall.
remains at rest. The system is released from rest
(a) Show that centre of mass of the dumb-bell

(a) Prove that the stick will hit the table before moves along a circle.
2 (b) When the dumb-bell loses contact with the
the block if cosq 0 ≥
3 wall what is speed of the centre of mass?
(b) Find the contact force between the block and
the stick immediately before the system is
Ê 2ˆ
released. Take q 0 = cos-1 Á ˜
Ë 3¯ L
(c) Find the contact force between the block

and the stick immediately after the system is
Ê 2ˆ
released if q 0 = cos-1 Á ˜.
Ë 3¯
Q. 149. A hexagonal pencil of mass M and sides length
a has been placed on a rough incline having
inclination q Friction is large enough to prevent
L sliding. If at all the pencil moves, during one
full rotation each of its 6 edges, in turn, serve as
q0 instantaneous axis of rotation.
(a) Show that for q > 30° the pencil cannot
Q. 147. A uniform rod BC with length a is attached to a remain at rest.
light string AC. End A of the string is fixed to the (b) For inclination of incline q < 30°) the pencil
ceiling and the end B of the rod is on a smooth will not roll on its own. A sharp impulse J is
horizontal surface. B is exactly below point A given to the pencil parallel to the incline at
and length AB is b (a < b < 2a). The system is its upper edge (see figure). Friction does not
allow the pencil to slide but it begins to rotate toy is M. Now a small block of mass m is stuck
about the edge through A with initial angular at the top of the right vertical segment of the belt
speed w0. Find w0. Moment of inertia of the and the system is released. Height of the toy is
pencil about its edge is I. h. Find the speed of the block when it is about to
(c) Find minimum value of J so that the pencil hit the ground. Assume no slipping anywhere and
will turn about A; and B will land on the neglect the dimension of the wheels.
incline.
Block
(d) If kinetic energy acquired by the pencil just
Belt
after the impulse is K0, find its kinetic energy Frame
h
just before edge B lands on the incline
Q. 152. Consider an idealized case of rolling of a solid

a ball in which the point P does not rotate in a
vertical plane. But it rotates on circular path
B PQRSTP when observed from the centre of the
ball. The radius of circular path PQRSTP is half
A
q the radius of the ball. The ball rolls without sliding
with its centre moving with speed v0 in direction
Q. 150. A rope of length L and mass per unit length l perpendicular to the plane of the figure calculate
passes over a disc shaped pulley of mass M the kinetic energy of the rolling ball. Mass of the
and radius R. The rope hangs on both sides of ball and its radius are M and R respectively.
the pulley and the length of larger hanging part
is l. The pulley can rotate about a horizontal
axis passing through its centre. The system is
R
released from rest and it begins to move. The S
pulley has no friction at its axle and the rope has O
Q
large enough friction to prevent it from slipping T
on the pulley.
(a) Find the acceleration of the rope immediately P
after it is released. Q. 153. Two identical rings, each of mass M and radius R,
(b) Find the horizontal component of the force are standing on a rough horizontal surface. The
applied by the axle on the pulley immediately rings overlap such that the horizontal line passing
after the system is released through their centre makes an angle of q = 45°with
the radius through their intersection point P. A
small object of mass m is placed symmetrically
R
on the rings at point P and released. Calculate the
acceleration of the centre of the ring immediately
after the release. There is no friction between the
small object and the rings. The friction between
l the small object and the rings, and the friction
between the rings and the ground is large enough
to prevent slipping.
P
Q. 151. A toy is made of a rectangular wooden frame with q q

four small wheels at its vertices. A tight fitting
belt of negligible mass runs around the frame
passing over the wheels. Mass of the complete
Q. 154. A uniform rope tightly wraps around a uniform at end A or B while moving in the direction of
thin ring the mass M and radius R. The mass of velocity of A or B. All collisions are elastic.
the segment of the rope around the ring (i.e. , (i) Initial angular velocity of the rod is zero and its
mass of the length 2 R of the rope) is also M. The angular velocity after nth collision is wn. Write
ends of the rope are fixed one above the other and wn + 1 in terms of wn
it is taut. The ring is let go. Find its acceleration.
Assume no slipping and thickness of the rope to (ii) Solve the above equation to get wn
be negligible. (iii) Find the limiting value of w.
m O m
r r
A B
R

Q. 155. A uniform stick AB has length L. It is tossed
up from horizontal position such that its centre Q. 157. A uniform rod of mass m and length 2L on a
receives a velocity u = gL in vertically upward smooth horizontal surface. A particle of mass m is
direction and the stick gets an angular velocity. connected to a string of length L whose other end
The stick lands back to its point of projection in is connected to the end ‘A’ of the rod. Initially the
horizontal position. During its course of flight string is held taut perpendicular to the rod and the
its angular velocity remained constant and the particle is given a velocity v0 parallel to the initial
stick made one complete rotation. Stick rotates in position of the rod.
vertical plane. (a) Calculate the acceleration of the centre of
(a) Calculate the angular velocity (w) imparted the rod immediately after the particle is
to the stick. projected.
(b) Calculate the maximum height, above the
point of projection, to which the end B of the (b) The particle strikes the centre of the rod and
stick rises. sticks to it. Calculate the angular speed of the
rod after this.
[Take solution of equation cos x = 2x to be x
A 2L B
= 0.45 and sin (0.45) = 0.43]
V0
m
u Q. 158. Two boys support by the ends a uniform rod of

A B mass M and length 2L. The rod is horizontal. The
w
two boys decided to change the ends of the rod
Q. 156. A uniform rod of mass 4m and length 2r can by throwing the rod into air and catching it. The
rotate in horizontal plane about a vertical axis boys do not move from their position and the rod
passing through its centre O. Two small balls remained horizontal throughout its flight. Find
each of mass m are attached to its ends. A fixed the minimum impulse applied by each boy on the
gun fires identical balls with speed v in horizontal rod when it was thrown.
direction. The firing is being done at suitable Q. 159 A uniform rod of mass m and length l pivoted
intervals so that the fired balls either hit the ball at one of its top end is hanging freely in vertical
plane. Another identical rod moving horizontally they remain perpendicularly connected to each
with velocity v along a line passing through its other. Find the maximum angle turned by the
lower end hits it and sticks to it. The two rods two-rod system after collision.
were perpendicular during the hit and later also
ANSWERS
3h ML2  h1 + 3h2 
15.
1.
R 6  h1 + h2 
2. 2v Ê 8 ˆ
16. 2 MR 2 Á 1 - 2 ˜
Ë 9p ¯
1
3. 17. a tan–1 (2) ; b 45°
3
3 Ê 2ˆ
4. 19. a = tan -1 Á ˜
2 Ëp¯
1 29
5. MR 2 20. M
4 6
6. MR 2 R−h
21. (a) cosθ =
3 R
52 (b) Decreases
7. x2 + y2 =
4
22. sin–1 (0.3)
Ê 4ˆ
8. MR 2 Á 1 - 2 ˜ 2 d.g.m
Ë p ¯ 23. t=
kh
9. a, b, c, d
24. mg
F=
10 2
10. %
3 25. (a) f = m0g towards left
(b) m = 4m0
2
ML 1
11. (i) 26. mmin =
2 2
(ii) (a) MOI does not change Mg

27. (a)
2
1
(b) I = I 0 = MR 2 1
2 (b)
3
I
12. 5 28. (a) Yes
4
mg
7I (b) k =
13. d
16
14. 29 MR2 R 2w 2
29.
4g
g 5gR
30. (a)
2 5 5 – 1) V
M 1
(b) <
m 3
100p mg 6
31. (a) w = m/s
R (5m + 2 M ) 5
V
(b) g 
 2M  49.
R
 5m + 2 M 
24
F w= w0
32. a= 19
4m
Ê 2ˆ MV0 b
33. N = Á 1 - ˜ Mg
Ë p¯ 2
34. Less than weight
3g sinq 3u
35. a=
4 4
2R
36. h0 = 1
5 mvL sin q , No
3
4F 4
37. (a)  1
3 M + 8m  
2
3MF
(b)   9
3 M + 8m 55. (a) VA = 4i − 3 j ; VB = 3i − j ;
4
12V0  13
VC = i − 2 j all in unit of m/s
7 4
2 1
(ii) (a) V0 > w 0 R (b) w = rad/s
5 4
2 v
(b) V0 = w 0 R 57. (a) w =
5 2 3R
v
2
V0 < w 0 R
5
(b) v y =
4
(↓)
1 3V
M (w R)2 58. (a) VA = 2V, VB =
2 2
w 2R Ê 3ˆ
(b) t = cos-1 Á ˜
V Ë 4¯
3
MV 2
4 59. (a) 156 ms–2
(b) 2 3 ms–2
(c) (3, p /6)
5v 2 1 3 Mg
60.
6R 77. (v0 )max = L r
61. R
62. 4R Mg
78.
63. 2.26 rad/s 2
64. (a) v 79.
1
(b) 80.
2
l q q Ê 1ˆ
81. q = p - tan -1 Á ˜
Ë 4¯
9
66. (a) mR 2
2 82. (a) F1
2 vd
(b) w = mg
11R 2
91
67. Ma 2 0°

486 60°
Ma 2 (b) mmin = 3
68.
3
(c) f
1 Ê 2 qˆ
69 Ma 2 Á 1 - sin 2 ˜ (M m )g
2 Ë 3 2¯ 4
3
70. (a) M
2 O 45° 60°
3 3 a q
(b) MR 2
8 -1 Ê 1 ˆ
(c) q min = tan Á
Ë 2 m ˜¯
Ma 2
71.
12 (d) Slippage is more likely when at A.
Mg Mg 7 Mg
sin q M sin q 84. T1 = ;T = ;T =
72. mmin = ; mblock = 12 2 3 3 12
1 + cos q 1 + cos q
85.
3 sin q
73.
1 + cos q (a)
a 1 2 È
b 2 Î ( )
= sin q1 1 - m 2 sin q1 - 2 m cos q1 ˘
˚
74. Less than

3
2
R (b)
a 1 2 È
b 2 Î ( )
= sin q 2 1 - m 2 sin q 2 + 2 m cos q 2 ˘
˚
75. MA < MB
L
86. h=
2
3
76. Mg 1
4 87. mmax =
2
3F 18
(b) s
88. (a) 11
ML
2p (2 m + 3M ) r
1ˆ -1 Ê 100. (a) t0 =
(b) q = tan Á ˜ Mg
Ë 10 ¯
2g
M 2 + (4p M + M + m )
2
(b) a =
2m + 3M
(c) Yes.
 2
(c) cos−1  
 3 101. (a) 5 rad /s2
8
3g 155
90. (a) (b) N
8 4
2g g (c) 5 N
(b) and
5 5 R
102. A point at a distance from centre.
1 2
4g 103. µmin =
91. ; Thread exerts more force on A g
11
5 mg 3 104. (a) F0 = Mg sinq
92. (a) mg, , mg 4
4 2 4
(b) 2 Mgh
3 105. (a) Zero
(b) g
4
F 2t 2
(b)
3m
21 − 3
(b) 106. (a) 1 m
6
(b) 12 m/s
2
Idu (c) 3.6 3 m
94. F=
2πR 4 107. 2T
108. t = 5 s.
3F
95. (a) 10
4M 109. No; m / s2
9
7F
(b) kx0
8 110. (a)
6M
g 6 x0
a= (b)
4 3 7
935 g
1 1 111.
Mg + 34 L
4 p2
2 Mg
15 g 15 g 112. (a) Vertically down
w0 = ;a 0 = ; Yes 123
32 R 128 R
(b) m = 22.5
6g 113. 112.5 KJ ; No.
99. (a)
11
rw 0
114. (a) 2v
4 127. (a) w =
3R
1 2
(b) mr w 0
4 (b) kEloss = Mv2
r 2w 02 J0
(c) 128.
32 m g 2
115. 5.8º
36 P0 cos q 36
116. 3gl 129. (a) w = =
7 m m
117. (a) P = mmg.V 2
2 Ê2 ˆ
MR 2 Lw 0 (b) P = P0 sin q + ÁË cos q ˜¯ = 85N - s
7
118.
2 m g ÈÎ MR 2 + mL2 ˘˚
130. 4( 2 – 1)m
Ê 8 + 3p 2 ˆ Ê mgR ˆ
119. V =
Á ˜Á ˜  
Ë p ¯ Ë 3 M + 8m ¯
2
131. (a) 2 gh − v 2 R − 1
0 2 
 6 r 
120. (a) cos−1 
 11 3
min =
(b) h v0
3ga 2g
(b)
11 132. (a) m = 72 kg
Mga
(c) L
11 (b) x >
2 3
-1 Ê 2 ˆ
q = cos Á ˜ 2
Ë 3¯ 133.
q q 3
1
mgR Ê m ˆ 134. (a)
(c) t max = ; =3 6
3 ÁË M ˜¯ max 49
122. No. (b)
52
h 14
123. 1 =
h2 11 2K
135.
31 3F
124. (a) MV 2
40 9
136. (a) w0
15V 8
(b)
14
(b) 9/8 0
(c) V < 14gR
45/41 0
2 2 MR 2w
125.
5 m (u - v )
t
O t0 2t0
126. vc =
4
(
3v0 ˆ ˆ
i−j )
9 3Ja
137. (a) w 0 = w 149. (b) w 0 =
17 I
2 Mga
(b) D E =
5
mV 2 +
7 3
mR 2 w 2 - mV Rw (c) w =
I
(1 - cos (30∞ - q ))
68 34 17
(d) K = K0 + Mga sinq
6
(c) h =
5 l g (2 + p R - L )
150. (a)
138. (a) Both have speed Ê Mˆ
ÁË l L + ˜¯
2
(b) The stick is at rest. Particle moves in original
direction with speed 2l 2 Rg (2 + p R - L )
(b)
Ê Mˆ
139. (a) = mR2 w0 wsin 2q is maximum for q = 45° ÁË l L + 2 ˜¯
(b) F^ = 2mRw0 wcos q ; q = 0° mgh

151.
3 m+M
140. rad  43°
4
13
141. (a) v =
2 2 ( ) gR
2 -1 152.
10
Mv 20
3
mg
153.
M +m
1 2 2 2 -1 g ( )
(b) w = 154.
3 3 R
g
Mg 155. (a) w =
142. T1 = T2 = T3 = L
3
(b) hB = 5.04L
143. 1.5 cm
6v 7
144. (i) 156. (i) w n +1 = + wn
13r 13
n -1 ˘
(ii) F0 = mMg ( 2 –1) vÈ Ê 7ˆ
(ii) w n = Í1 - ˙
r ÍÎ ÁË 13 ˜¯ ˙˚
145. (a)
v
(iii)
r
(b)
v02
157. (a)
146. (b) mg 5L
(c) zero
3 v0
(b)
2 L
 b
147. v = ga − 
  M p Lg
158.
2 3
gL
148. (b)  3  v 2   −1  3 
159. cos −1  1 −  + cos 
 
 10  5 g    10 
07 GRAVITATION
(a) 36% (b) 0.36% of its value on the surface of

Level 1 the earth. Radius of the earth R = 6400 km.
Q.1. Two lead balls of mass m and 2 m are placed at Q.5. An astronaut landed on a planet and found that
a separation d. A third ball of mass m is placed his weight at the pole of the planet was one third
at an unknown location on the line joining the of his weight at the pole of the earth. He also
first two balls such that the net gravitational force found himself to be weightless at the equator of
6 Gm 2 the planet. The planet is a homogeneous sphere of
experienced by the first ball is . What is radius half that of the earth. Find the duration of a
d2
day on the planet. Given density of the earth = d0.
the location of the third ball?
Q.6. A gravity meter can detect change in acceleration
Q.2. Four identical point masses m each are kept at the
due to gravity (g) of the order of 10–9 %. Calculate
vertices A, B, and C of a cube having side length
the smallest change in altitude near the surface of
‘a’ (see figure). Another identical mass is placed
the earth that results in a detectable change in g.
at the center point D of the cube.
Radius of the earth R = 6.4 × 106 m.
(a) Where will you place a fifth identical mass so
Q.7. The earth is a homogeneous sphere of mass M
that the net gravitational force acting on mass
and radius R. There is another spherical planet of
at D becomes zero?
mass M and radius R whose density changes with
(b) Calculate the net gravitational force acting on distance r from the centre as r = r0r.
the mass at D.
(a) Find the ratio of acceleration due to gravity
A
on the surface of the earth and that on the
B surface of the planet.
a
(b) Find r0.
D
Q.8. A planet having mass equal to that of the earth
(M = 6 × 1024 kg) has radius R such that a particle
C projected from its surface at the speed of light
Q.3. Two point masses m and M are held at rest at a large (c = 3 × 108 ms–1) just fails to escape.
distance from each other. When released, they Assuming Newton’s Law of gravitation to be
begin moving under their mutual gravitational valid calculate the radius and mass density of
pull. such a planet. Are the numbers realistic?
(a) Find their relative acceleration (a) when Note: The radius that you calculated is known
separation between them becomes x. as Schwarzschild radius. Actually we need to
(b) Integrate the expression of a obtained above use theory of general relativity for solving this
to calculate the relative velocity of the two problem.
masses when their separation is x. Q.9. Angular speed of rotation of the earth is w0. A
(c) Write the velocity of centre of mass of the train is running along the equator at a speed v from
system when separation between them is x. west to east. A very sensitive balance inside the
Q.4. Find the height above the surface of the earth train shows the weight of an object as W1. During
where the acceleration due to gravity reduces by the return journey when the train is running at
same speed from east to west the balance shows Q.15. It is known that if the length of the day were T0
the weight of the object to be W2. Weight of the hour, a man standing on the equator of the earth
object when the train is at rest was shown to be would have felt weightlessness. Assume that a
W0 by the balance. Calculate W2 – W1. person is located inside a deep hole at the equator
Q.10. If a planet rotates too fast, rocks from its surface at a distance of
R from the centre of the earth.
will start flying off its surface. If density of a 2
homogeneous planet is r and material is not flying What should be the time period of rotation of the
off its surface then show that its time period of earth for such a person to feel weightlessness?
[R = radius of the earth]
3p
rotation must be greater then .
Gr Q.16. A small satellite of mass m is going around a plan-
et in a circular orbit of radius r. Write the kinetic
Q.11. (a) The angular speed of rotation of the earth energy of the satellite if its angular momentum
is w = 7.27 × 10-5 rad s–1 and its radius is about the centre of the planet is J.
R = 6.37 × 106 m. Calculate the acceleration
Q.17. Suppose that the gravitational attraction between
of a man standing at a place at 40° latitude.
a star of mass M and a planet of mass m is given
[cos 40° = 0.77]
Mm
(b) If the earth suddenly stops rotating, the by the expression F K where K and n are
acceleration due to gravity on its surface will rn
become g0 = 9.82 ms–2. Find the effective constants. If the orbital speed of the planets were
value of acceleration due to gravity (g) at 40° found to be independent of their distance (r)
latitude taking into account the rotation of the from the star, calculate the time period (T0) of a
earth. planet going around the star in a circular orbit of
Ê 1ˆ radius r0.
Q.12. A planet has radius Á ˜ th of the radius of
Ë 36 ¯ Q.18. A near surface earth’s satellite is rotating in
the earth. The escape velocity on the surface of equatorial plane from west to east. The satellite is
1 exactly above a town at 6:00 A.M today. Exactly
the planet was found to be times the escape
6 how many times will it cross over the town by
velocity from the surface of the earth. The planet 6:00 A.M tomorrow. [Don’t count its appearance
is surrounded by a thin layer of atmosphere today at 6:00 A.M above the town].
having thickness h (<< radius of the planet). The Q.19. Imagine an astronaut inside a satellite going
average density of the atmosphere on the planet around the earth in a circular orbit at a speed
is d and acceleration due to gravity on the surface
gR
of the earth is ge. Find the value of atmospheric of where R is radius of the earth and g is
pressure on the surface of the planet. 2
acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the
Q.13. Using a telescope for several nights, you found a
earth.
celestial body at a distance of 2 × 1011 m from the
sun travelling at a speed of 60 km s–1. Knowing (a) What is weight experienced by the astronaut
that mass of the sun is 2 × 1030 kg, calculate after inside the satellite?
how many years you expect to see the body again (b) Assume that an alien demon stops the
at the same location. satellite and holds it at rest. What is weight
Q.14. A man can jump up to a height of h0 = 1 m on the experienced by the astronaut now?
surface of the earth. What should be the radius (c) The demon now releases the satellite (from
of a spherical planet so that the man makes a rest). What is weight experienced by the
jump on its surface and escapes out of its gravity? astronaut now?
Assume that the man jumps with same speed as
Q.20. The height of geostationary orbit above the
on earth and the density of planet is same as that
surface of the earth is h. Radius of the earth is R.
of earth. Take escape speed on the surface of the
The earth shrinks to half its present radius (mass
earth to be 11.2 km/s and radius of earth to be
remaining unchanged). Now what will be height
6400 km.
Gravitation 7.3
of a geostationary satellite above the surface of (b) Calculate the time period of the satellite if it
the earth? E
is given that 1 = 1 . Take mass of the earth
Q.21. (a) Estimate the average orbital speed of the earth E2
to be M.
going around the sun. The average Earth-sun
distance is 1.5 × 1011 m. Q.27. A satellite of mass m is going around the earth in
(b) An asteroid going around the sun has an a circular orbital at a height
R from the surface
average orbital speed of 15 km/s. Is the 2
asteroid farther from the sun or closer to the of the earth. The satellite has lived its life and
sun as compared to the Earth? Explain your a rocket, on board, is fired to make it leave the
answer. gravity of the earth. The rocket remains active
for a very small interval of time and imparts an
Q.22. Assume that the earth is not rotating about its
impulse in the direction of motion of the satellite.
axis and that Scientists have developed an engine
Neglect any change in mass due to firing of the
which can propel vehicles to very high speed on
rocket.
the surface of the earth. What is the maximum
possible speed for any such vehicle running on (a) Find the minimum impulse imparted by the
surface of the earth. Earth is a sphere of radius rocket to the satellite.
R = 6400 km and acceleration due to gravity on (b) Find the minimum work done by the rocket
the surface is g = 10 m/s2. engine. Mass of the earth = M, Radius of the
Q.23. A satellite of Earth is going around in an elliptical earth = R
orbit. The smallest distance of the satellite from Q.28. A small asteroid is at a large distance from a
the centre of the earth happens to be 2R (where planet and its velocity makes an angle f (! 0)
R = radius of the earth). Find the upper limit of with line joining the asteroid to the centre of the
the maximum speed of such a satellite. planet. Prove that such an asteroid can never fall
Q.24. Haley’s Comet is going around the Sun in a highly normally on the surface of the planet.
elliptical orbit with a period of 76 y. It was closest
to the sun in the year 1987 (I was 13 year old then

and heard a lot about it on radio). In which year of
Planet
21st century do you expect it to have least kinetic
energy?
Q.25. A planet goes around the sun in an elliptical orbit.
The minimum distance of the planet from the Sun Level 2
is 2 × 1012 m and the maximum speed of the planet
in its path is 40 km s–1. Find the rate at which its Q.29. Three identical particles, each of mass m, are
position vector relative to the sun sweeps area, located in space at the vertices of an equilateral
when the planet is at a distance 2.2 × 1012 m from triangle of side length a. They are revolving in
the sun. a circular orbital under mutual gravitational
attraction.
Q.26. To launch a satellite at a height h above the
surface of the earth (radius R) a two stage rocket (a) Find the speed of each particle.
is used . The first stage is used to lift the satellite (b) Find the acceleration of the centre of mass of
to the desired height and the second stage is used a system comprising of any two particles.
to impart it a tangential velocity so as to put it
(c) Assume that one of the particles suddenly
in a circular orbital. Assume (incorrectly) that the
loses its ability to exert gravitational force.
mass of rocket is negligible and that there is no
Find the velocity of the centre of mass of the
atmospheric resistance.
system of other two particles after this.
(a) If E1 and E2 are the energies delivered by the
Q.30. Imagine a hole drilled along the radius of the
first and the second stage of the rocket.
earth. A uniform rod of length equal to the radius
E1 (R) of the earth is inserted into this hole. Find the
Calculate the ratio .
E2 distance of centre of gravity of the rod from the
centre . (a) Calculate work done by the friction on the

block.
(b) Calculate m.
R Q.35. Diameter of a planet is 10d°, its mean density is
r and mass of its atmosphere is 10m where d ,
° °
4
r° and m° are diameter, mean density and mass

of atmosphere respectively for the earth. Assume
that mean density of atmosphere is same on the
Q.31. A large non rotating star of mass M and planet and the earth and height of atmosphere on
radius R begins to collapse under its own both the planets is very small compared to their
gravity and ultimately becomes very small radius.
(nearly a point mass). Assume that the density
(a) Find the ratio of atmospheric pressure on the
remains uniform inside the sphere in any
surface of the planet to that on the earth.
stage. Plot the variation of gravitational field
intensity (well, you can call it acceleration (b) If a mercury barometer reads 76 cm on the
R surface of the earth, find its reading on the
due to gravity) at a distance from the centre vs surface of the planet.
2
the radius (r) of the star. Q.36. A particle of mass m is projected upwards from
R the surface of the earth with a velocity equal to
Q.32. At a depth h1 = from the surface of the earth half the escape velocity. (R is radius of earth and
2
acceleration due to gravity is g1. It’s value M is mass of earth)
changes by Dg1 when one moves down further (a) Calculate the potential energy of the particle
by 1 km. At a height h2 above the surface of the at its maximum.
earth acceleration due to gravity is g2. It’s value (b) Write the kinetic energy of the particle when
changes by Dg2 when one moves up further by it was at half the maximum height.
1 km. If Dg1 = Dg2 find h2. Assume the earth to be Q.37. A uniform spherical planet is rotating about its
a uniform sphere of radius R. axis. The speed of a point on its equator is v
Q.33. Due to rotation of the earth the direction of and the effective acceleration due to gravity on
vertical at a place is not along the radius of the the equator is one third its value at the poles.
earth and actually makes a small angle f with the Calculate the escape velocity for a particle at the
true vertical (i.e. with radius). At what latitude (q) pole of the planet. Give your answer in multiple
is this angle f maximum ? of v.
Q.34. A tunnel is dug along a chord of non rotating earth at Q.38. A planet is a homogeneous ball of radius R having
R mass M. It is surrounded by a dense atmosphere
a distance d = [R = radius of the earth] from σ
2 having density ρ = where s° is a constant
its centre. A small block is released in the tunnel
from the surface of the earth. The block comes to and r is distance from the centre of the planet. It is
rest at the centre (C) of the tunnel. Assume that found that acceleration due to gravity is constant
the friction coefficient between the block and the throughout the atmosphere of the planet. Find s°
tunnel wall remains constant at m. in terms of M and R.
Q.39. A projectile is to be launched from the surface of
the earth so as to escape the solar system. Consider
C the gravitational force on the projectile due to the
earth and the sun only. The projectile is projected
d
O
perpendicular to the radius vector of the earth
relative to the centre of the sun in the direction
of motion of the earth. Find the minimum speed
Gravitation 7.5
of projection relative to the earth so that the the earth (R). Acceleration due to gravity on the
projectile escapes out of the solar system. Neglect surface of the earth is g.
rotation of the earth. Q.43. An astronaut on the surface of the moon throws a
Mass of the sun Ms = 2 × 1030 kg; Mass of the piece of lunar rock (mass m) directly towards the
earth Me = 6 × 1024 kg earth at a great speed such that the rock reaches
Radius of the earth Re = 6.4 × 106 m; Earth-Sun the earth.
M
distance r = 1.5 × 1011 m Mass of the earth = M, Mass of the moon =
81
Q.40. Assume that there is a tunnel in the shape of a Radius of the earth = R, Distance between the
circular arc through the earth. Wall of the tunnel centre of the earth and the moon = 60R
is smooth. A ball of mass m is projected into the
tunnel at A with speed v. The ball comes out of the (a) In the course of its journey calculate the
tunnel at B and escapes out of the gravity of the maximum gravitational potential energy of
earth. Mass and radius of the earth are M and R the rock
respectively and radius of the circle shaped tunnel (b) Find the minimum possible speed of the rock
is also R. when it enters the atmosphere of the earth.
(a) Find minimum possible value of v (call it v0) Q.44. The radius of the circular path of a geostationary
(b) If the ball is projected into the tunnel with satellite was inadvertently made Dr = 1 km larger
speed v0, calculate the normal force applied than the correct radius r = 42000 km
by the tunnel wall on the ball when it is (a) Calculate the difference in angular speed of
closest to the centre of the earth. It is given the satellite and the earth.
that the closest distance between the ball and (b) If the satellite was exactly above a house on
R the equator on a particular day, what will be
the centre of the earth is .
2 angular separation between the house and the
A satellite a year later?
V
Q.45. A spy satellite S1, travelling above the equator
is taking pictures at quick intervals. The satellite
O R/2 is travelling from west to east and is ready with
picture around the whole equator in 8 hours.
Another similar satellite S2, travelling in the same
B plane is travelling from east to west and is able to
take pictures around the whole equator in 6 hours.
Q.41. A celestial body, not bound to sun, will only
Find the ratio of radii of the circular paths of the
pass by the sun once. Calculate the minimum
satellite S1 and S2.
speed of such a body when it is at a distance of
1.5 × 1011 m from the sun (this is average distance Q.46. A comet is going around the sun in an elliptical
between the sun & the earth and is known as orbit with a period of 64 year. The closest
astronomical unit- A.U.) approach of the comet to the sun is 0.8 AU [AU =
astronomical unit]. Calculate the greatest distance
The mass of the sun is M ~ 2 × 1030 kg.
of the comet form the sun.
N - m2 Q.47. The astronomical phenomenon when the planet
G = 6.67 ¥ 10 -11
kg 2 Venus passes directly between the Sun and the
earth is known as Venus transit. For two separate
Show that this speed is 2 times greater than persons standing on the earth at points M and N,
speed of earth around the sun, assuming circular the Venus appears as black dots at points M’ and
trajectory N’ on the Sun. The orbital period of Venus is close
Q.42. A body is projected vertically upward from the to 220 days. Assuming that both earth and Venus
surface of the earth with escape velocity. Calculate revolve on circular paths and taking distance
the time in which it will be at a height (measured MN = 1000 km, calculate the distance M’N’ on
from the surface of the earth) 8 time the radius of the surface of the Sun. [Take (2.75)1/3 = 1.4]
A small asteroid is approaching a planet of mass

Sun
M and radius R from a large distance. Initially its
M velocity (u) is along a tangent to the surface of the
Earth V planet. It fall on the surface making an angle of
N N' 30° with the vertical. Calculate u.
Venus
M' Q.52. An asteroid was fast approaching the earth.

Scientists fired a rocket which hit the asteroid
Q.48. Satellite A is following a circular path of radius at a distance of 5 R from the centre of the
a around the earth another satellite B follows an earth (R = radius of the earth). Immediately
elliptical path around the earth. The two satellites after the hit the asteroid’s velocity (V0)
have same mechanical energy and their orbits was making an angle of q = 30° with the line joining
intersect. Find the speed of satellite B at the point the centre of the earth to the asteroid. The asteroid
where its path intersects with the circular orbit of just grazed past the surface of the earth. Find V0
A. Take mass of earth to be M. [Mass of the earth = M]
A
V0
B Earth

5R
Q.53. A satellite is orbiting around the earth in a

circular orbit. Its orbital speed is V0. A rocket on
Q.49. A satellite of mass m is orbiting around the earth board is fired from the satellite which imparts a
(mass M, radius R) in a circular orbital of radius thrust to the satellite directed radially away from
4R. It starts losing energy slowly at a constant the centre of the earth. The duration of the engine
dE burn is negligible so that it can be considered
rate - = h due to friction. Find the time (t) in
dt instantaneous. Due to this thrust a velocity
which the satellite will spiral down to the surface variation DV is imparted to the satellite. Find the
of the earth. DV
minimum value of the ratio for which the
Q.50. Energy of a satellite going around the earth in an V0
GMm satellite will escape out of the gravitational field
elliptical orbit is given by - where M and of the earth.
2a
m are masses of the earth and the satellite
Q.54. In last question assume that circular orbit of the
respectively and 2a is the major axis of the
elliptical path. A satellite is launched tangentially satellite has radius r0. Find for which the
3GM
with a speed = from a height h = R above maximum distance of the satellite from the centre
5R
of the earth become 2r0 after the rocket is fired.
the surface of the earth. Calculate its maximum
distance from the centre of the earth Q.55. A satellite is at a distance r1 from the centre of the
earth at its apogee. The distance is r2 when it is at
Q.51.
perigee. Mass of the earth is M.
(a) Calculate the maximum speed of the satellite
in its orbit around the earth.
R
(b) Estimate the maximum speed of the moon
Planet
going around the earth. For moon
r1 ~ 400,000 km and r2 ~ 360,000 km

u
mass of the earth M = 6 × 1024 kg
Gravitation 7.7
Q.56. A satellite is going around the earth in an (b) Consider a large flat horizontal sheet of
elliptical orbit and has maximum and minimum material density r and thickness t, placed on
distance from the centre of earth equal to 10r and the surface of the earth. The density of the
r respectively. It was planned to fire on board earth is r0. If it is found that gravitational
rocket so as to increase the energy of the satellite field intensity just between the sheet is larger
by maximum amount. Assume that the rocket 3
is fired for a small time (almost instantaneous) than field just above it, prove that ro > r .
2
and gives an impulse J to the satellite in forward Assume t << R
direction. Take J to be small compared to overall Q.61. A spaceship is orbiting the earth in a circular orbit
momentum of the satellite. at a height equal to radius of the earth (Rc = 6400
(a) Show that firing the rocket when the satellite km) from the surface of the earth. An astronaut
is at perigee (nearest to earth) will result in is on a space walk outside the spaceship. He is
maximum gain in energy of the satellite. at a distance of l = 200 m from the ship and is
[The orbit of mass orbiter mission, informally connected to it with a simple cable which can
called Mangalyaan, was raised in five steps sustain a maximum tension of10 N. Assume that
using this principle; before it was given the the centre of the earth, the spaceship and the
escape speed] astronaut are in a line. Mass of astronaut along
with all his accessories is 100 kg.
(b) Find the impulse J that the rocket must impart
(a) Do you think that a weak cable that can only
to the satellite at perigee so that its maximum
take a load of 10 N, can prevent him from
distance from earth’s centre, during its course
drifting in space ? Make a guess.
of motion in elliptical path, becomes 12r. Take
mass of satellite as m and mass of earth as M. (b) Estimate the tension in the cable.
Assume that there is negligible change in mass [Acceleration due to gravity on the surface of
of the satellite due to firing of the rocket. Earth = 9.8 m/s2]
Q.58. Imagine a smooth tunnel along a chord of non- Q.62. Earth is rotating about its axis with angular
R speed w0 and average density of earth is r. It is
rotating earth at a distance from the centre. proposed to make a space elevator by placing a
2
R is the radius of the earth. A projectile is fired long rod with uniform mass density extending
along the tunnel from the centre of the tunnel at a from just above the surface for the earth out to
a radius nR (R is radius of the earth). Prove that
speed Vo gR [g is acceleration due to gravity
the rod can remain above the same point on the
at the surface of the earth]. 8p G r
equator all time if, n2 + n = , where r is
(a) Is the angular momentum [about the centre 3w 2
of the earth] of the projectile conserved as it density of the earth
moves along the tunnel?
(b) Calculate the maximum distance of the Q.63. A body is projected up from the surface of the
projectile from the centre of the earth during earth with a velocity half the escape velocity at an
its course of motion. angle of 30° with the horizontal. Neglecting air
Q.59. A geostationary satellite is nearly at a height of resistance and earth’s rotation, find
h = 6 R from the surface of the earth where R is (a) the maximum height above the earth’s surface
the radius of the earth. Calculate the area on the to which the body will rise.
surface of the earth in which the communication (b) will the body move around the earth as a
can be made using this satellite. satellite?
Q.64. A near surface earth satellite has cylindrical shape
Level 3 with cross sectional area of S = 0.5 m2 and mass
of M = 10 kg. It encounters dust which has density
Q.60. (a) There is an infinite thin flat sheet with mass of d = 1.6 × 10–11 kg/m3. Assume that the dust
density s per unit area. Find the gravitational particles are at rest and they stick to the satellite’s
force, due to sheet, on a point mass m located front face on collision. Take mean density of earth
at a distance x from the sheet. to be r = 5500 kg/m3
(a) Find the drag force experienced by the (b) If the dust extends throughout the orbit,
satellite find the change in velocity and radius of
the circular path of the satellite in one
revolution.
ANSWERS
1. Exactly midway between the two balls OR at a 14. 2.5 km

d 15. T0
distance of from the ball of mass m.
2 2
16. J2
2. (a) At the diagonally opposite corner of C on the
floor of the cube 2 mr 2
2 2p r0
(b) 4 Gm 17. T0 =
3a 2 KM
G( M + m) 18. 16
3. (a) 19. (a) Zero
x2
mg
2G( M + m) (b)
(b) 4
x (c) zero
(c) zero R
4. (a) 1600 km 20. h+
2
(b) 11.52 km 21. (a) 30 km/s
(b) Farther
9p
5. T= 22. V0 = gR  7.9 km /s
2Gd0
6. 32 mm 23. gR  7.9 km /s
7. (a) 1 24. 2025
M 25. 4 × 1016 m2s–1
(b)
p R4 2h
26. (a)
8. R = 8.9 mm; d = 2 × 1030 kg m –3 R
4W0w 0 v 27p 2 R3
9. (b)
g 2GM
(a) 0.026 ms–2
( )
11. 2GM
27. (a) 2 -1 m
(b) 9.80 ms–2 3R
12. 6 dgh GMm
(b)
13. The body will never return to the same location. 3R
Gravitation 7.9
Gm GMm
29. (a) 43. (a) -
a 243R
3 Gm 14045 GMm
(b) (b)
2 a2 14337 R
1 Gm 44. (a) 9.3 × 10-6 rad/hr
(c) (b) 4.6°
2 a
2 /3
r1 Ê 3 ˆ
2R 45. =
30. r2 ÁË 4 ˜¯
3
31. g 46. 31.2 AU
47. 2500 km
4GM
R2 GM
48.
a
GM
2R2
r 3GMm
O R R 49. t=
2 8h R
Ê 1 ˆ 50. 2R
32. h2 = R Á 2 3 - 1˜
Ë ¯ 2GM
51. u=
3R
33. 45°
3GMm 32 GM
34. (a) - 52. V0 =
8R 105 R
3 53. (1)
(b)
2 54. (1/2)
5 Ê ˆ
35. (a)
2 2GM Á 1 ˜
55. (a) 1+
(b) 7.6 cm r2 ÁÁ r2 ˜˜
Ë r1 ¯
-3GMm
36. (a) (b) 1.08 km/s
4R
3GMm GM
(b) 56. (b) J = 0.01 m
28 R r
37. 3v 58. (a) NO
M Ê 8 + 57 ˆ
38. s = (b) rmax = Á ˜R
2p R 2 Ë 14 ¯
39. 13.6 km/s 12 p R2
59.
2GM 7
40. (a) v0 =
R 60. (a) G2psm
27 GMm 61. (b) 0.01 N
(b)
4 R2 Ê 7 - 2ˆ
63. (a) Á ˜R
41. 4.2 × 104 m/s Ë 6 ¯
52 R (b) No
42. t=
3 2g 64. (a) 5 × 10 –4 N
(b) V = 0.25 m/s; R = –0.4 km
08 FLUIDS
Level 1 rod attached to it. Water rises in the pipe along

with the piston. Why? To what maximum height
water can be raised in the pipe using this method?
Q. 1. We know that the atmospheric pressure on the
What will be the answer to your question if water
surface of the earth is because of weight of
is replaced with mercury? Atmospheric pressure
the air. The radius of the earth is 6400 km and
is Patm = 1.01 × 105 Pa.
atmospheric pressure on the surface of earth is
1 × 105 N/m2.Estimate the mass of the earth’s Q. 5. A hypothetical planet has an ocean of water which
atmosphere assuming that acceleration due to is 50 km deep. The top 5 km is frozen as ice (i.e,
gravity remains constant at 10 m/s2 over the entire 45 km is water). Radius and average density of the
height of the atmosphere. planet are both half the respective values for the
earth. There is no atmosphere. Obtain an estimate
Q. 2. Why mercury is used in a barometer, though it of the pressure at the bottom of the ocean.
is costly? Why cannot we use water in place of
mercury. Q. 6. Two identical beakers are filled with water. One
of them has an ice block floating in it. The level of
Q. 3 Look at the barometer shown in the figure. If a water in both the beakers is same. Which beaker
small hole is developed in the wall of the tube at will weigh more? Will your answer change if
point A, will the mercury leak out of it? water is replaced with a liquid of higher density
in the beakers?
Q. 7. (i) A toy boat made of steel is floating in a
beaker having water. The beaker is placed on
A a spring balance. The boat tilts and sinks into
water.
(a) Will the level of water in the beaker go
up or fall down?
Hg
(b) Will the reading of spring balance
Q. 4. decrease or increase?
Rod
Piston
(ii) You are in a boat on a calm lake. There is a

floating log near you. You pick the log and
put it into the boat. What happens to the level
A tightly fitted piston can slide along the inner of water in the lake? Does it rise or fall?
wall of a long cylindrical pipe. With the piston Q. 8. A closed cubical box of negligible mass has large
at the lower end of the pipe, the lower end of the number of spherical balls arranged neatly inside
pipe is dipped into a large tank, filled with water. it as shown in the figure. When placed in water,
Now the piston is pulled up with the help of the the box floats with 80% of its volume remaining
submerged. What is specific gravity of material

of the balls? Neglect thickness of the wall of the density d with of its length outside the liquid.
box. (a) Find d
4 1
(b) Show that
3
Q. 9. Two identical containers have the same volume l

d1
of water in it. Each of them is placed on a balance
d
and readings of the two balances are same. There
is a hollow ball and a solid ball that have same l
d2
volume. The hollow ball floats in water and the
solid ball sinks. A string from the ceiling suspends
the solid ball so that it remains completely
Q. 12. A sealed balloon, filled with air, floats in water
submerged in the water in the first container. The
1
hollow ball is held submerged in the water in the with of its volume submerged. It was found
second container and is held by a string fastened 3
that if it is pushed inside water at a depth h, it
to the bottom of the container. Which balance
remains in equilibrium, neither sinking nor rising.
will show higher reading? How will your answer
Find h. Given that height of water barometer is
change if the string in the second container is cut?
10 m and temperature is constant at all depth.
Q. 10. Three tanks T1, T2 and T3 are sitting on three

Q. 13. Long back our Earth was made of molten material.
weighing scales S1, S2 and S3 respectively. Tank
Assume it to be a uniform sphere of radius R
T1 has a spout, as shown and water has been filled
having density d. Take acceleration due to gravity
in it to a level just below the spout. The other two
at the surface to be g and calculate the gauge
tanks are empty. Reading of the three scales are
pressure (P0) at the centre of this fluid Earth.
20 kg, 4 kg and 3 kg respectively. A 4 kg body is
Calculate P0 for following data: R = 6000 km;
put into the tank T1 and it floats in the water. Now
d = 5500 kg m–3 and g = 10 ms–2.
the reading of scale S3 was found to be 4.5 kg.
What is the reading of other two scales? Q. 14. A device used to measure the specific gravity
of a liquid is called a hydrometer. In a simple
hydrometer there is a cylindrical glass tube with
some lead – weight at its bottom. The device
floats in liquid while remaining vertical. The
top part of the tube extends above the liquid and
the divisions marked on the tube allows one to
directly read the specific gravity of the liquid.
Assume that the water in the system remains 1.0
inside three tanks.

Q. 11. A cylindrical block of length 2l is made of two Lead
different materials. The upper half has density
d1 and lower half, which is heavier, has density The scale on the tube is calibrated such that in
d2. The block is floating in a liquid of unknown pure water it reads 1.0 at the water surface and a
Fluids 8.3
length z0 of the tube is submerged. Calculate the Q. 18. A light cylindrical tube of length L = 1.5 m
specific gravity of the liquid if the liquid level is
z above the 1.0 mark. Disregard the curvature of and radius r = m is open at one end. The tube
π
the tube bottom.
containing air is inverted and pushed inside water
Q. 15. A sphere of radius R and having negligible mass is as shown in figure. A block made of material
floating in a large lake. An external agent slowly of relative density 2 has been placed on the flat
pushes the sphere so as to submerge it completely. upper surface of the tube and the whole system
How much work was done by the agent? Density is in equilibrium. Neglect the weight of air inside
of water is r. the tube and find the volume of block placed on
Q. 16. Two identical communicating containers have the tube.
water filled into them. A spherical ball of ice
(relative density = 0.9 ) having volume 100 cm3 Block
is put into the left vessel. Calculate the volume Air L/2
of water flowing into the right container,
immediately after placing the ball (i.e., don’t L/2
consider any melting of the ice ball). Give your
answer for following two cases
Q. 19. A solid wooden cone has been supported by a
string inside water as shown in the figure. The
radius of the circular base of the cone is R and the
volume of the cone is v. In equilibrium the base of
the cone is at a depth H below the water surface.
Density of wood is d (< r, density of water).
(i) The ice ball floats in the water in the left

container.
H
(ii) The ice ball gets exactly half immersed in the
water.
(iii) What will happen to the water level after
the ice melts? Answer for both (i) and (ii)
above.
(a) Find tension in the string.
Q. 17. An open cylindrical container has a cross sectional
(b) Find the force applied by the water on the
area A0 = 150 cm2 and water has been filled in it up
slant surface of the cone. Take atmospheric
to a height h. A cylinder made of wood (relative
pressure to be P0
density = 0.6) having cross sectional area A = 125
cm2 and length 10 cm is now placed inside the Q. 20. A large container has a sliding vertical wall of
container with its axis vertical. Find the distance height H so as to divide it into two parts. The
(x) of the base of the wooden cylinder from the partition wall is connected to the left container
base of the container in equilibrium for following wall by an ideal spring of force constant k. When
three cases : the spring is relaxed the dimensions of the floor
of the right part is L × b. Now water (density r) is
(a) h = 8 cm slowly poured into the right chamber. What is the
(b) h = 12 cm maximum volume of water that can be stored in
(c) h = 0.8 cm the right chamber without spilling it into the other
part. The partition wall slides without friction.
h k H
x
L
Q. 21. A cylindrical container has cross sectional area of

0.20 m2 and is open at the top. At the bottom, it
has a small hole (A) kept closed by a cork. There a
is an air balloon tied to the bottom surface of the q
container. Volume of balloon is 2.2 litre. Now
water is filled in the container and the balloon
gets fully submerged. Volume of the balloon r
reduces to 2.0 litre. The cork is taken out to
open the hole and at the same moment the whole
container is dropped from a large height so as
to fall under gravity. Assume that the container
remains vertical. Find the change in level of water
inside the falling container 2 second after it starts
falling.
Q. 22. A wooden stick of length L, radius R and density
r has a small metal piece of mass m (of negligible
volume) attached to its one end. Find the
minimum value for the mass m that would make
the stick float vertically in equilibrium in a liquid
of density s.
A B
Q. 23. A rod of length 6 m has a mass 12 kg. It is hinged
at one end at a distance of 3 m below water
surface.
(a) What weight must be attached to the other
end of the rod so that a length of rod equal to Q. 28. (i) A ball is projected in still air. With respect
5 m is submerged in water in equilibrium? to the ball the streamlines appear as shown
in the figure. At which point is the pressure
(b) Find the magnitude and direction of the force larger – 1 or 2?
exerted by the hinge on the rod. (Specific 2
gravity of rod is 0.5).
1
(ii) In the above figure if the ball is also spinning

in clockwise sense, in which direction it will
get deflected – up or down?
r Q. 29. (i) In the arrangement shown in the figure, the
tank has a large cross section and the pipes
have much smaller cross sections. The
g
a opening at A is unplugged and the water
jet hits the ground surface at a horizontal
distance x.
H
q
q
Fluids 8.5
(a) Find the level of water (h) in the tube B

as water flows out of A.
(b) Find x.
(ii) A flat horizontal surface has a small hole A B
at its centre. A circular glass plate of radius
R is placed symmetrically above the hole
with a small gap h remaining between the h2
h1
plate and the surface. A liquid enters the
gap symmetrically from all sides and after
travelling radially through the gap finally v
exits from the hole. The volume flow rate (a) The diagram depicts that height of liquid in
of the liquid coming out from the hole is Q tube B (= h2) is more than the height of liquid
(in m3s–1). in tube A (= h1). Is it correct?
(a) If the flow speed just inside the (b) Calculate the difference in height of the
circumference of the circular plate is liquid in two tubes.
V0 find the speed (Vx) of flow inside the
gap at a distance x (see figure) from the
centre of the hole.
(b) Write Vx in terms of Q, h and x.
x R glass plate
h
h
h0
Q. 30. A horizontal tube having cross sectional area v

A1 = 10 cm2 has a venturi connected to it having
cross sectional area A2 = 4 cm2. A manometer,
having mercury as its liquid is connected to the
tube as shown in the figure. The manometer tube
has uniform cross section and it has a horizontal
part of length L = 10 cm. When there is no flow
in the tube the height of mercury column in both
vertical arms is H = 12 cm. Calculate the minimum r
flow rate (in m3/s) of air through the tube if it is
required that the entire amount of mercury move Vacuum
to one vertical arm of the manometer. Given:
h
density of Hg = 13.6 × 103 kg m–3; density of air =
1.2 kg m–3. v
A1 A3
A2
A1 A2 Piston
(i) Find the force needed to push the piston
assuming that friction force between the
piston and the tube wall is = 40 N
(ii) Find the height (h) of mercury column in the
H attached vertical tube. What happens to this
height if the piston is pushed with smaller
L
speed?
(a) Plot the variation of pressure inside the lake

as a function of height y from the base. Let
the height of piston from the base, after the
pipe is made vertical, be y. Plot the variation
of gas pressure as a function of y in the first
graph itself.
(a) A homogeneous solid cylinder of length L (L
(b) In equilibrium the gas pressure and the
< H/2), cross-sectional area (A/5) is immersed
pressure due to water on the piston must be
such that it floats with its axis vertical at the
equal. Using this solve for equilibrium height
liquid-liquid interface with length (L/4) in
y0 of the piston. You get two answers. Which
the denser liquid. Determine (i) The density
one is correct and why?
of solid and (ii) The gauge pressure at the
bottom of the container. Q. 36. A centrifuge has a horizontal cylinder rotating
(b) The cylinder is removed and original about a vertical axis as shown in the figure. Water
arrangement is restored. A tiny hole of area inside it has density r.
s(s << A) is punched on the vertical side of the
container at a height h(h < H/2). Determine
(i) the initial speed of efflux of the liquid at
the hole (ii) the horizontal distance x travelled dP
by the liquid initially and (iii) the height hm dr
at which the hole should be punched so that w
the liquid travels the maximum distance xm
initially. Also calculate xm.
r r
H/2 d
H/2 2d h w
w
X
A
Level 2
r
r
w
10
r
Q. 37. (i) A cubical metal block of side 10 cm is floating

in a vessel containing mercury. The vessel
Y has a square cross section of side length
15 cm. Water is poured into the vessel so
that the metal block just gets submerged.
Calculate the mass of water that was poured
into the vessel. It is given that relative density
of the metal and mercury are 7.3 and 13.6
respectively.
gas
H y
10
gas
(ii) In the last question, in place of water if we
O
Fluids 8.7
poured another liquid of relative density ‘r’

it was found that when the metal block was
just completely submerged it was no longer
touching mercury. What is value of r?
r
A r
h
A
h
r
2r
(a) How does the centre of mass of the system

(container + liquid) move as the height (x)
of liquid column changes from zero to H?
Explain your answer qualitatively. Draw a
q graph showing the variation of height of
centre of mass of the system (xcm) with x.
Bubble (b) Find the height of liquid column x for which
the centre of mass is at its lowest position.
q H
Q. 44. A cubical ice block of side length ‘a’ is floating in

water in a beaker. Find the change in height of the
centre of mass of (water + ice) system when the
ice block melts completely. It is given that ratio
of mass of water to mass of ice originally in the

container is 4 : 1.
Q. 45. A cylindrical ice block is floating in water. 10%

of its total volume is outside water. Kerosene oil
(relative density = 0.8) is poured slowly on top of
water in the container. Assume that the oil does not
mix with water. Height of the ice cylinder is H.
r
water
h h
2
(a) As kerosene is poured, how does the volume

of ice block above the water level change?
(b) What is the thickness of kerosene layer above h
2
the water when 20% of the volume of the ice
block is above the water surface?
(c) Find the ratio of volume of ice block in
kerosene to its volume in water after the
kerosene layer rises above the top surface of
ice and the block gets completely submerged.
Neglect any melting of ice
Q. 46. A cylindrical container contains water. A cubical
block is floating in water with its lower surface
connected to a spring
(a) Suppose that the spring is in relaxed state. Now,
if the whole container is accelerated vertically
upwards, will the spring get compressed?
(b) Suppose that the spring is initially compressed. h3 = 4 m
Now, what will happen to the state of the

spring when the container is accelerated
upwards? 2r
h2 = 10 m
(c) Assume that mass of the block is 1 kg and
initially the spring (force constant k = 100
h=3m
N/m) is compressed by 5 cm. When the
container is accelerated up by an acceleration h1 = 1 m
of 5 m/s2, the spring has a total compression of
B1 B2
6 cm. Calculate the change in volume of block
submerged inside water when the container
gets accelerated. Density of water is 103 kg/
m3.
r r
Fluids 8.9
r
a
2
B
a
A
(ii) A rectangular concrete block (specific gravity

= 2.5) is used as a retaining wall in a reservoir
of water. The height and width of the block
are x and y respectively. The height of water
3
in the reservoir is z = x . The concrete block
4
cannot slide on the horizontal base but can
rotate about an axis perpendicular to the plane
of the figure and passing through point A
y
Concrete x
z block
A
y
(a) Calculate the minimum value of the ratio
x
for which the block will not begin to overturn
about A.
(b) Redo the above problem for the case when
there is a seepage and a thin film of water is
present under the block. Assume that a seal
at A prevents the water from flowing out Gauge pressure at a point is difference in
underneath the block. absolute pressure at the point and atmospheric
Q. 50. A container having an ideal liquid of density pressure.
r is moving with a constant acceleration of Rear Front

a = a x iˆ + az kˆ where x direction is horizontal and
z is vertically upward. The container is open at the
top. In a reference frame attached to the container 3m
with origin at bottom corner (see figure), write the 2m a
pressure at a point inside the liquid at co-ordinates
B A
(x, y, z). The pressure is P0 at origin.
Z 5m
Q. 53. A water clock consist of a vessel which has a small

orifice O. The upper container is filled with water
which trickles down into the lower container. The
r shape of the (upper or lower) container is such that
height of water in the upper container changes at
O X
a uniform rate. What should be the shape of the
container? Assume that atmospheric air can enter the specific gravity of the material of the
inside the lower container through a hole in it and cylinder.
that the upper container is open at the top. Vessel (b) the time period of oscillations if the cylinder
is axially symmetric.  
is depressed by some small distance  < 
 
Neglect viscosity and change in level of
O
liquids when the cylinder moves.
Q. 57. (i) In the figure shown, the heavy cylinder (radius
R) resting on a smooth surface separates two
liquids of densities 2r and 3r. Find the height
‘h’ for the equilibrium of cylinder.
q
R 3r
2r
h R
q)
R
O

R
w
Water L
4
3 1
4 4 Dh
D P0
Fluids 8.11

rw V = (u0 + bx ) i - by j; u0

r
P1 P2 .
A1
Zero
Water h
Mercury
P1 9A A
P2
Scale
r
(a) Find the speed of the piston
(b) Find the total work done by the external agent
in emptying the syringe.
.
3 –1
Load Calculate the discharge rate in m s
a
b
A1 F
A2
d0
d
(a) (b)
(i) Prove that the tank will move with a constant
acceleration till it is emptied. Find this
acceleration.
(ii) Find the find speed acquired by the tank when
it is completely empty.
H H
H
I 1 A II 1
h h
2 A
2
to A. Point 1 marked in both figures, is a point just

below the opening in the tank and point 2 marked
in both figures, is a point h below point 1 [In fig
II, point 2 is just outside the opening in the pipe.].
(a) Find the speed of flow at point 2 in both
figures.
(b) Find the ratio of speed of flow at point I is
first figure to that in second figure.
(c) Find the difference in pressure at point 1 in
both figures.
Q. 66. To illustrate the principal of a rocket, a student
designed a water rocket as shown in the figure. It
is basically a container having pressurized gas in
its upper part and water in its lower part. Pressure
of the gas is 4.0 Mpa. Mass of empty container is r
1.0 kg and mass of its content is also1.0 kg. The
(a) Calculate the gage pressure in the tube.
nozzle at the bottom is opened to impart a vertical
acceleration to the container. If it is desired that (b) Calculate the volume flow rate (Q) of the air.
the initial upward acceleration of the container be R
0.5g, what should be the cross sectional area (A)
of the exit of the nozzle?
A B
x
gas
water
b
A
Fluids 8.13
r)
A1 A2
A1 A2 A1 atmosphere
h1
H h2
r
(ii) A non viscous liquid of constant density r
flows in a streamline motion along a tube
of variable cross section. The tube is kept
inclined in the vertical plane as shown in the
figure. The area of cross section of the tube at
two points P and Q at heights of h1 and h2 are
respectively A1 and A2. The velocity of the (a) Will the water drain out in this siphon? If yes,
liquid at point P is v. Find the work done on a at what speed (V)?
small volume V of fluid by the neighbouring
(b) Find pressure at the top of the siphon tube
fluid as the small volume moves from P to Q.
(call it P´
Q
P h2
h1
 R3 
V = V0 1 + 3  V0
 x 
H
r
h
x=–R
Level 3
A X
V0 B O
O origin s
r r
(a) If density of water is r0 r
s r
O
2r
water
r
Q. 77. In a machine, a fluid from a compressor, which is at
high pressure, is allowed to pass through a nozzle.
Cross section of the nozzle is shown in the figure.
hole
The nozzle consists of two sections of radii r1 and
r2. The nozzle is fixed to a stand with the help of
m a clamp. The clamp is a circular ring of radius r1
R and width b .The fluid from the compressor is at
a pressure of n times the atmospheric pressure P0.
Assume that the entire system is horizontal, the
fluid is ideal and the flow is steady.
b
A
r1 B
r2
High pressure
fluid
clamp
r
(a) What should be the volume flow rate so that
pressure of the fluid at end B reduces to half
π  1 of its value at end A?
tan −1    57° cos 57∞ 
2 2
O Cable
A
m
B
C
Fluids 8.15
ANSWERS
4 × 1018 kg 21. Water level will rise by 1 mm.
Ê s ˆ
22. p R2 L r Á - 1˜
Ë r ¯
23. (a) 2.33 kg
(b) 56.7 N
24. 18 Nm–2
10
25. q = tan–1 (3); T mg
3
7. (i) (a) Fall down
26. P0 + 2 rgR
(b) Not change
27. A
(ii) Does not change.
28. (i) P1 > P2
8. 1.54
(ii) up
9. First balance will show higher reading.
29. (i) (a) h = 0
Answer will not change if string in 2nd container is
cut. (b) x = 2 h0H
10. Reading of S1 = 20 kg; Reading of S2 = 6.5 kg R

(ii) (a) Vx V
2 x
11. (a) = ( 1 + 2 )
3
12. 20 m Q
(b) Vx =
π hx
1
13. P0 = g.d .R = 1.65 × 1011 Pa 30. 12.1 m3s–1
2
31. (a) Yes
14.
+∆ (b)
16. (i) 45 cc v2
(ii) 25 cc 32. h0
2g
(iii) When ice melts there will be no change in water
level in case (i) and the water level will rise in 33. (i) 371.2 N
case (ii). (ii) 26 cm. Height h will increase
17. (a) 7 cm
5
(b) 0 34. (a) (i)
4
(c) 0 1
(ii) (6 H L)dg
18. 0.75 m3 4
19. (a) vg (d – r)
(b) (i) ( g / 2)(3H 4h)
(b) R2 [r0 + rgH] – vrg
 ρ gbH  (ii) h(3H 4h)

20. Hb  L +

 k  3
(iii) (3/8)H,
4
35. (a) r r
P
r
Ê aˆ
h = L Á1 - ˜
Pwater Ë g¯
y
O 2g
4 m /s 2
5
H 15
(b) y = − H
2 10
dP
36. (a) = ρω r
dr
 ρ
(b) 1 −  ω 2 m
 ρ '
w 10
37. (i) 625 g
(ii) r = 7.3 7
1 4
38. gAh 2
2 7L  1 
π 1 + 
39. π  4g  2
ρ gLr  + 
  3
40. a = g tan q towards right
2
41. 0.4 mm
1
42. W = Aρ0 gh 2
16

43. (a) The COM first falls, attains a minimum height
1
s=
and then it rises to original height  A2 
1 +  ρ Hg .g
(b) x = ( 6 – 2)H  A1 
44. 0.01a q
45. (a) First increases then become constant
c
(b) y=
u + bx
(c)
46. (a) No 4 3
Q= πη r 2 g H 2
(b) spring will get compressed more 3
(c) 100 cm3 a
47. V rg/8 u = u0 = 5 mm /s
A
48. 179 KN
9
49. (i)
8
3
(ii) (a) v = g ( H + h)
4 10
3
(b) H
4 7
H h
Fluids 8.17
P0
H0 =  10.3 m
ρg
2 A0 g
V gH s
A
s

s0
−1
2 ρ0 gH  1 1 
Q=  2 − 2 1.0
ρ A
 2 A 1 
1  A2  V
ρ∆V  12 − 1 v12 + ρ∆Vg ( h2 − h1 ) O
2  A2  πR ρ
m=
  R3 
P = P0 + ρV02 1 − 1 + 3  
  x  4 +π 2 .
ρ gR 2 L
8
P
(ii) rV02
P0 + 2 ρ0 123R
2 ρ= T = 2π
3 40 g
nP0
(a) Q = p r1 r2
2 2
77.
P0
X {
r r14 - r2 4 }
-R F
(b)
2 A1 A2 h1 - h2 2πµ r1b
g A0 ( A1 + A2 ) 2(n − 1) P0
(c ) Q = π r12 r22
ρ[r14 − r24 ]
gh
SOLUTIONS
pA 1 × 105 × 4π (6.4 × 106 ) 2

1. m= =  5.14 × 1018 kg
g 10
3. The pressure in the tube at the level A will be below the atmospheric pressure. Therefore, the atmospheric pressure
will not allow the water to flow out when a hole develops. Air will enter the tube through the hole until the
atmospheric pressure is reached inside the tube and the mercury level will sink to the level outside the tube.
4. The water will rise along with the piston till the pressure produced by the water column at point 1 becomes equal to
atmospheric pressure.
2
1
09 SURFACE TENSION
What is the contact angle between the liquid

Level 1 and the container wall?
Q.1. A circular ring has inner and outer radii equal to
10 mm and 30 mm respectively Mass of the ring
is m = 0.7 g. It gently pulled out vertically from
a water surface by a sensitive spring. When the
spring is stretched 3.4 cm from its equilibrium
position the ring is on verge of being pulled Q.4. A conical pipe shown in figure has a small water
out from the water surface. If spring constant is drop. In which direction does the drop will tend to
k = 0.7 Nm–1 find the surface tension of water. move?
Q.5. A narrow tube of length l and radius r is sealed

at one end. Its open end is brought in contact
with the surface of water while the tube is held
vertical. The water rises to a height h in the tube.
water The contact angle of water with the tube wall
Q.2. A long thin walled capillary tube of mass M and is q, density of water is r and the atmospheric
radius r is partially immersed in a liquid of surface pressure is Po. Find the surface tension of the
tension T. The angle of contact for the liquid and liquid. Assume that the temperature of air inside
the tube wall is 30°. How much force is needed to the tube remains constant and the volume of the
hold the tube vertically? Neglect buoyancy force meniscus is negligible.
on the tube. Q.6. The internal radius of one arm of a glass capillary
U tube is r1 and for the second arm it is r2(> r1).
The tube is filled with some mercury having
surface tension T and contact angle with glass
equal to 90° + q.
(a) It is proposed to connect one arm of the U
Q.3. (i) Water drops on two surfaces A and B has been tube to a vacuum pump- so that the mercury
shown in figure. Which surface is hydrophobic level in both arms can be equalized. To which
and which surface is hydrophilic? arm the pump shall be connected?
(b) When mercury level in both arms is same,
how much below the atmospheric pressure is
the pressure of air in the arm connected to the
A B pump?
(ii) A liquid is filled in a spherical container of Q.7. In a horizontal capillary tube, the rate of capillary
radius R till a height h. In this position the flow depends on the surface tension force as
liquid surface at the edges is also horizontal. well as the viscous force. Lueas and washburn
showed that the length (x) of liquid penetration density of water is r = 103 kg/m3 and atmospheric
in a horizontal capillary depends on a factor pressure is Po = 105 N / m2
(k) apart from time (t). The factor is given by r
1
È rT cosq ˘ 2
k=Í ˙ ; where r, T, q and h are radius
Î 2h ˚
of the capillary tube, surface tension, contact
angle and coefficient of viscosity respectively. If
the length of liquid in the capillary grows from h
zero to x0 in time t0, how much time will be
needed for the length to increases from x0 to 4x0.
Q.8. A glass tube of radius R is covered with a liquid
Find the excess pressure to be applied on the
film at its one end. Air is blown slowly into the
water in the capillary tube so that -
tube to gradually increase the pressure inside.
What is the maximum pressure that the air inside (a) The water level in the tube becomes same as
the tube can have? Assume that the liquid film that in the vessel.
does not leave the surface (whatever its size) and (b) Is it possible to blow out an air bubble out of
it does not get punctured. Surface tension of the the tube by increasing the pressure?
liquid is T and atmospheric pressure is Po. (ii) A container contains two immiscible liquids
of density r1 and r2 (r2 > r1). A capillary of
radius r is inserted in the liquid so that its bottom
Liquid film
reaches up to denser liquid and lighter liquid does
not enter into the capillary. Denser liquid rises
in capillary and attain height equal to h which
air is also equal to column length of lighter liquid.
Assuming zero contact angle find surface tension
of the heavier liquid.
Q.9. Why bubbles can be formed using soap water
but we do not have bubbles formed out of pure h
water?
Q.10. A tapering glass capillary tube A of length 0.1 m
has diameters 10–3 m and 5 × 104 m at the ends.
Q.12. The radii of two columns in a U tube are r1 and
When it is just immersed in a liquid at 0ºC with
r2 (r1 > r2). A liquid of density r is filled in it.
larger radius in contact with liquid surface, the
The contact angle of the liquid with the tube
liquid rises 8 × 10–2 m in the tube. In another
wall is q. If the surface tension of the liquid is
experiment, in a cylindrical glass capillary tube
T then plot the graph of the level difference
B, when immersed in the same liquid at 0ºC, the
(h) of the liquid in the two arms versus contact
liquid rises to 6 × 10–2 m height. The rise of liquid
angle q. Plot the graph for angle q changing from
in tube B is only 5.5 × 10–2 m when the liquid is
0° to 90°. Assume the curved surface of meniscus
at 50ºC. Find the rate at which the surface tension
to be part of a sphere.
changes with temperature considering the change
to be linear. The density of liquid is (1/14) × 104
kg/m3 and the angle of contact is zero. Effect of
temperature on the density of liquid and glass is
h
negligible.
Q.11. (i) One end of a uniform glass capillary tube
of radius r = 0.025 cm is immersed vertically
in water to a depth h = 1cm. Contact angle is
0°, surface tension of water is 7.5 × 10–2 N/m,
Surface Tension 9.3
that the excess pressure inside a bubble is small

Level 2 compared to P0.
Q.13. A glass prism has its principal section in form of
an equilateral triangle of side length l. The length
of the prism is L (see fig.). The prism, with its r
base horizontal, is supported by a vertical spring
of force constant k. Half the slant surface of the
R
prism is submerged in water. Surface tension of
water is T and contact angle between water and Q.16. In the siphon shown in the figure the ends A and
glass is 0°. Density of glass is d and that of water B of the tube are at same horizontal level. Water
is r ( < d). Calculate the extension in the spring in fills the entire tube but it does not flow out of the
this position of equilibrium. end B. With the help of a diagram show how the
water surface at end B changes if the end B were
slightly lower than the position shown.
L
l/2
60°
l A B
Q.14. Two capillaries of small cross section are

connected as shown in the figure. The right tube Q.17. A glass capillary tube sealed at the upper end has
has cross sectional radius R and left one has a internal radius r. The tube is held vertical with its
radius of r (< R). The tube of radius R is very long lower end touching the surface of water. Calculate
where as the tube of radius r is of short length. the length (L) of such a tube for water in it to rise
Water is slowly poured in the right tube. Contact to a height h (< L). Atmospheric pressure is Po
angle for the tube wall and water is q = 0°. Let h and surface tension of water is T. Assume that
be the height difference between water surface in water perfectly wets glass (Density of water = r)
the right and left tube. Surface tension of water is Q.18. In the last question let the length of the tube be
T and its density is r. L and its outer radius be R. Water rises in it to
a height h. Calculate the vertical force needed to
hold the tube in this position. Mass of empty tube
h is M.
Q.19. A glass capillary tube is held vertical and put into
contact with the surface of water in a tank. It was
observed that the liquid rises to the top of the tube
before settling to an equilibrium height h0 in the
tube. Assume that water perfectly wets glass and
viscosity is small. Is the length of the capillary
tube larger then 2h0?
(a) Find the value of h if the water surface in the
Q.20. Two soap bubbles of radii r1 and r2 are attached
left tube is found to be flat.
as shown. Find the radius of curvature of the
(b) Find the maximum value of h for which water common film ACB.
will not flow out of the left tube . A
Q.15. A soap bubble of radius r is formed inside another
soap bubble of radius R (> r). The atmospheric r1 C r2
pressure is P0 and surface tension of the soap
solution is T. Calculate change in radius of the B
smaller bubble if the outer bubble bursts. Assume
Q.21. (a) In the last question find the angle between the
tangents drawn to the bubble surfaces at point Level 3
A. Q.24. Consider a rain drop falling at terminal speed. For
(b) In the above question assume that r1 = r2 = r. what radius (R) of the drop can we disregard the
What is the shape of the common interface influence of gravity on its shape? Surface tension
ACB? Find length AB in this case. and density of water are T and r respectively.
(c) With r1 = r2 = r the common wall bursts and Q.25. A soap bubble has radius R and thickness of its
the two bubbles form a single bubble find wall is a. Calculate the apparent weight (= true
the radius of this new bubble. It is given that weight - Buoyancy) of the bubble if surface
volume of a truncated sphere of radius R and tension of soap solution and its density are T and
p
height y is y 2 (3R - y ) [see figure] d respectively. The atmospheric pressure is P0
3 and density of atmospheric air is r0. By assuming
a = 10–6 m, R = 10 cm, P0 = 105 Nm–2, r0 = 1.2
kg m–3, d = 103 kg m–3, T = 0.04 Nm–1; show that
y the weight of the bubble is mainly because of
R
water in the skin. What is weight of the bubble?
Q.26. A soap bubble is blown at the end of a capillary
tube of radius a and length L. When the other end
Q.22. Two soap bubbles of radius R1 and R2 (< R1) are
is left open, the bubble begins to deflate. Write
joined by a straw. Air flows from one bubble to
the radius of the bubble as a function of time if
another and a single bubble of radius R3 remains.
the initial radius of the bubble was R0. Surface
tension of soap solution is T. It is known that
volume flow rate through a tube of radius a and
length L is given by Poiseuille’s equation-
R2 p a 4 DP
Q=
8h L
R1 L R0
2a
(a) From which bubble does the air flow out ?

(b) Assuming no temperature change and
atmospheric pressure to be Po, find the Where DP is pressure difference at the two ends of
surface tension of the soap solution. the tube and h is coefficient of viscosity. Assume
Q.23. In the last problem, one of the bubbles supplies that the bubble remains spherical.
its entire air to the other bubble and a film of soap Q.27. Two blocks are floating in water. When they are
solution is formed at the end of the straw which brought sufficiently close they are attracted to
keeps it closed. What is the radius of curvature each other due to surface tension effects. When
of this film if the bigger bubble has grown in size the experiment is repeated after replacing water
and its radius has become R3. with mercury, once again the two blocks are
attracted. Explain the phenomena. It is given that
water wets the material of the block where as
Film of soap mercury does not.
solution
Q.28. A long thin string has a coat of water on it. The
radius of the water cylinder is r. After some time
it was found that the string had a series of equally
R3 spaced identical water drops on it. Find the
minimum distance between two successive drops.
Surface Tension 9.5
Q.29. A liquid having surface tension T and density r B

is in contact with a vertical solid wall. The liquid
surface gets curved as shown in the figure. At the
V
bottom the liquid surface is flat.
The atmospheric pressure is Po.
h
A
C
h M
L
A
h
(i) Find the pressure in the liquid at the top of the
meniscus (i.e. at A)
(ii) Calculate the difference in height (h) between h0
the bottom and top of the meniscus.
Q.30. Is it possible that water evaporates from a
spherical drop of water just by means of surface
energy supplying the necessary latent heat of
vaporisation? The drop does not use its internal
thermal energy and does not receive any heat
t
from outside. It is known that water drops of
size less than 10–6 m do not exist. Latent heat of Q.32. A curved liquid surface has radius of curvature R1
vaporisation of water is L = 2.3 × 106 Jkg–1 and and R2 in two perpendicular directions as shown
surface tension is T = 0.07 Nm–1. in figure. Surface tension of the liquid is T. Find
the difference in pressure on the concave side and
Q.31. In the arrangement shown in the figure, A is a jar
the convex side of the liquid surface.
half filled with water and half filled with air. It
is fitted with a leak proof cork. A tube connects
Liquid surface
it to a water vessel B. Another narrow tube
fitted to A connects it to a narrow tube C via
a water monometer M. The tip of the tube C is
R2 R1
just touching the surface of a liquid L. Valve V
is opened at time t = 0 and water from vessel B
pours down slowly and uniformly into the jar A.
An air bubble develops at the tip of tube C. The
cross sectional radius of tube C is r and density of Q.33. A capillary tube of radius r and height h1 is
water is r. The difference in height of water (h) in connected to a broad tube of large height as shown
the two arms of the manometer varies with time in the figure. Water is poured into the broad tube –
't' as shown in the graph. Find the surface tension drop by drop. Drops fall at regular intervals. Plot
of the liquid L. the variation of height of water in both tubes with
time. Initially the tube and capillary are empty.
Neglect the volume of the connecting pipe.
h1
ANSWERS
1. 0.076 Nm–1 È L r2 ˘
2. 2 3prT + Mg 18. Mg + p P∞ Í R 2 - ˙ + 2p ( R + r )T
ÍÎ L - h ˙˚
3. (i) A Æ hydrophilic , B Æ hydrophobic 19. No, l < 2h0
Ê R - hˆ
(ii) cos-1 Á r1r2
Ë R ˜¯ 20.
r1 - r2
4. Towards the tapered end. 3r
21. (a) 120° (b) 3r (c)
r È P∞ h ˘ 2(2)1/ 3
5. T= Í + r gh ˙
2 cosq Î  - h
6.
˚
22. (a) From smaller bubble (b) T =
(
P∞ R33 - R13 - R23 )
4 (R )
(a) To capillary of smaller radius 2
1 + R22 - R32
2T sin q (r2 - r1 )
(b) 23. R3
r1r2
T
7. 15t0 24. R <<
4T rg
8. P∞ +
R 16p R 2 r∞
N 25. g + 4p R 2 a.d.g
10. -1.4 ¥ 10 -4 3 P∞
m∞C 1
r È a 4Tt ˘ 4
11. (i) (a) 600 Pa (b) Yes. (ii) T = ( r2 - r1 ) gh 26. R = R0 Í1 - ˙
2 ÍÎ 2hL R04 ˙˚
12. h
9
28. r
2
2T
29. (i) Po – rgh (ii)
rg
q
O° 90° 30. No
È 3 2
1 3 3 2 ˘ rgh0 r
13. x = Í l L d.g - l L r g + 3TL + Tl ˙ 31.
ÍÎ 4
K 16 ˙˚ 2
2T 2T Ê r + R ˆ Ê 1 1ˆ
14. (a) h = (b) Á ˜ 32. DP = T Á + ˜
Rr g r g Ë rR ¯ Ë R1 R2 ¯
4Tr h
15. Dr = 33. Tube
3P0 R
16. The radius of curvature decreases h1
Capilary
P∞ hr h0
17. L= +h
2T - r grh
t
t0 t1 t2
10 VISCOSITY
Level 1 viscous liquid is made to flow through the pipe at

the same volume flow rate (measured in m3s–1).
Q.1. During a painting process, a thin, flat tape of Find the maximum speed of a fluid particle in the
width b (dimension perpendicular to the plane of pipe.
the figure) is pulled through a paint filled channel Q.5. A near surface earth satellite is in the shape of a
of length L. The density and viscosity of the paint sphere of radius r. It encounters cosmic dust in
liquid is r and h respectively. The tape is pulled at its path. The viscous force experienced by the
a constant speed v and width of the channel is h. satellite follows stoke’s law. The coefficient of
Find the minimum force needed to pull the tape. viscosity is h. Mass and radius of the earth are M
L and R respectively.
v
(a) Calculate the power of the rocket engine that
h
must be put on to keep the satellite moving as
usual.
Q.2. A liquid is flowing through a horizontal channel. (b) Calculate the equilibrium temperature of the
The speed of flow (v) depends on height (y) from surface of the satellite assuming that it radiates
  y   y 2  like a black body and no outer radiation falls
the floor as v = v0  2   −    . Where h is
  h   h   on it. Assume that the heat generated due to
viscous force is absorbed completely by the
the height of liquid in the channel and v0 is the
satellite body.
speed of the top layer. Coefficient of viscosity is
h. Calculate the shear stress that the liquid exerts
Q.6. Two balls of radii r and are released inside a
on the floor.
deep water tank. Their initial accelerations are
y
v0 Free surface found to be and respectively. Find the
velocity of smaller ball relative to the larger

h ball, a long time after the two balls are released.
Coefficient of viscosity is given to be h.
r
Q.3. A car having cross sectional area of its front equal r/2
to A is travelling on a highway at a speed v. The
viscous drag force acting on the car is known to
be given as Fv = CArv .Where r is density of air
and C is a constant which depends on the shape
of the car. The petrol used by the car produces Q.7. The coefficient of viscosity h of a gas depends on
E joules of energy per kg of it burnt. Calculate mass of the gas molecule, its effective diameter
the mileage (in km/kg) of the car if the combined and its average speed. It is known that diameter
efficiency of its engine and transmission is f. of helium atom is 2.1 × 10–10 m and its coefficient
Q.4. An ideal fluid flows through a pipe of circular of viscosity, at room temperature is 2.0 × 10–5
cross section of radius r at a speed v0. Now a kg m–1s–1. Estimate the effective diameter of CO2
molecule if it is known that h at room temperature

for CO2 is 1.5 × 10–5 kg m–1s–1.
Q.8. When hard brakes are applied (so as to lock the
wheels) in a car travelling on a wet road it can b
“hydro-plane”. A film of water is created between
the tires and the road and, theoretically, the car R
can slide a very long distance. [In practice film
l
is destroyed much before such distances can be
achieved]. Consider a car of mass M moving on
a wet road with speed v0. Hard brakes are applied. Level 3
Let the area of film under all four tires be A and
thickness of the film be h. Coefficient of viscosity Q.12. A vertical steel rod has radius a. The rod has a
is h. coat of a liquid film on it. The liquid slides under
(a) Calculate the distance (x) to which the car gravity. It was found that the speed of liquid layer
will slide before coming to rest. at radius r is given by
(b) Calculate the value of x for M = 103 kg,
A = 0.2 m2, h = 0.1 mm, v0 = 20 ms–1, and
–3
h kg m–1
Where b is the outer radius of liquid film, h is
Level 2 coefficient of viscosity and r is density of the
liquid.
Q.9. A spherical ball of radius r and density d is (i) Calculate the force on unit length of the rod
dropped from rest in a viscous fluid having due to the viscous liquid?
density r and coefficient of viscosity h. (ii) Set up the integral to calculate the volume
(a) Calculate the power (P1) of gravitational flow rate of the liquid down the rod. [you may
force acting on the ball at a time t after it is not evaluate the integral]
dropped. rod
(b) Calculate the rate of heat generation (P2) due
to rubbing of fluid molecules with the ball, at
time t after it is dropped.
Liquid
(c) How do P1 and P2 change if the radius of the r
ball were doubled? g
(d) Find P1 and P2 when both become equal.
a
Q.10. Two balls of same material of density r but
radius r1 and r2 are joined by a light inextensible b
vertical thread and released from a large height
in a medium of coefficient of viscosity = h. Find Q.13. A viscometer (an instrument used to study
the terminal velocity acquired by the balls. Also characteristics of a non-ideal fluid) consists of
find the tension in the string connecting both a flat plate and a rotating cone. The cone has a
the balls when both of them are moving with large apex angle and the angle q shown in figure
terminal velocity. Neglect buoyancy and change is very small (typically less than 0.5° ). The apex
in acceleration due to gravity. of the cone just touches the plate and a liquid fills
the narrow gap between the plate and the cone.
Q.11. A car windshield wiper blade sweeps the wet
The cone has a base radius R and is rotated with
windshield rotating at a constant angular speed of
constant angular speed w. Consider the liquid to
w. R is the radius of innermost arc swept by the
be ideal and take its coefficient of viscosity to be
blade. Length and width of the blade are l and b
h. Calculate the torque needed to drive the cone.
respectively. Coefficient of viscosity of water is w
h. Calculate the torque delivered by the motor to R
rotate the blade assuming that there is a uniform
layer of water of thickness t on the glass surface. q q
Viscosity 10.3
ANSWERS
1. 9. (a)
2.
(b)
3. (c) P1 and P2 become 32 times.
4. (d) P1 = P2 =
r È ˘ ;
È h ˘ 10. - + pr -
5. (a) (b) Í ˙ h Î ˚
Î s ˚
6. upwards 11.
7. 4.4 × 10–10 m
12. (i) (ii)
8. (a) (b) 10 km
13. 
SOLUTIONS
1. The paint layer in contact with channel wall is at rest and that in contact with the tape is v. The viscous force acts
on two surfaces of the tape. If gap between the tape and upper surface of the channel is x then velocity gradient at
the two surfaces of the tape is
and
Total viscous force on the tape is Fvis = Fupper + F lower

È ˘
=h Í ˙
Î - ˚
This force is minimum when x(h – x) is maximum, i.e., when
2. Shear stress is tangential force applied by the liquid on unit area of the floor.
Velocity gradient
11 ELASTICITY
modulus of steel is Y, calculate the longitudinal

Level 1 stress developed in it. Also calculate the tension
Q.1. Human bones remain elastic if strain is less force developed in the ring.
than 0.5%. However, the young’s modulus for [Take b << r]
compression (Yc) and stretch (Ys) are different.
The typical values are Yc = 9.4 × 109 Pa and
R
Ys = 16 × 109 Pa. The shear modulus of elasticity
for the bone is h = 1010 Pa
Answer following questions with regard to a leg
bone of length 20 cm and cross sectional area d
3 cm2
Disc
(a) Calculate the maximum stretching force that
the bone can sustain and still remain elastic. b
(b) A man of mass 60 kg jumps from a height of
10 m on a concrete floor. Half his momentum r
is absorbed by the impact of the floor on the
d
particular bone we are talking about. The
impact lasts for 0.02 s. Will the compressive
stress exceed the elastic limit?
(c) How much shearing force will be needed to Ring
break the bone if breaking strain is 5°. Q.4. A water tank is supported by four pillars. The
Q.2. The elastic limit and ultimate strength for steel is pillars are strong enough to sustain ten times
2.48 × 108 Pa and 4.89 × 108 Pa respectively. A the stress developed in them when the tank is
steel wire of 10 m length and 2 mm cross sectional completely full. An engineer decides to increase
diameter is subjected to longitudinal tensile stress. the every dimension of the tank and the pillars
Young’s modulus of steel is Y = 2 × 1011 Pa by hundred times so as to store more water. Do
(a) Calculate the maximum elongation that can you think he has taken a right decision? Assume
be produced in the wire without permanently that material used in construction of the tank and
deforming it. How much force is needed to pillars remain same.
produce this extension?
(b) Calculate the maximum stretching force that
can be applied without breaking the wire.
Q.3. A steel ring is to be fitted on a wooden disc of
radius R and thickness d. The inner radius of the
ring is r which is slightly smaller than R. The
outer radius of the ring is r + b and its thickness is
d (same as the disc). There is no change in value
of b and d after the ring is fitted over the disc;
Q.5. Two bars A and B are stuck using an adhesive.
only the inner radius becomes R. If the Young’s
The contact surface of the bars make an angle
q with the length. Area of cross section of each with angular velocity w. Determine the amount
bar is S0. It is known that the adhesive yields if (assumed small) by which its circumference
normal stress at the contact surface exceeds s0. increases.
Find the maximum pulling force F that can be Q.10. A steel wire of radius r is stretched without
applied without detaching the bars. tension along a straight line with its ends fixed at
S0
A B A and B (figure). The wire is pulled into the shape
ACB. Assume that d is very small compared to
F F length of the wire. Young’s modulus of steel is Y.
q
(a) What is the tension (T) in the wire?
Q.6. A very stiff bar (AB) of negligible mass is (b) Determine the pulling force F. Is F larger
suspended horizontally by two vertical rods as than T?
shown in figure. Length of the bar is 2.5 L. The
A 2l B
steel rod has length L and cross sectional radius
of r and the brass rod has length 2L and cross d
sectional radius of 2r. A vertically downward C
force F is applied to the bar at a distance x from
the steel rod and the bar remains horizontal. Find F
the value of x if it is given that ratio of Young’s Q.11. A uniform material rod of length L is rotated in a
Y
modulus of steel and brass is s = 2 . horizontal plane about a vertical axis through one
YB of its ends. The angular speed of rotation is w.
Find increase in length of the rod. It is given that
Brass
density and Young’s modulus of the rod are r and
2L Steel Y respectively.
L Q.12. A rectangular bar is fixed to a hard floor. Height
F x
of the bar is h and its area in contact with the floor
is A. A shearing force distorts the bar as shown.
A 2.5L B
Prove that the work done by the shearing force is
Ês2 ˆ
Q.7. A closed steel cylinder is completely filled with W = Á ˜ ¥ volume of the bar. Here s is shear
water at 0°C. The water is made to freeze at 0°C. Ë 2h ¯
Calculate the rise in pressure on the cylinder modulus of elasticity. Assume the deformation to
wall. It is known that density of water at 0°C is be small.
1000 kg/m3 and the density of ice at 0°C is 910 F
A
kg/m3. Bulk modulus of ice at 0°C is nearly 9 ×
109 Pa. [Compare this pressure to the atmospheric
h
pressure. Now you can easily understand why
water pipelines burst in cold regions as the winter
sets in.]
Q.13. A thin uniform rod of mass M and length L is
Q.8. (i) Two identical rods, one of steel, the other of free to rotate in vertical plane about a horizontal
copper, are stretched by an identical amount. axis passing through one of its ends. The rod
On which operation more work is expended? is released from horizontal position shown in
(ii) Two identical rods, one of steel, the other of the figure. Calculate the shear stress developed
copper, are stretched with equal force. On at the centre of the rod immediately after it is
which operation is more work needed? released. Cross sectional area of the rod is A. [For
calculation of moment of inertia you can treat it to
Level 2 very thin]
A
Q.9. A thin ring of radius R is made of a wire of M L B
density r and Young’s modulus Y. It is spun in
its own plane, about an axis through its centre,
Elasticity 11.3
Q.14. A rigid cylindrical container has inner radius r. thread of length l. It is raised to a height and
A cork having radius r + Dr and length L is to released. Find the least height to which the load
be fitted so as to close the container. Uniform must be raised so that it will break the thread
pressure (DP) is needed on the curved cylindrical when allowed to fall.
surface of the cork. Poisson’s ratio of a cork is Q.16. Atmospheric pressure is P0 and density of water
almost zero, and its bulk modulus is B. at the sea level is r0. If the bulk modulus of water
P
is B, calculate the pressure deep inside the sea at
a depth h below the surface.
2 (r + r)
2r
Level 3
P Q.17. A metal cylinder of length L and radius R is
L
fixed rigidly to ground with its axis vertical.
A twisting torque t0 is applied along the
(a) Calculate DP circumference at the top of the cylinder. This
(b) After the cork is fitted how much force will causes an angular twist of q0 (rad) in the top
be needed to pull it out of the container? surface. Calculate the shear modulus of elasticity
Coefficient of friction between the container (h) of the material of the cylinder.
and the cork is m. t
Q.15. Assume that the least load which would break a

thread when simply suspended from it is M and
that this load produces a strain of 1 percent at the L
moment of breaking. Also assume that Hooke's
law applies to the thread right up to breaking-
point. A load of mass m is suspended from a
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2.4 × 104 N (b) Yes (c) 2.6 × 105 N rw 2 L

2. (a) 1.24 cm, 779 N (b) 1535 N 3Y
Ê R - rˆ Ê R - rˆ Mg
3. YÁ ; Ybd Á
Ë r ˜¯ Ë r ˜¯ 16 A
4. No
2 BDr
s 0 S0 DP = pm D
5. r
sin 2 q
0.01M
6. x = 1.25 L 2m
7. 8.1 × 108 Pa Ê r gh ˆ
P = P0 - B ln Á 1 - 0 ˜
Ë B ¯
2pr R3w 2 2lt 0
Y p R 4q 0
p
12 SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION
Level 1 of oscillation is a. A large number of photographs

of the particle are shot at regular intervals of
time with a high speed camera. It was found that
Q. 1. (i) The acceleration (a) of a particle moving
photographs having the particle at x1 + x were
along a straight line is related to time (t) as
maximum in number and photographs having the
per the differential equation . b is particle at x2 + x were least in number. What are
a positive constant. Is the particle performing values of x1 and x2?
SHM? If yes, what is the time period? Q. 5. Position vector of a particle as a function of time

(ii) A particle is executing SHM on a straight is given by

line. A and B are two points at which its R = (a sin wt) î + (a cos wt) ĵ + (b sin w0t) k̂
velocity is zero. It passes through a certain The particle appears to be performing simple
point P (AP < PB) with a speed of 3 m/s at harmonic motion along z direction, to an observer
times recorded as t = 0, 0.5 s, 2.0 s, 2.5 s, moving in xy plane.
4.0 s, 4.5 s......Determine the maximum speed
(a) Describe the path of the observer.
of the particle and also the ratio AP/PB.
(b) Write the distance travelled by the observer
Q. 2. The position – time graph for two particles- 1 and
himself in the time interval he sees the
2- performing SHM along X axis has been shown
particle completing one oscillation.
in the fig.
Q. 6. A wheel is revolving at an angular speed of w.
(a) Write the velocity of the two particles as a
A pin welded at the circumference of the wheel
function of time.
forces a T shaped body to move up and down. The
(b) If the energy of SHM for the two particles is pin slides freely inside the slot of the yoke as the
same write the ratio of their masses. wheel rotates. The T shaped body is constrained
x
2
to move vertically by a set of walls.
A 1
yoke
t
t0 2t0
-2A
Pin
Q. 3. A particle moves along X axis such that its w
acceleration is given by a = – b(x – 2),where b is a
positive constant and x is the position co-ordinate.
(a) Is the motion simple harmonic? A
Wall
(b) Calculate the time period of oscillations.
(c) How far is the origin of co-ordinate system
(a) Find the time period of oscillatory motion of
from the equilibrium position?
point A at the base of the T shaped body
Q. 4. A particle is performing simple harmonic motion
(b) Is the motion of A simple harmonic?
along the x axis about the origin. The amplitude
Q. 7. (i) A particle is performing simple harmonic other end of the massless spring has a particle
motion with time period T. At an instant its of mass m connected to it. With what maximum
speed is 60% of its maximum value and is amplitude can the particle oscillate up and down
increasing. After an interval t its speed such that the block does not lose contact with the
becomes 80% of its maximum value and is table?
decreasing. Find the smallest value of t in M
terms of T.
(ii) A particle is doing SHM of amplitude
0.5 m and period p seconds. When in a
position of instantaneous rest, it is given an k
impulse which imparts a velocity of 1 m/s
towards the equilibrium position. Find the m
new amplitude of oscillation and find how
much less time will it take to arrive at the next Q. 11. A block of mass m is moving along positive x
position of instantaneous rest as compared to direction on a smooth horizontal surface with
the case if the impulse had not been applied. velocity u. It enters a rough horizontal region at
x = 0. The coefficient of friction in this rough
Q. 8. A block of mass M is tied to a spring of force region varies according to m = ax, where ‘a’ is
constant k and placed on a smooth horizontal a positive constant and x is displacement of the
surface. The natural length of the spring is L. P block in the rough region. Find the time for which
is a point on the spring at a distance from its the block will slide in this rough region.
fixed end. The block is set in oscillations with Q. 12. (i) In the shown arrangement, both springs are
amplitude A. Find the maximum speed of point P relaxed. The coefficient of friction between
on the spring. m2 and m1 is m. There is no friction between
m1 and the horizontal surface. The blocks are
P k displaced slightly and released. They move
A M
together without slipping on each other.
Q. 9. A particle of mass m is suspended with the help k2

of a spring and an inextensible string as shown k1 m2
in the figure. Force constant of the spring is k. m1
The particle is pulled down from its equilibrium
position by a distance x and released. (a) If the small displacement of blocks is x then
find the magnitude of acceleration of m2.
What is time period of oscillations?
String
1
(b) Find the ratio so that the frictional force
2
on m2 acts in the direction of its displacement

Spring
from the mean position.
m (ii) Two small blocks of same mass m are
connected to two identical springs as shown
(a) Find maximum value of x for which the in fig. Both springs have stiffness K and they
motion of the particle will remain simple are in their natural length when the blocks
harmonic. are at point O. Both the blocks are pushed
(b) Find maximum tension in the string if so that one of the springs get compressed
mg by a distance a and the other by a/2. Both
x .
k the blocks are released from this position
Q. 10. A block of mass M is placed on top of a hole in simultaneously. Find the time period of
a horizontal table. A spring of force constant k oscillations of the blocks if - (neglect the
is connected to the block through the hole. The dimensions of the blocks)
Simple Harmonic Motion 12.3
a
a/2 calculate the period. If there is a device which can
change the tension in the wire at will , how will
k m k
O
the time period change if tension in the wire is
increased?
(a) Collisions between them are elastic. A
(b) Collisions between them are perfectly l T
inelastic. W
Q. 13. Two blocks of mass 10 kg and 2 kg are connected x

l
by an ideal spring of spring constant K = 800 N/m T
and the system is placed on a horizontal surface B
as shown.
10 kg 2 kg Q. 16. A simple pendulum oscillating with a small
µ = 0.5 µ=0
amplitude has a time period of T = 1.0s. A
horizontal thin rod is now placed beneath the
The coefficient of friction between 10 kg block point of suspension at a distance equal to half the
and surface is 0.5 but friction is absent between length of the pendulum. The string collides with
2 kg and the surface. Initially blocks are at rest and the rod once in each oscillation and there is no
spring is relaxed. The 2 kg block is displaced to loss of energy in such collisions. Find the new
elongate the spring by 1 cm and is then released. time period T´ of the pendulum.
(a) Will 10 kg block move subsequently? Q. 17. (i) A small steel ball (B) is at rest on the edge of a
(b) Draw a graph representing variation of table of height h. Another identical steel ball
magnitude of frictional force on 10 kg block (A) is tied to a light string of length L =1.0 m
with time. Time t is measured from that and is released from the position shown so
instant when 2 kg block is released to move. that it swings like a pendulum. At the lowest
position of its path it hits the ball B which
Q.14. A particle of mass m is tied at the end of a light
string of length L, whose other end is fixed at is at rest. Ball B flies off the table and hits
the ground in time t. After collision the ball
point C (fig), and is revolving in a horizontal
A keeps moving for a time t´ before coming
circle of radius r to form a conical pendulum. A
to rest for the first time. Find the value of h if
parallel horizontal beam of light forms shadow of
t = t´. Collision between the balls is head on
the particle on a vertical wall.
and coefficient of restitution is e = 0.995.
C
L=1m O
A
L L
Light
r
O Wall B
m
If the tension in the string is F find - h
(a) The maximum acceleration of the shadow

moving on the wall.
(b) The time period of the shadow moving on the (ii) A pendulum has a particle of mass m attached
wall. to a massless rod of length L. The rod is
Q.15. A small ball of mass m is attached to the middle released from a position where it makes an
π
of a tightly stretched perfectly flexible wire AB angle θ 0  <  with the vertical. The time
of length 2 l ( ). The ball is given a small  2
lateral displacement in horizontal direction and period of oscillation is observed to be T0.
released. The initial tension (T) in the wire is high Another similar pendulum has a rod of length
and change in it due to small lateral displacement 2L. Time period of this pendulum when
of the ball can be neglected. Prove that the ball released from position q0 is T. Which is larger
will perform simple harmonic motion, and T or T0?
Q. 18. A disc of mass M = 2m and radius R is pivoted at separation between A and B is always less than or
its centre. The disc is free to rotate in the vertical equal to a.
plane about its horizontal axis through its centre (a) Find the phase difference between the
O. A particle of mass m is stuck on the periphery of particles.
the disc. Find the frequency of small oscillations
of the system about its equilibrium position. (b) If distance between the two particles is
plotted with time, with what frequency will
the graph oscillate?
Q. 22. (i) A particle of mass m executes SHM in xy-
O plane along a straight line AB. The points A
(a, a) and B (– a, – a) are the two extreme
R positions of the particle. The particle takes
time T to move from one extreme A to the
other extreme B. Find the x component of
m
the force acting on the particle as a function
Q. 19. A rigid body is to be suspended like a physical of time if at t = 0 the particle is at A.
pendulum so as to have a time period of T = 0.2p

(ii) Two particle A and B are performing SHM
second for small amplitude oscillations. The
along X-axis and Y-axis respectively with
minimum distance of the point of suspension from
equal amplitude and frequency of 2 cm and
the centre of mass of the body is l1 = 0.4 m to get
1 Hz respectively. Equilibrium positions for
this time period. Find the maximum distance (l2)
the particles A and B are at the coordinate
of a point of suspension from the centre of mass
(3, 0) and (0, 4) respectively. At t = 0, B is at its
of the body so as to get the same time period.
equilibrium position and moving toward the
[g = 10 m/s2]
origin, while A is nearest to the origin. Find the
Q. 20. A square plate of mass M and side length L is maximum and minimum distances between A
hinged at one of its vertex (A) and is free to rotate and B during their course of motion.
about it. Find the time period of small oscillations
Q. 23. A particle is performing SHM along x – axis and
if
equation for its motion is x = a cos (pt)
t
A Let the time t be expressed as = n + m
Where n = 0,1,2,3,4.... and m is a positive fraction.

Calculate the distance travelled by the particle
during the interval from t = 0 to t = t if
(a) m < 0.5 (b) m > 0.5
(a) the plate performs oscillations in the vertical
Q. 24. Two blocks A and B having mass m = 1 kg and
plane of the figure. (Axis is perpendicular to
M = 4 kg respectively are attached to a spring
figure.)
and placed vertically on a weighing machine as
(b) the plate performs oscillations about a shown in the figure. Block A is held so that the
horizontal axis passing through A lying in the spring is relaxed. A is released from this position
plane of the figure. and it performs simple harmonic motion with
angular frequency w = 25 rad s–1. The spring
Level 2 remains vertical.
A
Q. 21. Two particles A and B are describing SHM of same

amplitude (a) and same frequency (f) along a
common straight line. The mean positions of the
two SHMs are also same but the particles have B
a constant phase difference between them. It is
observed that during the course of motion the
(a) Find the reading of the weighing machine of the block (represented by line AB) always
as a function of time. Take t = 0 when A is remains horizontal.
released.
(b) What is the maximum reading of the weighing
machine?
Q. 25. A block of mass M rests on a smooth horizontal
table. There is a small gap in the table under
the block through which a pendulum has been
k1 k2
attached to the block. The bob of the simple
pendulum has mass m and length of the pendulum A B
is L. The pendulum is set into small oscillations
M
in the vertical plane of the figure. Calculate its
time period. The table does not interfere with the
motion of the string. Q. 28. (i) In the system shown in figure, find the
time period of vertical oscillations of the
M block A. Both the blocks A and B have
equal mass of m and the force constant of
the ideal spring is k. Pulley and threads are
massless.
L
m k
Q. 26. A circular wire frame of radius R is rotating about A
its fixed vertical diameter. A bead on the wire
remains at rest relative to the wire at a position
in which the radius makes an angle q with the
vertical (see figure). There is no friction between
the bead and the wire frame. Prove that the bead
will perform SHM (in the reference frame of the B
wire) if it is displaced a little from its equilibrium
position. Calculate the time period of oscillation. (ii) In the arrangement shown in the figure
the spring, string and the pulley are mass
less. The force constant of the spring is k.
A rope of mass per unit length equal to l
(kg m–1) hangs from the string as shown. In
equilibrium a length L of the rope is in air
O
and its bottom part lies in a heap on the floor.
The rope is very thin and size of the heap is
R
q negligible though the heap contains a fairly
long length of the rope. The rope is raised by
a very small distance and released. Show that
motion will be simple harmonic and calculate
the time period. Assume that the hanging part
Q. 27. In the system shown in the figure the string, of the rope does not experience any force
springs and pulley are light. The force constant from the heap or the floor (For example there
of the two springs are k1 = k and k2 = 2k. Block is no impact force while the rope hits the
of mass M is pulled vertically down from its floor while moving downward and there is no
equilibrium position and released. Calculate the impulsive pull when the vertical part jerks a
angular frequency of oscillation. The top surface small element of heap into motion).
(a) Find maximum value of mass (m) of the ball

for which the block will not lose contact with
the ground?
(b) If the stand is not tall enough and the ball
String makes elastic impact with the block, will your
answer to part (a) change?
k
Q. 31. Two ideal springs of same make (the springs differ
Rope L
heap
in their lengths only) have been suspended from
points A and B such that their free ends C and D
are at same horizontal level. A massless rod PQ
Q. 29. A box B of mass M hangs from an ideal spring of is attached to the ends of the springs. A block of
force constant k. A small particle, also of mass M, mass m is attached to the rod at point R. The rod
is stuck to the ceiling of the box and the system remains horizontal in equilibrium. Now the block
is in equilibrium. The particle gets detached from is pulled down and released. It performs vertical
the ceiling and falls to strike the floor of the box. m
oscillations with time period T = 2π where
It takes time ‘t’ for the particle to hit the floor after 3k
it gets detached from the ceiling. The particle, k is the force constant of the longer spring.
on hitting the floor, sticks to it and the system A
thereafter oscillates with a time period T. Find the
T
height H of the box if it is given that t . B
6 2 k
Assume that the floor and ceiling of the box always
remain horizontal.
P R Q
C D
k m
(a) Find the ratio of length RC and RD.
A
(b) Find the difference in heights of point A and
B if it is given that natural length of spring BD
H is L.
B
Q. 32. A block of mass M connected to an ideal spring of
Q. 30. A block has a L shaped stand fixed to it. Mass force constant k lies in equilibrium on the smooth
of the block with the stand is M. At the free end floor of a room. The other end of the spring is
of the stand there is a spring which carries a ball fixed to the left wall of the room. The room begins
of mass m. With the spring in its natural length, to move to the right with a constant acceleration
the ball is released. It begins to oscillate and the a0. In the reference frame of the room the block
stand is tall enough so that the ball does not hit the begins to perform simple harmonic motion.
block.
a0
k k M
x
x=0
m
At a certain instant (say t = t0) when the block was
M at its left extreme, the acceleration of the room
vanishes. Plot the x – t graph for the block taking
time t = 0 when the room started accelerating.
Show the graph till time t0 and beyond that. Take

origin to be at the left wall and positive x direction
towards right (as shown in figure). Assume no d d
collision of the block with walls.
Q. 33. A block of mass M connected to an ideal spring
of force constant k, is placed on a smooth surface. v
The block is pushed to the left so as to compress
the spring by a length A and then it is released. Q. 36. Two blocks rest on a smooth horizontal surface.
3 They are connected by a spring of force constant
The block hits an elastic wall at a distance
2 k. If the system is set into oscillation find its time
from its point of release. Assume the collision to period.
be instantaneous. k
m1 m2
(a) Calculate the time required by the block to
complete one oscillation
Q. 37. Two blocks A (2 kg) and B (3 kg) rest on a
(b) Draw the velocity – time graph for one
smooth horizontal surface, connected by a spring
oscillation of the block.
of stiffness k = 120 N/m. Initially, the spring is
A A/2
relaxed. At t = 0, A is imparted a velocity u = 2 m/s
towards right. Find displacement of block A as a
k
M
function of time.
x 3 kg 2 kg
O
B A
(c) Find the value of k for which average force
experienced by the wall due to repeated hitting Q. 38. A spring has force constant k = 200 N/m and its
of the block is F0. one end is fixed. There is a block of mass 2 kg
Q. 34. A particle of mass m is constrained to move along attached to its other end and the system lies on a
a straight line. A and B are two fixed points on the smooth horizontal table. The block is pulled so
line at a separation of L. When the particle is at that the extension in the spring becomes 0.05 m.
some point P, between A and B, it is acted upon by At this position the block is projected with a speed
two forces of 1 m/s in the direction of increasing extension of

  6mg   
  3mg   the spring. Consider time t = 0 at the moment the
F1 =   PA and F2 =   PB block is projected and find
 L   L 
(a) the extension (or compression) in the spring
At time t = 0, the particle is projected from A as a function of time.
towards B with a speed of gL .
(b) the maximum extension in the spring and the
At what time ‘t’ will the particle reach at B for the time at which it occurs for the first time.
first time? (c) the time after which the speed of the block
A P B becomes maximum for the first time.
Given: sin–1 (0.446) = 0.46 radian
Q. 35. An equilateral prism of mass m is kept on a smooth
table between two identical springs each having Q. 39. Two identical simple pendulums A and B are
a force constant of k. The two springs have their fixed at same point. They are displaced by very
lengths perpendicular to the inclined faces of the small angles a and b ( = 2 a) respectively and are
prism and are constrained to remain straight. The simultaneously released from rest at time t = 0.
ends of the springs have light pads aligned parallel Collisions between the pendulum bobs are elastic
to the faces of the prism, and distance between and length of each pendulum is l .
pads and the incline faces is d. The prism is (a) What is the minimum number of collisions
imparted a velocity v to the right. Find time period between the bobs after which the pendulum
of its oscillation. B will again reach its original position from
where it was released?
(b) Find the time (t) at which B reaches its initial

M
position for the first time after the release.
0 cm A
(c) Write the kinetic energy of pendulum B just 30
after nth collision? Take mass of each bob to
be m.
B
k
a b
30°
and then gets pushed back. How much time after

B its release, the block will be back to point A?
A
Q. 43. Two tunnels - T1 and T2 are dug across the earth as

Q. 40. Two spheres A and B of the same mass m and shown in figure. One end of the two tunnels have a
the same radius are placed on a rough horizontal common meeting point on the surface of the earth.
surface. A is a uniform hollow sphere and B is Two particles P1 and P2 are oscillating from one
uniform solid sphere. They are tied centrally to end to the other end of the tunnels. At some instant
a light spring of spring constant k as shown in particles are at mid point of their tunnels as shown
figure. A and B are released when the extension in figure. Then –
in the spring is x0. Friction is sufficient and
the spheres do not slip on the surface. Find the T1
frequency and amplitude of SHM of the sphere A.
A B
T2
K
P1
v2
v1 P2
60°
Q. 41. Two small blocks of mass m and 4m are connected
to two springs as shown in fig. Both springs have
stiffness K and they are in their natural length J
when the blocks are at point O. Both the blocks are
pushed so that both the springs get compressed by (a) Write phase difference between the particle
a distance a. First the block of mass m is released P1 and P2. Can the two particles ever meet?
a a (b) Write the ratio of maximum velocity of

m 4m
particle P1 and P2.
k k
O
Q. 44. The given figure shows the variation of the kinetic
energy of a simple pendulum with its angular
 
and after it travels through a distance 1 − 3  , displacement (q) from the vertical. Mass of the
 2  pendulum bob is m = 0.2 kg. Find the time period

the second block is also released. of the pendulum. Take g = 10 ms–2.
(a) At what distance from point O will the two
kE (10–3J)
blocks collide? 20
(b) How much time the two blocks need to
collide after the block of mass 4m is released?
10
Q. 42. A block of mass M = 40 kg is released on a smooth
incline from point A. After travelling through a
length of 30 cm it strikes an ideal spring of force q (10–3 rad)
-100 O 100
constant K = 1000 N/m. It compresses the spring
Q. 45. Two identical small elastic balls have been line AP.
suspended using two strings of different length (b) Assuming that the triangle APB makes a
(see fig (a)). Pendulum A is pulled to left by a small angle q with the vertical plane, write the
small angle q0 and released. It hits ball B head restoring torque acting on the rod.
on which swings to angle 2q0 from the vertical.
Calculate the time period of oscillation of A if its (c) Calculate the time period of small oscillations.
length is known to be L. A 1.25 L P
0.75 L
L
q0
L
2q0 B
Q. 48. A railway tank wagon with its 2m diameter and

6m long horizontal cylindrical body, half full of
petrol is driven around a curve of radius 100m, at
a speed of 8.33 m/s. The curve runs smoothly into
A B a straight track and the train maintains a constant
(a) (b) speed. Find the angular amplitude and frequency
of subsequent oscillation of the petrol due to this
Q. 46. A simple pendulum of length L has a bob of mass change of motion. Neglect viscosity and consider
m. The bob is connected to light horizontal spring petrol as a solid semi cylinder sliding inside the
of force constant k. The spring is relaxed when the tank. Given: tan–1 (0.07) ª 4º
pendulum is vertical (see fig (i)).
Q. 49. A pendulum consists of an inextensible thread
(a) The bob is pulled slightly and released. Find connected to a solid spherical ball of radius r.
the time period of small oscillations. Assume The distance between the point of suspension
that the spring remains horizontal. and the centre of the ball is L (>> r). Calculate
(b) The spring is replaced with an elastic cord the percentage difference in the time period of this
of force constant k. The cord is relaxed when pendulum to the time period of a simple pendulum
the pendulum is vertical (see fig (ii)). The bob of length L. How large is this difference for
is pulled slightly and released. Find the time r = 5 cm and L = 100 cm.
period of oscillations. Q. 50. A disc of radius r is connected to a string of length
L. The string is tied to a point on the circumference
of the disc. This system is made to oscillate in
vertical plane of the disc with a small angular
l l
amplitude q0. Find the speed of the lowest point of
the disc at the moment the string become vertical.
O
k k
(i) (ii)
Q. 47. A uniform rod AB of mass m and length L is tied, L

at its end B, to a thread which is attached to point
P on the ceiling. Length of the thread PB is 0.75
L. The other end A of the rod is hinged at a point r
on the ceiling. Distance AP = 1.25 L. End B of the
rod is pushed gently perpendicular to the plane of
the figure and it starts oscillating Q. 51. (i) A cylindrical container has area of cross
section equal to 4A and it contains a non
(a) Find the moment of inertia of the rod about
viscous liquid of density 2r. A wooden
cylinder of cross sectional area A and length Find the frequency of small oscillations of the
L has density r. It is held vertically with particle about its equilibrium position
its lower surface touching the liquid. It is
released from this position. Assume that the Level 3
depth of the container is sufficient and the
cylinder does not touch the bottom.
Q. 54. Two particles of mass m1 and m2 are connected
(a) Find amplitude of oscillation of the wooden by a spring of natural length L and force constant
cylinder. k. The masses are brought close enough so as
(b) Find time period of its oscillation. to compress the spring completely and a string
is used to tie the system. Assume that length of
spring in this position is close to zero. The system
L
is projected with a velocity V0 along the positive x
direction. At the instant it reaches origin at time t
= 0, the string snaps and the spring starts opening.
Vo
m2 m1
X
o
(a) Show that the mass m1 (or m2) will perform
(ii) Two cubical blocks of side length a and 2a SHM in the reference frame attached to the
are stuck symmetrically as shown in the centre of mass of the system. Find the time
figure. The combined block is floating in period of oscillation.
water with the bigger block just submerged
(b) Write the amplitude of m1 and m2 as a
completely. The block is pushed down a
function of time.
little and released. Find the time period of its
oscillations. Neglect viscosity. (c) Write the X co ordinates of m1 and m2 as a
a function of time
Q. 55. Two simple pendulums A and B have length 4 l
and l respectively. They are released from rest
from the position shown. Both the angles a and b
2a
are small. Calculate the time after which the two
string become parallel for the first time if–
Q. 52. A hollow cylindrical shell of radius R has mass M. (a) a = b (b) b = 1.5 a
It is completely filled with ice having mass m. It is
placed on a horizontal floor connected to a spring
(force constant k) as shown. When it is disturbed a l
b
it performs oscillations without slipping on the
B
floor. 4l
A
(a) Find time period of oscillation assuming that Q. 56. A simple pendulum has a bob of mass m and it
the ice is tightly pressed against the inner is oscillating with a small angular amplitude of
surface of the cylinder. q0. Calculate the average tension in the string
(b) If the ice melts into non viscous water, find averaged over one time period. [For small q take
the time period of oscillations. (Neglect any θ2
cos θ  1 − ]
volume change due to melting of ice) 2
Q. 53. A particle of mass m is free to move along x axis Q. 57. Assume a smooth hole drilled along the diameter
under the influence of a conservative force. The of the earth. If a stone is dropped at one end it
potential energy of the particle is given by reaches the other end of the hole after a Time T0.
U = – axne–bx
[a and b are positive constants] Now instead of dropping the stone, you throw it
into the hole with an initial velocity u. How big two SHMs. Write frequency of the component
should u be, so that the stone appears at the other SHMs.
T0
end of the hole after a time . Express your
2
answer in terms of acceleration due to gravity on k m k m k
1 2
the surface of the earth (g) and the radius of the +ve
earth (R).
Q. 58. A large horizontal turntable is rotating with Q. 61. Four identical mass less rods are connected by
constant angular speed w in counterclockwise hinged joints to form a rhombus of side length L.
sense. A person standing at the centre, begins to Rods can rotate freely about the joints. The joints
walk eastward with a constant speed V relative B and D are connected by a mass less spring of
to the table. Taking origin at the centre and X relaxed length 1.5 L. The system is suspended
direction to be eastward calculate the maximum X vertically with a load of mass M attached at C
co-ordinate of the person. (see fig). In equilibrium the rods form an angle
of 30° with the vertical. Find time period of small
Q. 59. A spherical cavity of radius is removed from oscillations of the load.
a solid sphere of radius R as shown in fig. The A
sphere is placed on a rough horizontal surface as
shown. The sphere is given a gentle push. Friction
L L
is large enough to prevent slippage. Prove that the
sphere perform SHM and find the time period.
B D
R/2
R
L L
o C
Q. 62. Two identical blocks 1 and 2, each of mass m, are

Q. 60. Two blocks 1 and 2, each having mass m, are placed kept on a smooth horizontal surface, connected to
on a smooth table connected to three identical three springs as shown in the figure. Each spring
springs as shown in the figure. Each spring has a has a force constant k. Under suitable initial
force constant K. Initially, all springs are relaxed. conditions, the two blocks oscillate in phase and
The system is disturbed and starts moving. Let their respective displacement from the mean
x1 and x2 represent the displacements of the two position is given by
blocks from their respective mean positions.
m m
(a) Prove that the quantity A = x1 + x2 varies k k k
sinusoidally and calculate its angular 1 2
frequency wa.
(b) Prove that the quantity B = x1 – x2 varies x1 = A sin wt and x2 = A sin wt
sinusoidally and calculate its angular (i) Suggest one such initial condition that will
frequency wb. result in such oscillation.
(c) Prove that motion of block 1 is superposition of (ii) Find w
ANSWERS
π  2 +1
(i) T = 16.
b  
 2 2 
(ii) Vmax = 3 2 m/s, AP/BP = ( 2 –1) / ( 2 + 1)
17. (i) h = 1.25 m (ii) T > T0
   
(a) v1 = A π cos  π t  and v2 = 2 A π sin  π t 
t0 1 g
 t0  t0  t0  18. f =
2π 2R
(b) 2 : 1
19. 0.6 m
. (a) Yes (b) T = 2 (c) 2 unit
20. (a) 2p 2 2 a
4. x1 = a; x2 = 0 3 g
 
5. (a) circle of radius a. (b) 2π  ω  (b) 2p 7 a
 ω0  6 2g
π
6. (a) = (b) yes 2π
ω . (a) φ1 − φ2 = (b) 2f
3
1 π
7. (i) ∆ = (ii) A m; t = s 4π 2  2π 
2
. (i) − ma cos  t
T2  T 
A k
8. (ii) 7 cm and 3 cm.
M
mg 3 23. (a) s = 4an + a(1 – cos pt)
9. (a) (b) mg
k 2
Mg mg (b) s = 4an + a(3 + cos pt)
10.
k k 24. (a) 50 – 10 cos (625t) (b) 60 N
11. p 1 LM
25. T= π
2 ag g ( M + m)
 k +k 
12. (a) a =  1 2  x ; T = 2π m1 + m2 R cos θ
 m1 + m2  k1 + k2 . T = 2π
g
m1 k1 m
(b) ;T = π for both the blocks in both 8k
m2 k2 k 27. ω=
cases. 3M
f m λL
28. (i) T = π (ii) T = π
k k + λg
13. (a) No (b)
t
29. Mg  π 2 
H= 1 + 
1
1
2k  9 
(b) 2π  m r
2 2
 4
(a) F2 (mg ) 2
2 
m 2
 F − (mg )  30. For both (a) and (b) the block will not lose contact
with the ground for any value of m.
ml
15. 2p , Time period increases.
T
RC 2 1 46 k 21
(a) (b) L. f= ; A1 = x0
RD 1 2p 35 m 46
32.
x  5π  (b) 5p m
(a) cos  
 18  9 k
L + 2b
42. 1.54 s
L (a) 180°, No (b) 2 : 1
L – 2b T = 2.80 s
−
1  −
1
− 
1
g k  2  g k  2  g  2
(a) 2 π  +  (b) π  +  +   
t  l m  l m  l 
O t0  
3 3
(a) mL2 (b) mgL
33. (a) 4p M 25 10
3 k
v (c) 2p 2L
(b)
5g
v0
Amplitude = tan–1 (0.07) = 4º; frequency = 0.46 Hz.
v0
2
20r 2
% ; 0.05 %
O
t0 2t0
t L2
–
v0 g (L + r)
2 θo ( L + r )
– v0
r + (L + r)
3
(i) (a) (b) 2p 3L
4p F0 8 8g
(c) k =
3 3A
(ii) 3p 2a
2π L g
34. t=
3 3g
4M + 3m
(a) 2π ; ;
8d m 2K
35. + 4p
3v 3k
M +m
(b) π .
µ K
36. T= π ; where
k
1 ae− n n n −1
. xA = 0.12 sin (10t) + 0.8t f=
2π mb n − 2
38. (a) x = 0.112 sin (10t + 0.46) m
(b) 0.112 m, 0.111 s
. (a) T = 2π m1m2
(c) t = 0.268 s ( m1 + m2 ) k
39. (a) 2 (b) t = 2p
l m2 L
(b) = A1
g m1 + m2
1 2 1 2 (c) X1 = V0t + A1 (1 – cos wt);
(c) E = ml g if n is odd and E = ml g if n is
2 2 X2 = V0t – A2 (1 – cos wt)
even Where
m2 L m1 L k ( m1 + m2 ) k
A1 = ; A2 = ; ω= (a) ωa =
m1 + m2 m1 + m2 m1m2 m
2p l l  19 − 1  k
(a) (b) 2 . cos −1   (b) ωb =
m
3 g  6 
1 (c) wa and wb
Tav = mg + mg q 02
4
u= gR L
. T = 2π
2 3g
k
. (ii) ω =
177 R m
T = 2π
10 g
SOLUTIONS
(i) The given equation has a standard solution given by

a = a0 sin (wt + ). Where w = b.
This is an equation of SHM.
π π
T= =
ω b
(ii) Careful observation of the data tells us that the time period of SHM = 2 s
0.75 s
0.25 s
O 3 m/s
B A
P
0.75 s 0.25 s
If we consider t = 0 when the particle is at origin and travelling in positive direction, we can write the equation
of motion as-
x = A sin wt v = Aw cos wt
Particle will reach at P when time is t = 1/4 s
2π  2π 1  3 2
∴3 m / s = A cos  .  ⇒ =
2  2 4 π
vmax = Aw = 3 2 m/s
OP = A sin ωt =
3 2 π  3
sin   = m
π 4 π
Now, it is easy to work out the ratio AP/PB.
2.(a) A careful observation of the given graphs reveals that the time period is same for both the particles. Amplitude
p
of 1 and 2 are A and 2A respectively and particle 2 lags in phase by .
2
Position – time equation for the two particles is –
 π
x1 = A sin wt and x2 = 2 A sin  ωt −  = – 2A cos wt
 2
Fs
⇒ tan θ =
Mg
Mg tan 30º = k [1.5L – 2L sin 30º]
1 kL kL 2
⇒ Mg = ⇒ = -----------(1)
3 2 Mg 3
If y changes by y then we proceed as follows to calculate the restoring force.
Let length of the spring be l.
l = 2 L sin q
l = 2L cos q q ------------(a)
And y = 2L cos q
y = – 2L sin q q ------------(b)
Spring force changes by k l = 2kL cos q q
Change in rod tension will be given as
2 T sin q = 2kL cos q q
T = kL cot q. q
Restoring force on mass M is
cos 2 θ
2 ∆ T cos θ = 2kL ∆θ
sin θ
d2y cos 2 θ
∴M 2
= 2kL ∆θ
dt sin θ
d2y kL cos 2 θ ∆y
2
= −2 . [using (b)]
dt M sin θ 2 L sin θ
k cos 2 θ 2g g
( 3)
2
= −
2
∆y = − . ∆=y − 2 3 ∆y
M sin θ 3L L
g
\ w2 = 2 3
L
L
T = 2π
2 3g
62. (i) If both blocks are simultaneously given equal velocity when they are at their mean positions, they will oscillate
as suggested.
(ii) The distance between 1 and 2 does not change. Hence, middle spring does not exert any force on the blocks.
Each block experiences force due to one spring only.
k
ω =
m
13 WAVE MOTION
the direction of wave propagation. Out of the

Level 1 6 particles marked (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ) how many
Q. 1. A boy is jerking one end of a taut string. The wave have their instantaneous velocity and acceleration
train propagating to the right has been shown in both directed towards their mean position.
the figure. Q. 4. Consider a function
- - -
=
a b
(a) Does this represent a travelling wave?
(b) What is direction of propagation of the wave?
(a) Why the crests are farther apart as we move (c) Find wave speed.
away from the boy. (d) Sketch the wave at t = 0
(b) Which particle on the string a or b is having Q. 5. A hypothetical pulse is travelling along positive x
higher speed? direction on a taut string. The speed of the pulse is
Q. 2. A transverse wave is travelling along a horizontal 10 cm s –1. The shape of the pulse at t = 0 is given
string. The first figure is the shape of the string as
at an instant of time. The second picture is a x
graph of the vertical displacement of a point on y = +1 for –6<x<0
6
the string as a function of time. How far does this
wave travel along the string in one second? = – x + 1 for 0<x<1
cm 4 = 0 for all other values of x
2 x and y are in cm.
0 cm (a) Find the vertical displacement of the particle
–2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 at x = 1 cm at t = 0.2 s
–4 (b) Find the transverse velocity of the particle at
4 x = 1 cm at t = 0.2 s.
cm 2
Q. 6. Which of the following functions does not satisfy
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 the differential wave equation -
–2
seconds (i) y = 4ek(x – vt)
–4 (ii) y = 2 sin (5t) cos (6px)
Q. 3. Q. 7. A transverse harmonic wave of amplitude 4 mm
1 5 and wavelength 1.5 m is travelling in positive
x direction on a stretched string. At an instant,
the particle at x = 1.0 m is at y = + 2 mm and
2 6 is travelling in positive y direction. Find the co-
4
ordinate of the nearest particle (x > 1.0 m) which
is at its positive extreme at this instant.
3
Q. 8. A transverse harmonic wave travels along a taut
The figure shows the shape of three strings string having a tension of 57.6 N and linear mass
on which sinusoidal transverse waves are density of 100 g/m. Two points A and B on the
propagating. The arrows in the diagram indicate string are 5 cm apart and oscillate with a phase
p joining the speakers and record the intensity

difference of . How much does the phase of of sound at various points. On which path you
6
observe the loudness to alternate between faint
oscillation of point A change in a time interval of
and loud? Explain.
5.0 ms? l
Q. 9. A distant source of sound has frequency 800 Hz. S1 S2

An observer is facing 90° away from the direction
of the source. Estimate the phase difference
between the oscillations of her left and right
eardrums. Speed of sound in air = 340 ms –1.
Q. 10. A sinusoidal wave travels along a taut string m
of linear mass density 0.1 g/cm. The particles
oscillate along y-direction and the disturbance Q. 14. (i) A wire is stretched between two rigid supports.
moves in the positive x-direction. The amplitude It is observed that the wire resonates at a
and frequency of oscillation are 2 mm and 50 Hz frequency of 420 Hz. If a wooden bridge is
respectively. The minimum distance between two placed at the midpoint of the wire (so that the
particles oscillating in the same phase is 4 m. midpoint becomes a node), it was observed
(a) Find the tension in the string. that the smallest frequency at which the
wire resonates is 420 Hz. Find the smallest
(b) Find the amount of energy transferred frequency at which the wire will resonate
through any point of the string in one second. when there is no wooden bridge.
(c) If it is observed that the particle at x = 2 m is (ii) A string of length L is fixed at one end and
at y = 1 mm at t = 2 s, and its velocity is in is under tension due to a weight hanging
positive y-direction, then write the equation from the other end, as shown in the figure.
of this travelling wave. The point of the string on the pulley behaves
Q. 11. A and B are two point sources of sound (of same as a fixed point. Coordinate axes are chosen
frequency) and are kept at a separation. At a point so that the horizontal segment of the string
P, the intensity of sound is observed to be I0 runs from x = – L / 2 to x = L / 2. The string
when only source A is put on. With only B on the is vibrating at one of its resonant frequencies
intensity is observed to be 2I0. The distance AP is with transverse displacement (y) given by
higher than distance BP by half the wavelength of

y(x,t) = 0.05 cos(12.0x) sin(360t)
the sound. Find the intensity recorded at P with
both sources on. Give your answer for following with x, y in meter and t in second. Write two
cases: smallest possible values of L consistent with
(a) The sources are coherent and in phase. the given equation?
(b) The sources are coherent and 180° out of y
phase.
x = +L/2
(c) The sources are incoherent. x=0
x = –L/2
Q. 12. Two sound sources oscillate in phase with a
frequency of 100 Hz. At a point 1.74 m from one M
source and 1.16 m from the other, the amplitudes
of sound from the two sources are A and 2 A Q. 15. Two strings of same material are joined to form
respectively. Calculate the amplitude of the a large string and is stretched between rigid
resultant disturbance at the point. [Speed of sound supports. The diameter of the second string
in air is v = 348 ms –1] is twice that of the first. It was observed in an
Q. 13. Two speakers S1 and S2 are a driven by same experiment that the whole string was oscillating in
source. You walk along a line l that is perpendicular 4 loops with a node at the joint. Find the possible
bisector of the line joining the two speakers and lengths of the second string if the length of first
record the intensity at different points. Then you string is 90 cm.
walk along a line m that is parallel to the line Q. 16. (i) The equation of wave in a string fixed at both
Wave Motion 13.3
end is y = 2 sin p t cos p x. Find the phase as shown in figure. The end A of the string has a
difference between oscillations of two points small light ring which can slide on a smooth rod.
located at x = 0.4 m and x = 0.6 m. The wave reaches A at time t = 0.
(ii) A string having length L is under tension with
both the ends free to move. Standing wave is a
set in the string and the shape of the string at A
time t = 0 is as shown in the figure. Both ends
are at extreme. The string is back in the same
shape after regular intervals of time equal to
T and the maximum displacement of the free (i) Write the slope of the string at point A as
ends at any instant is A. Write the equation of function of time.
the standing wave.
(ii) If the incoming wave has amplitude a, with
what amplitude will the end A oscillate?
x=L
Q. 21. Fundamental frequency of a stretched sonometer
x=0
wire is f0. When its tension is increased by 96%
Q. 17. One type of steel has density 7800 kg/m3 and will and length decreased by 35%, its fundamental
break if the tensile stress exceeds 7.0 × 108 N/ frequency becomes h1 f0. When its tension is
m2. You want to make a guitar string using 4.0 decreased by 36% and its length is increased by
g of this type of steel. While in use, the guitar 30%, its fundamental frequency becomes h2 f0.
string must be able to withstand a tension of h
900 N without breaking. Find 1 .
h2
(a) Determine the maximum length and Q. 22. The linear mass density of the string shown in
minimum radius the string can have. the figure is m = 1 g/m. One end (A) of the string
(b) Determine the highest possible fundamental is tied to a prong of a tuning fork and the other
end carries a block of mass M. The length of the
frequency of standing waves on this string,
string between the tuning fork and the pulley is
if the entire length of the string is free to
L = 2.0 m. When the tuning fork vibrates, the
vibrate.
string resonates with it when mass M is either
Q. 18. A string, of length L, clamped at both ends is 16 kg or 25 kg. However, standing waves are not
vibrating in its first overtone mode. Answer the observed for any other value of M lying between
following questions for the moment the string 16 kg and 25 kg. Assume that end A of the string
looks flat is practically at rest and calculate the frequency of
(a) Find the distance between two nearest the fork.
particles each of which have half the speed of L
the particle having maximum speed.
(b) How many particles in the string have one A
eighth the speed of the particle travelling at
highest speed?
Q. 19. Two transverse waves travel in a medium in same
M
direction.
Ê 2p ˆ Ê 2p ˆ 18
y1 = a cos Á w t - x˜ ; y2 = a cos Á 2w t - x˜ Q. 23. Wavelength of two musical notes in air are m
Ë l1 ¯ Ë l2 ¯ 35
Êl ˆ and ÊÁ 90 ˆ˜ m . Each note produces four beats per
(a) Write the ratio of wavelengths Á 1 ˜ for the Ë 173 ¯
two waves. Ë l2 ¯
second with a third note of frequency f0. Calculate
(b) Plot the displacement of the particle at x = 0 the frequency f0.
with time (t). Q. 24. In a science – fiction movie the crew of a ship
Q. 20. A sine wave is travelling on a stretched string observes a satellite. Suddenly the satellite blows
up. The crew first sees the explosion and after instantaneous transverse velocity of points
a small time gap hears the sound. Do you think along the string, excluding its end-points,
there was a technical lapse? must be same everywhere except at nodes.”
Q. 25. A man is swimming at a depth d in a sea at a Is this statement correct?
distance L (>> d) from a ship (S). An explosion Q. 30 Sound of wavelength 100 cm travels in air.
occurs in the ship and after hearing the sound the At a given point the difference in maximum
man immediately moves to the surface. It takes and minimum pressure is 0.2 Nm –2. If the
0.8 s for the man to rise to the surface after he bulk modulus of air is 1.5 × 105 Nm –2, find the
hears the sound of explosion. 0.2 s after reaching amplitude of vibration of the particles of the
the surface he once again hears a sound of medium.
explosion. Calculate L.
Q. 31. (i) An organ pipe has one end closed and at the
L
other end there is a vibrating diaphragm.
S The diaphragm is a pressure node. The
pipe resonates when the frequency of the
d diaphragm is 2 KHz. Distance between
M
adjacent nodes is 8.0 cm. When the frequency
is slowly reduced, the pipe again resonates at
1.2 KHz.
Given: Speed of sound in air = 340 ms –1; Bulk (a) Find the length of the tube.
modulus of water = 2 × 109 Pa
(b) Find the next frequency above 2 KHz at
Q. 26. Speed of sound in air is 331 ms –1 at 0°C. Prove which the pipe resonates.
that it increases at a rate of 0.6 ms–1°C –1 for small
temperature increase. (ii) The figure shows an arrangement for
measuring the speed of sound in air. A glass
Q. 27. (a) Calculate the speed of sound in hydrogen gas tube is fitted with a movable piston that
at 300 K allows the indicated length L to be adjusted.
(b) At what temperature the speed in oxygen There is enough gap between the piston and
will be same as above. [Assume oxygen the tube wall to allow the air to pass through
molecules to remain diatomic] it. A speaker is placed near the open end of
Q. 28. A harmonic source (S) is driving a taut string. The the tube. A microphone is placed close to the
other end of the string is tied to a wall that is not speaker and it is connected to a waveform
so rigid. It is observed that standing waves are display. The display is a pure sinusoidal
formed in the string with ratio of amplitudes at waveform making 750 oscillations in 5 s.
the antinodes to that at the nodes equal to 8. What Initially, the piston is held at end A and is then
percentage of wave energy is transmitted to the slowly pulled back. Loud sound is produced
wall? by the tube when L = 50 cm and L = 157 cm.
Calculate the speed of sound in air.
S L
A
Wall Movable piston

Speaker Mic Tube
Q. 29. (a) Two identical sinusoidal pulses move in
Display
opposite directions on a stretched string.
Kinetic energy of each pulse is k. At the Q. 32. A rigid cylindrical container having a cross
instant they overlap completely, what is sectional area of 0.2 m2 is filled with water up to
kinetic energy of the resulting pulse? a height of 5.0 m. There is a piston of negligible
mass over the water. Piston can slide inside the
container without friction. When a weight of
2000 kg is placed over the piston, it moves down
(b) “A string clamped at both ends is vibrating. by 0.25 mm compressing the water.
At the moment the string looks flat, the r = Density of water = 103 kg/m3; Patm

Wave Motion 13.5
= Atmospheric pressure = 105 N/m2 and emitted by the source initially.

g = 10 m/s2. With this information calculate the (b) The frequency detected by both O1 and
speed of sound in water. O2 corresponding to the sound emitted by
Patm the source at height h/2 from the ground.
Q. 36. (i) A source of sound emits waves of frequency
0.25 mm Weight
f0 = 1200 Hz. The source is travelling at a
speed of v1 = 30 m/s towards east. There is a
5m large reflecting surface in front of the source
which is travelling at a velocity of v2 = 60
m/s towards west. Speed of sound in air is
A = 0.2m2 v = 330 m/s.
Q. 33. A point source of sound is located inside sea (a) Find the number of waves arriving per
water. Bulk modulus of sea water is Bw = 2.0 × second at the reflecting surface.
109 N / m2. A diver located at a distance of 10 m (b) Find the ratio of wavelength (l1) of sound
from the source registers a pressure amplitude of in front of the source travelling towards
D P0 = 3000 p N/m2 and gives the equation of the reflecting surface to the wavelength
sound wave as (l2) of sound in front of the source
y = A sin (15 p x – 21000 pt), y and x are in meter
approaching it after getting reflected.
and t is in second. (ii) A sound source (S) and an observer (A) are
(a) Find the displacement amplitude of the sound moving towards a point O along two straight
wave at the location of the diver. lines making an angle of 60° with each other.
The velocities of S and A are 18 ms –1 and
(b) Find the power of the sound source.
12 ms –1 respectively and remain constant
Q. 34. A point source of sound is moving uniformly with time. Frequency of the source is 1000
along positive x direction with velocity V0. At Hz and speed of sound is v = 330 ms –1.
time t = 0 the source was at origin and emitted
a compression pulse C1. After time T it emitted (a) Find the frequency received by the
another compression pulse C2. Write the equation observer when both the source and
of the wave front representing the compression observer are at a distance of 180 m from
pulse C2 at time t (>T). Speed of sound is V. point O (see figure).
Q. 35. (i) In a car race sound signals emitted by the (b) Find the frequency received by the
two cars are detected by the detector on the observer when she reaches point O.
straight track at the end point of the race. Q. 37. A source of sound, producing a sinusoidal wave,
Frequency observed is 330 Hz and 360 Hz. is moving uniformly towards an observer at a
The original frequency of horn is 300 Hz for velocity of 20 m/s. The observer is moving away
both cars. Race ends with the separation of from the source at a constant velocity of 10 m / s.
1000 m between the cars. Assume both cars Frequency of the source is 200 Hz and speed of
move with constant velocity and velocity of sound in air is of 340 m/s.
sound is 330 m/s. Find the time (in seconds) (a) How many times, in an interval of 10 second,
taken by the winning car to finish the race. the eardrums of the observer will sense
(ii) A source of sound of frequency f is dropped maximum change in pressure?
from rest from a height h above the ground. (b) What will be apparent wavelength of sound
An observer O1 is located on the ground for the observer?
and another observer O2 is inside water at a
Q. 38. Two trains A and B are moving on parallel tracks
depth d from the ground. Both O1 and O2 are
in opposite direction at same speed of 30 ms –1.
vertically below the source. The velocity of
Just when the engines of the two trains are about
sound in water is 4V and that in air is V. Find to cross, the engine of train A begins to sound
(a) The frequency of the sound detected by a horn. The sound of the horn is composed of
O1 and O2 corresponding to the sound components varying in frequency from 900 Hz to
1200 Hz. The speed of sound in air is 330 ms –1.

Level 2
(a) Find the frequency spread (range of
frequencies) for the sound heard by a Q. 41. A long taut string is plucked at its centre. The
passenger in train A. pulse travelling on it can be described as y (x, t) =
e-( x + 2 t ) + e-( x - 2 t ) . Draw the shape of the string
2 2
(b) Find the frequency spread heard by a
passenger in train B. at time t = 0, a short time after t = 0 and a long
time after t = 0.
Q. 39. Two tuning forks produce 4 beats per second
when they are sounded together. Now both the Q. 42. A sinusoidal harmonic wave is propagating along
forks are moved towards the observer at same a string stretched along x – axis. A particle on the
speed (u). The beat frequency now becomes 5 Hz. string at x = 1 m is found to be at its mean position
If the observer also begins to run with speed u travelling in positive y direction at t = 1 s. The
towards both the forks, what beat frequency will amplitude, wavelength and frequency of the wave
he hear now? p
are 0.01 m, m and 20 Hz respectively. Write
2
Q. 40. (i) A sound source emitting sound at a single
the equation of the wave if-
frequency moves with constant speed along
x‑axis as shown in figure (a). A and B are two (a) it is travelling along negative X direction
stationary observers. The three plots shown (b) it is travelling along positive X direction.
in figure (b) indicate the pressure function
Q. 43. A circular loop of radius R is made of a perfectly
P(x) of the sound wave as recorded by the
elastic wire and is rotating with a constant angular
observer A, by B, and by another observer velocity w lying on a smooth horizontal table.
C who is at rest in the frame of the source. The rotation axis is vertical passing through the
Which plot (marked as 1, 2 and 3) correspond centre. A small radial push given to the loop at a
to which observer? point P on the table causes a transverse pulse to
x propagate on it. Find the smallest time in which
Detector B Source Detector A
(a)
the pulse will be back to its originating point P on
the table.
(ii) Each of the two figures is rough illustration

of the resulting waveform (y versus t ) due Q. 44. Two waves y1 = a sin ÊÁ p x - w t ˆ˜ and y2 = a sin
Ë2 ¯
to overlapping of two waves. The four p p
Ê ˆ
component waves have frequencies of ÁË + w + ˜ get superimposed in the region
¯
300 Hz, 200 Hz, 204 Hz and an unknown
frequency f = 300 + Df. Is Df higher than or
x > 0. Find the number of nodes in the region 0 <
less than 4 Hz? x < 6 m.
Q. 45. Two sine waves of same frequency and amplitude,
travel on a stretched string in opposite directions.
Speed of each wave is 10 cm/s. These two waves
superimpose to form a standing wave pattern
on the string. The maximum amplitude in the
standing wave pattern is 0.5 mm.
The figure shows the snapshot of the string at
t = 0.Write the equation of the two travelling
waves.
Wave Motion 13.7
Y (in mm) amplitudes observed.

(ii) A speaker (producing a sound of a single
0.5 wavelength l) and a microphone are placed as
shown in the figure. The microphone detects
-3 1 X (in cm) the sound and converts it into electrical signal.
O 5
This way we can obtain the waveform of the
sound. Assume that there is no attenuation
of the sound. The waveform detected by the
Q. 46. (i) A sinusoidal wave is travelling along positive microphone is sinusoidal with amplitude a. In
x direction and the displacements at two one experiment 6 microphones are placed in
positions x = 0 and x = 1 m are given by y (0, t) = front of the speaker with distance between two
Ê pˆ l
= neighbouring microphones being =
0.2 cos (3 p t) and ÁË p + ˜¯
Find all possible wavelength of the wave if
(a) The output from all the 6 microphones is
it is known that wavelength is greater than superimposed. What is amplitude of the
0.4 m. resultant?
(ii) A transverse sine wave of amplitude a = 0.1 (b) If large number of microphone are kept with
cm is travelling along a string laid along the separation L between two consecutive ones,
x-axis. The displacement (y) – time (t) graph how will the combined output change with L?
of the string particle at x = 0.1 m is shown Given that L π nl (n = 1, 2, 3...........)
in first figure. The shape of the string at time Microphone 1 Microphone 2 Microphone 6
t = 0.1 s is shown in second figure. At this time

the particle at x = 0.11 m is having velocity
Speaker
in positive y direction write the equation of
wave. Q. 48. The figure shows y (transverse displacement) vs x
Y (position) graph for a sinusoidal wave travelling
along a stretched string. P is power transmitted
through a cross section of the string at the instant
0.1 cm
x = 0.1m shown. Plot the graph of P versus x.
y
0.1
t(s)
O 0.2
0.5
Y –0.5
t = 0.1s
Q. 49. A string in a guitar is made of steel (density 7962
O
kg/m3). It is 63.5 cm long, and has diameter of
0.1 x(m)
0.05 0.4 mm. The fundamental frequency is f = 247 Hz.
0.1 cm (a) Find the string tension (F).
(b) If the tension F is changed by a small amount
DF, the frequency f changes by a small
Q. 47. (i) Two sinusoidal wave are given as y1 = a1 sin
D D
(wt + kx + d) and y2 = a2 sin (wt – kx). They amount Df. Show that =
superimpose.
(c) The string is tuned with tension equal to that
(a) Calculate the resultant amplitude of calculated in part (a) when its temperature
oscillation at a position x. Is amplitude time is 18°C. Continuous playing causes the
dependent?
temperature of the string to rise, changing its
(b) Calculate the ratio of maximum and minimum vibration frequency. Find Df if the temperature
of the string rises to 29°C. The steel string (a) Write the equation of the wave
has a Young’s modulus of 2.00 × 1011 Pa and (b) Draw y versus x graph for the wave at t = 0
a coefficient of linear expansion of 1.20 ×
Y (in mm)
10–5 (°C) –1. Assume that the temperature of
the body of the guitar remains constant. Will
3
the vibration frequency rise or fall?
Q. 50. A long taut string is connected to a harmonic 2 4 6 8 t (in s)
oscillator of frequency f at one end. The oscillator O
oscillates with an amplitude a0 and delivers power
P0 to the string. Due to dissipation of energy
the amplitude of wave goes on decreasing with
distance x from the oscillator given as a = a0e –kx. Q. 55. A string SQ is connected to a long heavier string
at Q. Linear mass density of the heavier string is
Ê ˆ 4 times that of the string SQ. Length of SQ is
In what length of the string ÁË ˜¯ of the energy
9.5 cm. Both the strings are subjected to same
supplied by the oscillator gets dissipated? tension. A 50 Hz source connected at S produces
Q. 51. A transverse harmonic wave is propagating along transverse disturbance in the string. Wavelength
a taut string. Tension in the string is 50 N and of the wave in string SQ is observed to be 1 cm.
its linear mass density is 0.02 kg m –1 The string If the source is put on at time t = 0, calculate the
is driven by a 80 Hz oscillator tied to one end smallest time (t) at which we can find a particle in
oscillating with an amplitude of 1mm. The other the heavier string that oscillates in phase with the
end of the string is terminated so that all the wave source at S.
Y
energy is absorbed and there is no reflection
(a) Calculate the power of the oscillator.
(b) The tension in the string is quadrupled. What
is new amplitude of the wave if the power of S
the oscillator remains same? Q
(c) Calculate the average energy of the wave on a 9.5 cm
1.0 m long segment of the string. Q. 56. The figure shows the snapshot at time t = 0 of a
Q. 52. A small steel ball of mass m = 5g is dropped transverse pulse travelling on a string in positive
from a height of 2.0 m on a hard floor. 0.001% x direction.
of its kinetic energy before striking the floor gets (a) Sketch the pulse at a slightly later time.
converted into a sound pulse having a duration of
0.4 s. Estimate how far away the sound can be (b) With the help of the given sketch draw a
heard if minimum audible intensity is 2.0 × 10 –8 graph of velocity of each string segment
Wm –2 [Actually it is much less but to account versus position. Take upward direction as
for background sound we are assuming it to be positive.
-1 0 1
high]. Assume no attenuation due to atmospheric X
absorption.
Q. 53. Three travelling waves are superimposed. The
equations of the wave are
y1 = A0 sin (kx – wt), y2 = 3 2 A0 sin (kx – wt + f)
Q. 57. A uniform string of length 6.5 m is subjected to
and y3 = 4 A0 cos(kx – wt)
a tension of 40 N. Mass of the string is 162.5 g.
Find the value of f (given 0 < f < p / 2) if the One end of the string is fixed and the other end is
phase difference between the resultant wave and tied to a source (s). which produces a transverse
first wave is p / 4. oscillation. The displacement of the end of the
Q. 54. A sinusoidal wave having wavelength of 6 m string tied to the source can be expressed as y =
propagates along positive x direction on a string. (3 mm) sin (40 p t), where ‘t’ is time. Find the
The displacement (y) of a particle at x = 2 m displacement of point P of the string at a distance
varies with time (t) as shown in the graph of 3.75 m from the fixed end, at time t = 0.3 s.
Wave Motion 13.9
2.75 m 3.75 m Q. 62. The figure shows the y – x graph at an instant for
a small amplitude transverse wave travelling on a
S
stretched string. Three elements (1, 2 and 3) on
the string have equal original lengths (= Dx). At
P
the given instant-
Q. 58. A longitudinal harmonic wave is travelling along (i) which element (among 1, 2 and 3) has largest
positive x direction. The amplitude, wavelength kinetic energy?
and frequency of the wave are 8.0 × 10 –3 m, 12 cm (ii) which element has largest energy (i.e., sum of
and 6800 Hz respectively. The displacement (s) its kinetic and elastic potential energy)
versus position graph for particles on the x axis at D
an instant of time has been shown in figure. Find (iii) Prove that energy per unit length of
D
the separation at the instant shown, between the
the string is constant everywhere equal to
particles which were originally at x1 = 1 cm and
x2 = 3 cm Ê ∂ ˆ where T is tension the string.
ÁË ˜¯
∂
S
y
O X x x a
x X
O
a
2 3
Ê p ˆ
Q. 59. A sinusoidal wave = ÁË -w ˜ is Q. 63. A string has linear mass density m = 0.1 kg / m.
l ¯
A L = 60 cm segment of the string is clamped at
travelling on a stretched string. An observer A and B and is kept under a tension of T = 160 N
is travelling along positive x direction with a [The tension providing arrangement has not been
velocity equal to that of the wave. Find the angle shown in the figure]. A small paper rider is placed
that the velocity of a particle on the string at on the string at point R such that BR = 20 cm. The
l string is set into vibrations using a tuning fork of
= makes with – x direction as seen by the
frequency f.
observer at time t = 0. (a) Calculate all values of f below 1000 Hz for
Q. 60. A standing wave y = A sin kx .cos wt is established which the rider will not vibrate at all.
in a string fixed at its ends. (b) Calculate all values of f below 1000 Hz
(a) What is value of instantaneous power transfer for which the rider will have maximum
at a cross section of the string when the string oscillation amplitude among all points on the
is passing through its mean position? string.
L = 60 cm
(b) What is value of instantaneous power transfer A R B
at a cross section of the string when the string
l = 20 cm
is at its extreme position?
Q. 64. A sinusoidal longitudinal wave is travelling in
(c) At what frequency is the power transmitted positive x direction. Wave length of the wave is
through a cross section changing with time? 0.5 m At time t = 0, the change in pressure at
Q. 61. A sinusoidal transverse wave of small amplitude various points on the x axis can be represented
is travelling on a stretched string. The wave as shown in figure. Consider five particles of the
equation is y = a sin(k x – wt) and mass per unit medium A, B, C, D and E whose x co-ordinates
length of the string is m. Consider a small element are 0.125 m, 0.1875 m, 0.250 m, 0.375 m and
of length Dx on the string at x = 0. Calculate the 0.50 m respectively.
elastic potential energy stored in the element at (a) Which of the above mentioned five particles
time t = 0. Also write the kinetic energy of the of the medium are moving in positive x
element at t = 0. direction at t = 0.
(b) Find the ratio of speed of particles B and D at b = 0.006 °C/m, M = molar mass of air ~
t = 0. 29 g mol –1, g = 9.8 ms –2
P R = gas constant = 8.31 J mol –1 K –1
Consider air to be a mixture of diatomic gases
and calculate the atmospheric temperature and
pressure at height h0. Also find h0. Take (0.82)5.7
O X = 0.32.
Q. 67. In resonance column experiment a tuning fork
of frequency f = 400 Hz is held above the pipe
as shown in figure. The reservoir is raised and
Q. 65. (i) Two cylindrical pipes are each of length L = lowered to change the level of water and thus the
30 cm. One of them contains hydrogen and length of the column of air in the tube. The area
the other has oxygen at the same temperature. of cross section of the reservoir is 6 times that of
The ends A, B, C and D of the pipes are fitted the pipe. Initially, the reservoir is kept so that the
with flexible diaphragms. The diaphragms A pipe is full up to the brim. Tuning fork is sounded
and C are set into oscillations simultaneously and the reservoir is lowered. When the reservoir
using the same source having frequency is lowered by 21 cm, first resonance is recorded.
f = 600 Hz. Calculate the difference in phase When the reservoir is lowered further by 49 cm
of oscillations of the diaphragms D and B if it the second resonance is heard. Find the speed of
is known that the speed of sound in hydrogen sound in air.
at the temperature concerned is 1200 m/s.
A C
H2 O2 L
B D
(ii) The air column in a pipe closed at one end is

made to vibrate in its second overtone by a Q. 68. (i) In a travelling sinusoidal longitudinal wave,
tuning fork of frequency 440 Hz. The speed the displacement of particle of medium is
of sound in air is 330 m/s. P0 is mean pressure represented by s = S (x, t). The midpoint of a
in the pipe and DP0 is maximum amplitude of compression zone and an adjacent rarefaction
pressure variation. Neglect end correction. zone are represented by letter ‘C’ and ‘R’
(a) Find the length L of air column. respectively. The difference in pressure at ‘C’
(b) What is amplitude of pressure variation at and ‘R’ is DP and the bulk modulus of the
the middle of the column? medium is B.
(c) What is maximum and minimum pressure ∂ ∂
at the closed end? (a) How is ∂ related to
∂
Q. 66. Speed of sound in atmosphere at a height h0 is
1080 km hr –1. The variation of temperature and ∂
pressure of the atmosphere with height h from the (b) Write the value of in terms of DP
∂
surface is given by and B.
Ê (c) What is speed of a medium particle

b ˆ b
T = T0 – bh and
= ÁË - ˜¯ located mid-way between ‘C’ and ‘R’.

(ii) A standing wave in a pipe with a
Where T0 = temperature at the surface of the earth
length of L = 3 m is described by
= 273 K,
P0 = atmospheric pressure at the surface of the Ê p ˆ Ê p ˆ where v is wave
= ÁË ˜¯ ÁË ˜¯
earth,
Wave Motion 13.11
speed. The atmospheric pressure and density Q. 72. The string of a musical instrument was being
are P0 and r respectively. tuned using a tuning fork of known frequency,
f0 = 1024 Hz. The tuning fork and the string were
(a) At =
the acoustic pressure at = is set to vibrate together. Both vibrated together for
n
10 s and no beat was heard. What prediction can
0.2 percent of the atmospheric pressure . Find
be made regarding the frequency of the string?
the displacement amplitude A.
Q. 73. A wooden platform can be rotated about its vertical
(b) In which overtone is the pipe oscillating?
axis with constant angular speed w with the help
Q. 69. Two sources A and B give out sound waves in of a motor. A buzzer is fixed at the circumference
coherence and in phase. The sources are located of the platform and it rotates in a circle of radius
at co-ordinates (0, 0) and (0, 9 m) in xy plane. R. The buzzer produces sound of frequency f0. A
There is a detector located at (40 m, 0). It was mic is placed just beneath the platform near its
found that the detector records continuous circumference. An electronic frequency analyzer
increase in intensity of sound when it is moved in connected to the mic records the frequency (f)
positive y-direction for 4.5 m but the intensity was received by the mic. Take time (t) to be zero when
found to fall for some distance when it is moved the buzzer is just above the mic and express f as a
in negative y direction. What frequency of sound function of time. Plot f versus t. Speed of sound =
is consistent with these observations? Speed of V0.
sound = 340 ms –1.
w
Q. 70. In the figure shown, S1 and S2 are two identical B
point sources of sound which are coherent 180°
out of phase. Taking S1 as centre, two circular arcs
l and m of radii 1 m and 2 m are drawn. Taking
S2 as centres, two circular arcs p and q are drawn
having radii 2 m and 4 m respectively. Out of the
Q. 74. (i) A harmonic wave in a stationary medium is
four intersection points A, B, C and D which point
will record maximum intensity and which will represented by y = a sin (kx – wt). Write the
record the least intensity of sound? equation of this wave for an observer who is
moving in negative x direction with constant
It is given that wavelength of wave produced by speed v0.
each source is 4.0 m.
(ii) The Doppler flow meter is a device that
q
measures the speed of blood flow, using
p transmitting and receiving elements that are
A
placed directly on the skin. The transmitter
B
emits a continuous sound wave whose
C
frequency is 5 M Hz. When the sound is
D reflected from the red blood cells, its frequency
is changed in a kind of Doppler effect. The
cells are moving with the same velocity as
l S1 S2 the blood. The receiving element detects the
m
reflected sound, and an electronic counter
Q. 71. Stationary wave of frequency 5 K Hz is produced measures its frequency, which is Doppler-
in a tube open at both ends and filled with air at shifted relative to the transmitter frequency.
300 K. The tube is oscillating in its first overtone From the change in frequency the speed of
mode. the blood flow can be determined. Typically,
(a) Find the length of the tube assuming that air the change in frequency is around 600 Hz for
contains only nitrogen and oxygen in molar flow speeds of about 0.1 m/s. Assume that the
ratio of 3 : 1. red blood cell is directly moving away from
the source and the receiver.
(b) What shall be the frequency of sound wave
used so that the same tube oscillates in its (a) Estimate the speed of the sound wave in
second overtone mode? the blood?
(b) A segment of artery is narrowed down by the registered frequency changes from 420
plaque to half the normal cross-sectional
Hz to Ê ¥
ˆ and Dt2 be the time
area. What will be the Doppler change in ÁË ˜¯
frequency due to reflection from the red
interval during which the observed frequency
blood cell in that region?
Q. 75. A sound source emits waves of frequency f0 and changes from 399 Hz to ÊÁ ¥
ˆ
˜¯ .
wavelength l0 in still air. When there is a wind Ë
blowing with speed u from left to right what will Which is larger Dt1 or Dt2?
be wavelength of sound to the right of the source Q. 79. (i) A straight railway track is at a distance ‘d’
and to the left of the source. from you. A distant train approaches you
Q. 76. There are two horns H1 and H2 in a car. When travelling at a speed u (< speed of sound)
sounded together, the driver records 35 beats and crosses you. How does the apparent
in 10 second. With horn H2 blowing and car frequency (f) of the whistle change with time
moving towards a wall at a speed of 5 ms –1, the (f0 is the original frequency of the whistle).
driver noticed a beat frequency of 5 Hz with the Draw a rough f vs t graph.
echo. When frequency of H1 is decreased the
(ii) A bat is tracking a bug. It emits a sound,
beat frequency with two horns sounded together
which reflects off the bug. The bat hears
increases. Calculate the frequency of two horns.
Speed of sound = 332 ms –1
the echo of the sound 0.1 seconds after it
originally emitted it. The bat can tell if the
Q. 77. A toy train in a children amusement park runs insect is to the right or left by comparing
on an elliptical orbit having major and minor when the sound reaches its right ear to
axis in the ratio of 4 : 3. The length of the train is when the sound reaches its left ear. Bat’s
exactly equal to half the perimeter of the elliptical ears are only 2 cm apart. Bats also use the
track. The train is travelling at a constant speed of
frequency change of the sound echo to
20 ms –1. The engine sounds a whistle when its
determine the flight direction of the bug.
acceleration is minimum. The whistle has a
While hovering in the air (not moving),
frequency of f0 = 3460 Hz and speed of sound in
the bat emits a sound of 40.0 kHz. The
air is V = 330 ms –1
frequency of the echo is 40.4 kHz. Assume

(a) What frequency of whistle is received by a that the speed of sound is 340 m/s.
passenger in the last compartment of the (a) How far away is the bug?
train? (b) How much time delay is there between
(b) What frequency of whistle is received by a the echo reaching the two ears if the bug
passenger sitting in the central compartment is directly to the right of the bat?
of the train? (c) What is the speed of the bug?
Q. 78. A small source of sound has mass M and is Q. 80. A source of sound is located in a medium in which
attached to a spring of force constant K. It is speed of sound is V and an observer is located in
a medium in which speed of sound is 2V. Both
oscillating with amplitude = where the source and observer are moving directly
V is speed of sound in air. The source of sound towards each other at velocity . The source has
produces a sound of frequency f0 = 399 Hz. a frequency of f0.
(a) Find the frequency of sound registered by (a) Find the wavelength of wave in the medium
a stationary observer standing at a distant in which the observer is located.
point O. (b) Find the frequency received by the observer.
M Observer
k
Level 3
O
Smooth Ê ˆ
Q. 81. A transverse wave = wÁ - ˜ is
(b) Let Dt1 be the time interval during which Ë ¯
Wave Motion 13.13
travelling in a medium with speed V1. Plane Q. 83. Two sound waves, travelling in same direction
x = 0 is the boundary of the medium. For can be represented as
x > 0 there is a different medium in which the È - Ê ˆ˘
wave travels at a different speed V2. Part of =( ) Í p ( ÁË -
- ˜˙
¯˚
)
Î
the wave is reflected and part is transmitted.
For x < 0 the wave function is described as And
Ê x ˆ Ê x ˆ È ˆ˘
y- = A1 sin w Á - t ˜ + A2 sin w Á + t ˜ , while
Ë V1 ¯ Ë V2 ¯
=( ) (
Í p -
) ÊÁË -
- ˜˙
¯˚
Î
Ê x ˆ The waves superimpose.
for x > 0 ; y+ = A3 sinw Á - t ˜

Ë V2 ¯ (i) Find distance between two nearest points
where an intensity maximum is recorded
(a) Using the fact that the wave function must be simultaneously.
continuous at x = 0, show that A1 – A2 = A3 (ii) Find the time gap between two successive
intensity maxima at a given point.
∂y Q. 84. There are three sinusoidal waves A, B and C
(b) Using the fact that must be continuous at
∂x represented by equations-
V2 A
x = 0, prove that A1 = A3 - A2 A Æ y = A sin k x ; B Æ y = sin 2k x;
V1 2

Ê V1 - V2 ˆ A
(c) Show that = and A2 = Á A1 CÆy=
sin 3 k x
+ Ë V1 + V2 ˜¯ 2
Q. 82. A longitudinal wave is travelling at speed u in (a) To get a waveform of nearly the shape given
positive x direction in a medium having average in fig (a) which of the two waves B or C shall
density r0. The displacement (s) for particles of be superimposed with wave A?
the medium versus their position (x) has been (b) To get a waveform close to that in fig (b)
shown in the figure. which of the two waves B or C shall be
S superimposed with A?
y
O 6 8
X (in cm)
2 4 10
x
fig (a)
Answer following questions for 0 < x < 10 cm
(a) Write x co-ordinates of all positions where the
y
particles of the medium have maximum negative
acceleration. What is density at these locations –
higher than r0, less than r0 or equal to r0?
x
(b) Write x co-ordinates of all locations where the
fig (b)
particles of the medium have negative maximum
velocity. What do you think about density at these
positions?
(c) Knowing that the change in density (Dr) is Q. 85. A taut string is made of two segments. To the left
proportional to negative of the slope of s versus x of A it has a linear mass density of m kg/m and to
r V
graph, prove that µ - , where a is acceleration 2cm 1cm
4
of the particles at position x. At which point 2cm A
dr
(0 < x < 10) is positive maximum.
dx the right of A its linear mass density is 4 m kg/m.
A sinusoidal pulse of amplitude a is travelling Q. 87. A shock wave is a region of high acoustic pressure
towards right on the lighter string with a speed V propagating at speed of sound (v). Assume that
= 2 cm/s. the pressure in one such shock wave is 2P0
Draw the shape of the string after where P0 is the atmospheric pressure. This shock
(a) 1 s wave is travelling horizontally along x direction
(b) 2.5 s and hits a small wedge whose dimensions are
Q. 86. A wire having mass per unit length m and length as shown in the figure. The wedge has a mass
L is fixed between two fixed vertical walls at a m and is lying on a smooth horizontal surface.
separation L. Due to its own weight the wire sags. Determine the velocity u acquired by the wedge
The sag in the middle is d (<< L). Assume that immediately after the shock wave passes through
tension is practically constant along the wire, it. The velocity acquired by the wedge should be
owing to its small mass. Calculate the speed of assumed to be much lower than the velocity of the
the transverse wave on the wire. wave (u << v).
p
L
c
2p0
v
d p0
a
m
x b
ANSWERS
1. (a) The boy is jerking the string with gradually p2
increasing frequency (b) J
25
(b) Particle ‘a’ Êpx ˆ
(c) y = 2 sin Á - 100 p t - 30∞˜
Ë 2 ¯
2. 3.09 cm
3. Three 2
4. (a) Yes
(b) Negative x direction
7A
(c) 0.6 unit
13. Along path m the loudness alternates between faint
(d) y
and loud due to phenomena of interference.
p p
,
12 4
x
15. 15 cm, 4 cm, 135 cm
5 16. (i) p
5. (a) cm
6 px 2p
5 (ii) y = A cos L cos T t
-1
(b) - cm s
3 17. (a) 0.40 m , 6.4 × 10 –4 m
6. Both satisfy the wave equation
(b) 376 Hz
7. 2.25 m L
2p 18. (a)
8. 6
5 (b) 4
16
9. p l1 2
17 19. (a) =
l2 1
10. (a) 400 N
Wave Motion 13.15
y 40. (i) A - 1 B - 2 C - 3
(b)
(ii) Less than 4 Hz
t 41.
20. (i) zero

(ii) 2 a 42. (a) y = 0.01 sin [40 p (t – 1) + 4(x – 1)]
21. 3.5 (b) y = 0.01 sin [40 p (t – 1) – 4(x – 1)]
23. 696 Hz p
43.
24. Yes, sound cannot travel in free space. w
44. 3
25. 447.6 m
Êp 5p 3p ˆ
27. (a) 1320 ms –1 45. y1 = 0.25 sin ÁË 4 x + 2 t + 4 ˜¯ ;
(b) 4800 K
Êp 5p 3p ˆ
28. 39.5% y2 = 0.25 sin Á x - t+ ˜
Ë4 2 4¯
29. (a) 4 k
(b) No 46. (i) and
30. 0.1 mm
(ii) y = (0.1 cm) cos [(20 pm –1x] + (10 p s –1)t]
31. (i) (a) 20 cm
(b) 2800 Hz 47. (i) (a) a12 + a22 + 2a1a2 cos(2kx + d )

(ii) 321 m/s
Amax a + a2
32. 1414 m/s (b) = 1
Amin | a1 - a2 |
33. (a) 0.1 mm
(ii) (a) zero
(b) 3.9 × 104 watt
(b) zero
34. (x – V0T)2 + y2 + z2 = V2 (t – T)2
48.
35. (i) 40 s P
2
2vf
(ii) (a) f2 = f1 =
2vf - g
0
2
2vf
(b) f =f =
1 2 2(v - gh ) f - g
x
36. (i) (a) 1560 49. (a) 98.4 N

13 (c) 4.2 Hz decrease.
(b)
9
ln 2
(ii) (a) 1047 Hz 50.
k
(b) 991 Hz 51. (a) 0.126 W
37. (a) 4125 1
(b) mm
(b) 1.6 m 2
38. (a) 900 Hz to 1200 Hz (c) 2.5 mJ
(b) 1080 Hz to 1440 Hz 52. 3.15 m
39. 6 Hz p
53. f=
12
Êp p pˆ ∂s DP
54. (a) y = (3mm)sin Á x - t + ˜ (b) =
Ë3 2 3¯ ∂x C 2 B
55. 0.2 s (c) Zero
56. 0.0004 L P0
0 1 (ii) (a) ,
-1 X 3p v 2 r
(b) Second
O 1
X
-1
2.4 cm t
Ê ap ˆ
q = tan -1 Á ˜
Ë l ¯
w
w
p
l + l -
1 2 2 1
DU = m a w Dx ; Dk = m a 2w 2 Dx
2 2
D D
p
f0
D
t
D D
∂s ∂s
68. (i) (a) =
∂x C ∂x R
Wave Motion 13.17
y
82. (a) x = 4; equal to r0

(b) x = 2, x = 10 ; Dr is maximum negative
(c) x = 4.
83. (i) 150 m

(ii) 0.5 s fig (b)
85. (a)
84. (a) B
a
(b) C A

y 2a
A 3
(b) 2a
3
a
3 A
a
3
B

2
fig (a)
86. =
87.
SOLUTION
2. The wavelength is = 9 cm
8
The particle makes 2.75 oscillations in 8 s, hence time period is T = = 2.91 s
2.75
l -
Wave speed, = = =
3. All particles perform SHM. Their acceleration is always towards their mean position. Velocity of 3, 4 and 5 are
towards mean position. This can be observed by looking at the direction of wave and predicting the position of a
particle a moment later.
5. Shape of the string at t = 0 and t = 0.2 s has been shown below
y
t=0 t = 0.2s
1 1
x x
–6 0 1 –4 0 2 3
(a) From the diagram

5
y = cm at x = 1 cm
6
(b) Velocity of the particle

Shashi Bhushan Tiwari Main PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Shashi Bhushan Tiwari Main PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IIT-JEE ADVANCED

Shashi Bhushan Tiwari

Chapter 1 Basic Maths 1.1 – 1.12

Chapter 2 Kinematics 2.1 – 2.101

Chapter 3 Newton's Laws 3.1 – 3.134

Chapter 4 Work - Power - Energy 4.1 – 4.69

Chapter 5 Momentum and Center Of Mass 5.1 – 5.87

Chapter 6 Rotational Motion 6.1 – 6.133

Chapter 7 Gravitation 7.1 – 7.40

Chapter 8 Fluids 8.1 – 8.52

Chapter 9 Surface Tension 9.1 – 9.19

Chapter 10 Viscosity 10.1 – 10.8

Chapter 11 Elasticity 11.1 – 11.9

Chapter 12 Simple Harmonic Motion 12.1 – 12.48

Chapter 13 Wave Motion 13.1 – 13.47

Initially, the height of liquid in the bowl is H0.

10 mm, find the value of h. Does the value surprise h

(i) negative velocity but acceleration in positive

Q. 7. A ball travelling in positive X direction with speed v (m/s)

starting point with time, which of the given

Q. 38. A small cart A starts moving on a horizontal

the instant the cart starts moving, a ball is rolled B

Q. 40. long piece of paper is10 cm wide and is moving

(c) Find Akanksha’s average speed for covering

(a) The particle is definitely slowing down if L = 40 m

(a) Plot the position–time (x–t) graph for the

Q. 55. Harshit and Akanksha both can run at speed v

(b) Find length of the rope. Q. 64.

Q. 68. Two bodies 1 and 2 of different shapes are

(a) Find the time required by the projectile to y(m) vy

Q. 72. A wet ball is projected horizontally at a speed of –v0

projected horizontally and stone 2 and stone 3 are P

(a) The motion of the ball is observed from the

 (a) Will the ball and the stone collide? If yes, at

towards hill A along the line joining the two

B V where q is the angle made by position vector

Q. 98. A man is on straight road AC, standing at A. He

t = 0 they are 15 m apart and both of them

Q. 106. A meter stick AB is lying on a horizontal table. Its

move in a fixed circular slot of radius R. The

slot in a straight arm O'A. The arm moves

Q. 108. Block A rests on inclined surface of wedge B

(a) Particles 1 and 2 take t1 and t2 time respectively

Q. 115. The acceleration due to gravity near the surface of

A ball is released in air above an incline plane

At some instant a particle is projected vertically

Q. 127. (a) A canon fires a shell up on an inclined plane.

Q. 131. A rocket prototype is fired from ground at time

(a) Find the average speed of the ball in the time

Q. 140. Two persons are pulling a heavy block with the

The two velocities are perpendicular. (i) B and C

68. (i) v10 = v20 = 4m/s 5

(ii) Both will take same time t(s)

72. (a) 2 (b) u = 21gR

87. (a) q = tan–1 (2) 2v

(b) 4.5 km 104. v = = +

89. (a) 45°

Level 1 of F = 40 N is applied to the block A (see figure).

Q. 8. Two blocks of equal mass, M each, are connected

Q.11 The system shown in the fig. is in equilibrium.

(a) When the system is released from rest the A

Q. 16. A rod of mass M and length L lies on an incline

Q. 19. A pendulum has a bob connected to a light wire.

(a) Will the ball and the stone collide? If yes, at